Import from Quantenna SDK v37.3.1.25.

quantenna-sdk-v37.3.0.25.tar.gz/
  linux_2.6.35.12/* -> .
  drivers/ruby -> drivers
  drivers/topaz -> drivers
  common -> include
  drivers/include/* -> include
  include/qtn -> include
gpl_release.v37.3.1.25.tar/
  include/qtn -> include

Change-Id: I19405e46e0e3d0a484f7d4375d5363dce0a35825
diff --git a/COPYING b/COPYING
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca442d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/COPYING
@@ -0,0 +1,356 @@
+
+   NOTE! This copyright does *not* cover user programs that use kernel
+ services by normal system calls - this is merely considered normal use
+ of the kernel, and does *not* fall under the heading of "derived work".
+ Also note that the GPL below is copyrighted by the Free Software
+ Foundation, but the instance of code that it refers to (the Linux
+ kernel) is copyrighted by me and others who actually wrote it.
+
+ Also note that the only valid version of the GPL as far as the kernel
+ is concerned is _this_ particular version of the license (ie v2, not
+ v2.2 or v3.x or whatever), unless explicitly otherwise stated.
+
+			Linus Torvalds
+
+----------------------------------------
+
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+		       Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+                       51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+			    Preamble
+
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
+using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
+the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
+you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
+source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
+rights.
+
+  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
+distribute and/or modify the software.
+
+  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
+authors' reputations.
+
+  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
+program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
+under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
+language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
+the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".
+
+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
+
+  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
+along with the Program.
+
+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
+
+  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
+    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
+    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
+    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
+    parties under the terms of this License.
+
+    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
+    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
+    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
+    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
+    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
+    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
+    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
+    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
+    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
+    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Program.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
+
+    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
+    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
+    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
+    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
+    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
+    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
+    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
+    customarily used for software interchange; or,
+
+    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
+    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
+    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
+    received the program in object code or executable form with such
+    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
+
+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
+control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
+itself accompanies the executable.
+
+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
+except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+
+  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Program or works based on it.
+
+  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
+these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
+circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
+countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
+
+  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
+Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
+Foundation.
+
+  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
+to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
+make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
+
+			    NO WARRANTY
+
+  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+	    How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
+
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
+when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
+    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
+  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
+
+  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
+  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
+proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
+library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
+Public License instead of this License.
diff --git a/CREDITS b/CREDITS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..72b4878
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CREDITS
@@ -0,0 +1,3944 @@
+	This is at least a partial credits-file of people that have
+	contributed to the Linux project.  It is sorted by name and
+	formatted to allow easy grepping and beautification by
+	scripts.  The fields are: name (N), email (E), web-address
+	(W), PGP key ID and fingerprint (P), description (D), and
+	snail-mail address (S).
+	Thanks,
+
+			Linus
+----------
+
+N: Matti Aarnio
+E: mea@nic.funet.fi
+D: Alpha systems hacking, IPv6 and other network related stuff
+D: One of assisting postmasters for vger.kernel.org's lists
+S: (ask for current address)
+S: Finland
+
+N: Dragos Acostachioaie
+E: dragos@iname.com
+W: http://www.arbornet.org/~dragos
+D: /proc/sysvipc
+S: C. Negri 6, bl. D3
+S: Iasi 6600
+S: Romania
+
+N: Mark Adler
+E: madler@alumni.caltech.edu
+W: http://alumnus.caltech.edu/~madler/
+D: zlib decompression
+
+N: Monalisa Agrawal
+E: magrawal@nortelnetworks.com
+D: Basic Interphase 5575 driver with UBR and ABR support.
+S: 75 Donald St, Apt 42
+S: Weymouth, MA 02188
+S: USA
+
+N: Dave Airlie
+E: airlied@linux.ie
+W: http://www.csn.ul.ie/~airlied
+D: NFS over TCP patches
+D: in-kernel DRM Maintainer
+S: Longford, Ireland
+S: Sydney, Australia
+
+N: Tigran A. Aivazian
+E: tigran@aivazian.fsnet.co.uk
+W: http://www.moses.uklinux.net/patches
+D: BFS filesystem
+D: Intel IA32 CPU microcode update support
+D: Various kernel patches
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Werner Almesberger
+E: werner@almesberger.net
+W: http://www.almesberger.net/
+D: dosfs, LILO, some fd features, ATM, various other hacks here and there
+S: Buenos Aires
+S: Argentina
+
+N: Tim Alpaerts
+E: tim_alpaerts@toyota-motor-europe.com
+D: 802.2 class II logical link control layer,
+D: the humble start of an opening towards the IBM SNA protocols
+S: Klaproosstraat 72 c 10
+S: B-2610 Wilrijk-Antwerpen
+S: Belgium
+
+N: Anton Altaparmakov
+E: aia21@cantab.net
+W: http://www-stu.christs.cam.ac.uk/~aia21/
+D: Author of new NTFS driver, various other kernel hacks.
+S: Christ's College
+S: Cambridge CB2 3BU
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: C. Scott Ananian
+E: cananian@alumni.princeton.edu
+W: http://www.pdos.lcs.mit.edu/~cananian
+P: 1024/85AD9EED AD C0 49 08 91 67 DF D7  FA 04 1A EE 09 E8 44 B0
+D: Unix98 pty support.
+D: APM update to 1.2 spec.
+D: /devfs hacking.
+S: 7 Kiwi Loop
+S: Howell, NJ 07731
+S: USA
+
+N: Erik Andersen
+E: andersen@codepoet.org
+W: http://www.codepoet.org/
+P: 1024D/30D39057 1BC4 2742 E885 E4DE 9301  0C82 5F9B 643E 30D3 9057
+D: Maintainer of ide-cd and Uniform CD-ROM driver, 
+D: ATAPI CD-Changer support, Major 2.1.x CD-ROM update.
+S: 352 North 525 East
+S: Springville, Utah 84663
+S: USA
+
+N: Michael Ang
+E: mang@subcarrier.org
+W: http://www.subcarrier.org/mang
+D: Linux/PA-RISC hacker
+S: 85 Frank St.
+S: Ottawa, Ontario
+S: Canada K2P 0X3
+
+N: H. Peter Anvin
+E: hpa@zytor.com
+W: http://www.zytor.com/~hpa/
+P: 2047/2A960705 BA 03 D3 2C 14 A8 A8 BD  1E DF FE 69 EE 35 BD 74
+D: Author of the SYSLINUX boot loader, maintainer of the linux.* news
+D: hierarchy and the Linux Device List; various kernel hacks
+S: 4390 Albany Drive #46
+S: San Jose, California 95129
+S: USA
+
+N: Andrea Arcangeli
+E: andrea@suse.de
+W: http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/andrea/
+P: 1024D/68B9CB43 13D9 8355 295F 4823 7C49  C012 DFA1 686E 68B9 CB43
+P: 1024R/CB4660B9 CC A0 71 81 F4 A0 63 AC  C0 4B 81 1D 8C 15 C8 E5
+D: Parport hacker
+D: Implemented a workaround for some interrupt buggy printers
+D: Author of pscan that helps to fix lp/parport bugs
+D: Author of lil (Linux Interrupt Latency benchmark)
+D: Fixed the shm swap deallocation at swapoff time (try_to_unuse message)
+D: VM hacker
+D: Various other kernel hacks
+S: Imola 40026
+S: Italy
+
+N: Derek Atkins
+E: warlord@MIT.EDU
+D: Linux-AFS Port, random kernel hacker,
+D: VFS fixes (new notify_change in particular)
+D: Moving all VFS access checks into the file systems
+S: MIT Room E15-341
+S: 20 Ames Street
+S: Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139
+S: USA
+
+N: Michel Aubry
+E: giovanni <giovanni@sudfr.com>
+D: Aladdin 1533/1543(C) chipset IDE
+D: VIA MVP-3/TX Pro III chipset IDE
+
+N: Jens Axboe
+E: axboe@suse.de
+D: Linux CD-ROM maintainer, DVD support
+D: elevator + block layer rewrites
+D: highmem I/O support
+D: misc hacking on IDE, SCSI, block drivers, etc
+S: Peter Bangs Vej 258, 2TH
+S: 2500 Valby
+S: Denmark
+
+N: John Aycock
+E: aycock@cpsc.ucalgary.ca
+D: Adaptec 274x driver
+S: Department of Computer Science
+S: University of Calgary
+S: Calgary, Alberta
+S: Canada
+
+N: Miles Bader
+E: miles@gnu.org
+D: v850 port (uClinux)
+S: NEC Corporation
+S: 1753 Shimonumabe, Nakahara-ku
+S: Kawasaki 211-8666
+S: Japan
+
+N: Ralf Baechle
+E: ralf@gnu.org
+P: 1024/AF7B30C1 CF 97 C2 CC 6D AE A7 FE  C8 BA 9C FC 88 DE 32 C3
+D: Linux/MIPS port
+D: Linux/68k hacker
+S: Hauptstrasse 19
+S: 79837 St. Blasien
+S: Germany
+
+N: Krishna Balasubramanian
+E: balasub@cis.ohio-state.edu
+D: Wrote SYS V IPC (part of standard kernel since 0.99.10)
+
+N: Dario Ballabio
+E: ballabio_dario@emc.com
+E: dario.ballabio@tiscalinet.it
+E: dario.ballabio@inwind.it
+D: Author and maintainer of the Ultrastor 14F/34F SCSI driver
+D: Author and maintainer of the EATA ISA/EISA/PCI SCSI driver
+S: EMC Corporation
+S: Milano
+S: Italy
+
+N: Paul Bame
+E: bame@debian.org
+E: bame@puffin.external.hp.com
+E: paul_bame@hp.com
+W: http://www.parisc-linux.org
+D: PA-RISC 32 and 64-bit early boot, firmware interface, interrupts, misc
+S: MS42
+S: Hewlett-Packard
+S: 3404 E Harmony Rd
+S: Fort Collins, CO 80525
+S: USA
+
+N: Arindam Banerji
+E: axb@cse.nd.edu
+D: Contributed ESDI driver routines needed to port LINUX to the PS/2 MCA.
+S: Department of Computer Science & Eng.
+S: University of Notre Dame
+S: Notre Dame, Indiana
+S: USA
+
+N: Greg Banks
+E: gnb@alphalink.com.au
+D: IDT77105 ATM network driver
+D: some SuperH port work
+D: some trivial futzing with kconfig
+
+N: James Banks
+E: james@sovereign.org
+D: TLAN network driver
+D: Logitech Busmouse driver
+
+N: Krzysztof G. Baranowski
+E: kgb@manjak.knm.org.pl
+P: 1024/FA6F16D1 96 D1 1A CF 5F CA 69 EC  F9 4F 36 1F 6D 60 7B DA
+D: Maintainer of the System V file system.
+D: System V fs update for 2.1.x dcache.
+D: Forward ported a couple of SCSI drivers.
+D: Various bugfixes.
+S: ul. Koscielna 12a
+S: 62-300 Wrzesnia
+S: Poland
+
+N: Fred Barnes
+E: frmb2@ukc.ac.uk
+D: Various parport/ppdev hacks and fixes
+S: Computing Lab, The University
+S: Canterbury, KENT
+S: CT2 7NF
+S: England
+
+N: Paul Barton-Davis
+E: pbd@op.net
+D: Driver for WaveFront soundcards (Turtle Beach Maui, Tropez, Tropez+)
+D: Various bugfixes and changes to sound drivers
+S: USA 
+
+N: Carlos Henrique Bauer
+E: chbauer@acm.org
+E: bauer@atlas.unisinos.br
+D: Some new sysctl entries for the parport driver.
+D: New sysctl function for handling unsigned longs
+S: Universidade do Vale do Rio dos Sinos - UNISINOS
+S: DSI/IDASI
+S: Av. Unisinos, 950
+S: 93022000 Sao Leopoldo RS
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Peter Bauer
+E: 100136.3530@compuserve.com
+D: Driver for depca-ethernet-board
+S: 69259 Wilhemsfeld
+S: Rainweg 15
+S: Germany
+
+N: Fred Baumgarten
+E: dc6iq@insl1.etec.uni-karlsruhe.de
+E: dc6iq@adacom.org
+E: dc6iq@db0ais.#hes.deu.eu (packet radio)
+D: NET-2 & netstat(8)
+S: Soevener Strasse 11
+S: 53773 Hennef
+S: Germany
+
+N: Donald Becker
+E: becker@cesdis.gsfc.nasa.gov
+D: General low-level networking hacker
+D: Most of the ethercard drivers
+D: Original author of the NFS server
+S: USRA Center of Excellence in Space Data and Information Sciences
+S: Code 930.5, Goddard Space Flight Center
+S: Greenbelt, Maryland 20771
+S: USA
+
+N: Adam Belay
+E: ambx1@neo.rr.com
+D: Linux Plug and Play Support
+S: USA
+
+N: Daniele Bellucci
+E: bellucda@tiscali.it
+D: Various Janitor work.
+W: http://web.tiscali.it/bellucda
+S: Via Delle Palme, 9
+S: Terni 05100
+S: Italy
+
+N: Krzysztof Benedyczak
+E: golbi@mat.uni.torun.pl
+W: http://www.mat.uni.torun.pl/~golbi
+D: POSIX message queues fs (with M. Wronski)
+S: ul. Podmiejska 52
+S: Radunica
+S: 83-000 Pruszcz Gdanski
+S: Poland
+
+N: Randolph Bentson
+E: bentson@grieg.seaslug.org
+W: http://www.aa.net/~bentson/
+P: 1024/39ED5729 5C A8 7A F4 B2 7A D1 3E  B5 3B 81 CF 47 30 11 71
+D: Author of driver for Cyclom-Y and Cyclades-Z async mux
+S: 2322 37th Ave SW
+S: Seattle, Washington 98126-2010
+S: USA
+
+N: Muli Ben-Yehuda
+E: mulix@mulix.org
+E: muli@il.ibm.com
+W: http://www.mulix.org
+D: trident OSS sound driver, x86-64 dma-ops and Calgary IOMMU,
+D: KVM and Xen bits and other misc. hackery.
+S: Haifa, Israel
+
+N: Johannes Berg
+E: johannes@sipsolutions.net
+W: http://johannes.sipsolutions.net/
+P: 1024D/9AB78CA5 AD02 0176 4E29 C137 1DF6 08D2 FC44 CF86 9AB7 8CA5
+D: powerpc & 802.11 hacker
+
+N: Stephen R. van den Berg (AKA BuGless)
+E: berg@pool.informatik.rwth-aachen.de
+D: General kernel, gcc, and libc hacker
+D: Specialisation: tweaking, ensuring portability, tweaking, cleaning,
+D: tweaking and occasionally debugging :-)
+S: Bouwensstraat 22
+S: 6369 BG Simpelveld
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Peter Berger
+E: pberger@brimson.com
+W: http://www.brimson.com
+D: Author/maintainer of Digi AccelePort USB driver
+S: 1549 Hiironen Rd.
+S: Brimson, MN  55602
+S: USA
+
+N: Hennus Bergman
+P: 1024/77D50909 76 99 FD 31 91 E1 96 1C  90 BB 22 80 62 F6 BD 63
+D: Author and maintainer of the QIC-02 tape driver
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Tomas Berndtsson
+E: tomas@nocrew.org
+W: http://tomas.nocrew.org/
+D: dsp56k device driver
+
+N: Ross Biro
+E: ross.biro@gmail.com
+D: Original author of the Linux networking code
+
+N: Anton Blanchard
+E: anton@samba.org
+W: http://samba.org/~anton/
+P: 1024/8462A731 4C 55 86 34 44 59 A7 99  2B 97 88 4A 88 9A 0D 97
+D: sun4 port, Sparc hacker
+
+N: Hugh Blemings
+E: hugh@blemings.org
+W: http://blemings.org/hugh
+D: Original author of the Keyspan USB to serial drivers, random PowerPC hacker
+S: PO Box 234
+S: Belconnen ACT 2616
+S: Australia
+
+N: Philip Blundell
+E: philb@gnu.org
+D: Linux/ARM hacker
+D: Device driver hacker (eexpress, 3c505, c-qcam, ...)
+D: m68k port to HP9000/300
+D: AUN network protocols
+D: Co-architect of the parallel port sharing system
+D: IPv6 netfilter
+S: FutureTV Labs Ltd
+S: Brunswick House, 61-69 Newmarket Rd, Cambridge CB5 8EG
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Thomas Bogendörfer
+E: tsbogend@alpha.franken.de
+D: PCnet32 driver, SONIC driver, JAZZ_ESP driver
+D: newport abscon driver, g364 framebuffer driver
+D: strace for Linux/Alpha
+D: Linux/MIPS hacker
+S: Schafhofstr. 40
+S: 90556 Cadolzburg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Bill Bogstad
+E: bogstad@pobox.com
+D: wrote /proc/self hack, minor samba & dosemu patches
+
+N: Axel Boldt
+E: axel@uni-paderborn.de
+W: http://math-www.uni-paderborn.de/~axel/
+D: Configuration help text support
+D: Linux CD and Support Giveaway List
+
+N: Erik Inge Bolsø
+E: knan@mo.himolde.no
+D: Misc kernel hacks
+D: Updated PC speaker driver for 2.3
+S: Norway
+
+N: Andreas E. Bombe
+E: andreas.bombe@munich.netsurf.de
+W: http://home.pages.de/~andreas.bombe/
+P: 1024/04880A44 72E5 7031 4414 2EB6 F6B4  4CBD 1181 7032 0488 0A44
+D: IEEE 1394 subsystem rewrite and maintainer
+D: Texas Instruments PCILynx IEEE 1394 driver
+
+N: Al Borchers
+E: alborchers@steinerpoint.com
+D: Author/maintainer of Digi AccelePort USB driver
+D: work on usbserial and keyspan_pda drivers
+S: 4912 Zenith Ave. S.
+S: Minneapolis, MN  55410
+S: USA
+
+N: Marc Boucher
+E: marc@mbsi.ca
+P: CA 67 A5 1A 38 CE B6 F2  D5 83 51 03 D2 9C 30 9E  CE D2 DD 65
+D: Netfilter core
+D: IP policy routing by mark
+D: Various fixes (mostly networking)
+S: Montreal, Quebec
+S: Canada
+
+N: Zoltán Böszörményi
+E: zboszor@mail.externet.hu
+D: MTRR emulation with Cyrix style ARR registers, Athlon MTRR support
+
+N: John Boyd
+E: boyd@cis.ohio-state.edu
+D: Co-author of wd7000 SCSI driver
+S: 101 Curl Drive #591
+S: Columbus, Ohio 43210
+S: USA
+
+N: Peter Braam
+E: braam@clusterfs.com
+W: http://www.clusterfs.com/
+D: Coda & InterMezzo filesystems
+S: 181 McNeil
+S: Canmore, AB
+S: Canada, T1W 2R9
+
+N: Ryan Bradetich
+E: rbradetich@uswest.net
+D: Linux/PA-RISC hacker
+S: 1200 Goldenrod Dr.
+S: Nampa, Idaho 83686
+S: USA
+
+N: Dirk J. Brandewie
+E: dirk.j.brandewie@intel.com
+E: linux-wimax@intel.com
+D: Intel Wireless WiMAX Connection 2400 SDIO driver
+
+N: Derrick J. Brashear
+E: shadow@dementia.org
+W: http://www.dementia.org/~shadow
+P: 512/71EC9367 C5 29 0F BC 83 51 B9 F0  BC 05 89 A0 4F 1F 30 05
+D: Author of Sparc CS4231 audio driver, random Sparc work
+S: 403 Gilmore Avenue
+S: Trafford, Pennsylvania 15085
+S: USA
+
+N: Dag Brattli
+E: dagb@cs.uit.no
+W: http://www.cs.uit.no/~dagb
+D: IrDA Subsystem
+S: 19. Wellington Road
+S: Lancaster, LA1 4DN
+S: UK, England
+
+N: Lars Brinkhoff
+E: lars@nocrew.org
+W: http://lars.nocrew.org/
+D: dsp56k device driver
+D: ptrace proxy in user mode kernel port
+S: Kopmansg 2
+S: 411 13  Goteborg
+S: Sweden
+
+N: Paul Bristow
+E: paul@paulbristow.net
+W: http://paulbristow.net/linux/idefloppy.html
+D: Maintainer of IDE/ATAPI floppy driver
+
+N: Dominik Brodowski
+E: linux@brodo.de
+W: http://www.brodo.de/
+P: 1024D/725B37C6  190F 3E77 9C89 3B6D BECD  46EE 67C3 0308 725B 37C6
+D: parts of CPUFreq code, ACPI bugfixes
+S: Tuebingen, Germany
+
+N: Andries Brouwer
+E: aeb@cwi.nl
+D: random Linux hacker
+S: Bessemerstraat 21
+S: Amsterdam
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Zach Brown
+E: zab@zabbo.net
+D: maestro pci sound
+
+N: Gary Brubaker
+E: xavyer@ix.netcom.com
+D: USB Serial Empeg Empeg-car Mark I/II Driver
+
+N: Matthias Bruestle
+E: m@mbsks.franken.de
+D: REINER SCT cyberJack pinpad/e-com USB chipcard reader driver
+S: Germany
+
+N: Adrian Bunk
+P: 1024D/4F12B400  B29C E71E FE19 6755 5C8A  84D4 99FC EA98 4F12 B400
+D: misc kernel hacking and testing
+
+N: Ray Burr
+E: ryb@nightmare.com
+D: Original author of Amiga FFS filesystem
+S: Orlando, Florida
+S: USA
+
+N: Lennert Buytenhek
+E: kernel@wantstofly.org
+D: Original (2.4) rewrite of the ethernet bridging code
+D: Various ARM bits and pieces
+S: Ravenhorst 58
+S: 2317 AK Leiden
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Michael Callahan
+E: callahan@maths.ox.ac.uk
+D: PPP for Linux
+S: The Mathematical Institute
+S: 25-29 St Giles
+S: Oxford
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Luiz Fernando N. Capitulino
+E: lcapitulino@mandriva.com.br
+E: lcapitulino@gmail.com
+W: http://www.cpu.eti.br
+D: misc kernel hacking
+S: Mandriva
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Remy Card
+E: Remy.Card@masi.ibp.fr
+E: Remy.Card@linux.org
+D: Extended file system [defunct] designer and developer
+D: Second extended file system designer and developer
+S: Institut Blaise Pascal
+S: 4 Place Jussieu
+S: 75252 Paris Cedex 05
+S: France
+
+N: Ulf Carlsson
+D: SGI Indy audio (HAL2) drivers
+E: ulfc@bun.falkenberg.se
+
+N: Ed Carp
+E: ecarp@netcom.com
+D: uucp, elm, pine, pico port
+D: cron, at(1) developer
+S: 48287 Sawleaf
+S: Fremont, California 94539
+S: USA
+
+N: Florent Chabaud
+E: florent.chabaud@polytechnique.org
+D: software suspend
+S: SGDN/DCSSI/SDS/LTI
+S: 58, Bd Latour-Maubourg
+S: 75700 Paris 07 SP
+S: France
+
+N: Gordon Chaffee
+E: chaffee@cs.berkeley.edu
+W: http://bmrc.berkeley.edu/people/chaffee/
+D: vfat, fat32, joliet, native language support
+S: 3700 Warwick Road
+S: Fremont, California 94555
+S: USA
+
+N: Chih-Jen Chang
+E: chihjenc@scf.usc.edu
+E: chihjen@iis.sinica.edu.tw
+D: IGMP(Internet Group Management Protocol) version 2
+S: 3F, 65 Tajen street
+S: Tamsui town, Taipei county,
+S: Taiwan 251
+S: Republic of China
+
+N: Reinette Chatre
+E: reinette.chatre@intel.com
+D: WiMedia Link Protocol implementation
+D: UWB stack bits and pieces
+
+N: Michael Elizabeth Chastain
+E: mec@shout.net
+D: Configure, Menuconfig, xconfig
+
+N: Raymond Chen
+E: raymondc@microsoft.com
+D: Author of Configure script
+S: 14509 NE 39th Street #1096
+S: Bellevue, Washington 98007
+S: USA
+
+N: Christopher L. Cheney
+E: ccheney@debian.org
+E: ccheney@cheney.cx
+W: http://www.cheney.cx
+P: 1024D/8E384AF2 2D31 1927 87D7 1F24 9FF9  1BC5 D106 5AB3 8E38 4AF2
+D: Vista Imaging usb webcam driver
+S: 314 Prince of Wales
+S: Conroe, TX 77304
+S: USA
+
+N: Stuart Cheshire
+E: cheshire@cs.stanford.edu
+D: Author of Starmode Radio IP (STRIP) driver
+D: Originator of design for new combined interrupt handlers
+S: William Gates Department
+S: Stanford University
+S: Stanford, California 94305
+S: USA
+
+N: Randolph Chung
+E: tausq@debian.org
+D: Linux/PA-RISC hacker
+S: Hong Kong
+
+N: Juan Jose Ciarlante
+W: http://juanjox.kernelnotes.org/
+E: jjciarla@raiz.uncu.edu.ar
+E: jjo@mendoza.gov.ar
+D: Network driver alias support
+D: IP masq hashing and app modules
+D: IP masq 2.1 features and bugs
+S: Las Cuevas 2385 - Bo Guemes
+S: Las Heras, Mendoza CP 5539
+S: Argentina
+
+N: Steven P. Cole
+E: scole@lanl.gov
+E: elenstev@mesatop.com
+D: Various build fixes and kernel documentation.
+S: Los Alamos, New Mexico
+S: USA
+
+N: Hamish Coleman
+E: hamish@zot.apana.org.au
+D: SEEQ8005 network driver
+S: 98 Paxton Street
+S: East Malvern, Victoria, 3145
+S: Australia
+
+N: Neil Conway
+E: nconway.list@ukaea.org.uk
+D: Assorted sched/mm titbits
+S: Oxfordshire, UK.
+
+N: Kees Cook
+E: kees@outflux.net
+W: http://outflux.net/
+P: 1024D/17063E6D 9FA3 C49C 23C9 D1BC 2E30  1975 1FFF 4BA9 1706 3E6D
+D: Minor updates to SCSI types, added /proc/pid/maps protection
+S: (ask for current address)
+S: USA
+
+N: Robin Cornelius
+E: robincornelius@users.sourceforge.net
+D: Ralink rt2x00 WLAN driver
+S: Cornwall, U.K.
+
+N: Mark Corner
+E: mcorner@umich.edu
+W: http://www.eecs.umich.edu/~mcorner/
+D: USB Bluetooth Driver
+S: University of Michigan
+S: Ann Arbor, MI
+
+N: Michael Cornwell
+E: cornwell@acm.org
+D: Original designer and co-author of ATA Taskfile
+D: Kernel module SMART utilities
+S: Santa Cruz, California
+S: USA
+
+N: Luis Correia
+E: lfcorreia@users.sf.net
+D: Ralink rt2x00 WLAN driver
+S: Belas, Portugal
+
+N: Alan Cox
+W: http://www.linux.org.uk/diary/
+D: Linux Networking (0.99.10->2.0.29)
+D: Original Appletalk, AX.25, and IPX code
+D: 3c501 hacker
+D: Watchdog timer drivers
+D: Linux/SMP x86 (up to 2.0 only)
+D: Initial Mac68K port
+D: Video4Linux design, bw-qcam and PMS driver ports.
+D: IDE modularisation work
+D: Z85230 driver
+D: Former security contact point (please use vendor-sec@lst.de)
+D: ex 2.2 maintainer
+D: 2.1.x modular sound
+S: c/o Red Hat UK Ltd
+S: Alexandra House
+S: Alexandra Terrace
+S: Guildford, GU1 3DA
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Cristian Mihail Craciunescu
+W: http://www.dnt.ro/~cristi/
+E: cristi@dnt.ro
+D: Support for Xircom PGSDB9 (firmware and host driver)
+S: Bucharest
+S: Romania
+
+N: Laurence Culhane
+E: loz@holmes.demon.co.uk
+D: Wrote the initial alpha SLIP code
+S: 81 Hood Street
+S: Northampton
+S: NN1 3QT
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Uwe Dannowski
+E: Uwe.Dannowski@ira.uka.de
+W: http://i30www.ira.uka.de/~dannowsk/
+D: FORE PCA-200E driver
+S: University of Karlsruhe
+S: Germany
+
+N: Ray Dassen
+E: jdassen@wi.LeidenUniv.nl
+W: http://www.wi.leidenuniv.nl/~jdassen/
+P: 1024/672D05C1 DD 60 32 60 F7 90 64 80  E7 6F D4 E4 F8 C9 4A 58
+D: Debian GNU/Linux: www.debian.org maintainer, FAQ co-maintainer,
+D: packages testing, nit-picking & fixing. Enjoying BugFree (TM) kernels.
+S: Zuidsingel 10A
+S: 2312 SB  Leiden
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: David Davies
+E: davies@wanton.lkg.dec.com
+D: Network driver author - depca, ewrk3 and de4x5
+D: Wrote shared interrupt support
+S: Digital Equipment Corporation
+S: 550 King Street
+S: Littleton, Massachusetts 01460
+S: USA
+
+N: Frank Davis
+E: fdavis@si.rr.com
+E: fdavis112@juno.com
+D: Various kernel patches
+S: 8 Lakeview Terr.
+S: Kerhonkson, NY 12446
+S: USA
+
+N: Wayne Davison
+E: davison@borland.com
+D: Second extended file system co-designer
+
+N: Terry Dawson
+E: terry@perf.no.itg.telecom.com.au
+E: terry@albert.vk2ktj.ampr.org (Amateur Radio use only)
+D: trivial hack to add variable address length routing to Rose.
+D: AX25-HOWTO, HAM-HOWTO, IPX-HOWTO, NET-2-HOWTO
+D: ax25-utils maintainer.
+
+N: Helge Deller
+E: deller@gmx.de
+E: hdeller@redhat.de
+D: PA-RISC Linux hacker, LASI-, ASP-, WAX-, LCD/LED-driver
+S: Schimmelsrain 1
+S: D-69231 Rauenberg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Jean Delvare
+E: khali@linux-fr.org
+W: http://khali.linux-fr.org/
+D: Several hardware monitoring drivers
+S: France
+
+N: Peter Denison
+E: peterd@pnd-pc.demon.co.uk
+W: http://www.pnd-pc.demon.co.uk/promise/
+D: Promise DC4030VL caching HD controller drivers
+
+N: Todd J. Derr
+E: tjd@fore.com
+W: http://www.wordsmith.org/~tjd
+D: Random console hacks and other miscellaneous stuff
+S: 3000 FORE Drive
+S: Warrendale, Pennsylvania 15086
+S: USA
+
+N: Martin Devera
+E: devik@cdi.cz
+W: http://luxik.cdi.cz/~devik/qos/
+D: HTB qdisc and random networking hacks
+
+N: Alex deVries
+E: alex@onefishtwo.ca
+D: Various SGI parts, bits of HAL2 and Newport, PA-RISC Linux.
+S: 41.5 William Street
+S: Ottawa, Ontario
+S: K1N 6Z9
+S: CANADA
+
+N: Jeff Dike
+E: jdike@karaya.com
+W: http://user-mode-linux.sourceforge.net
+D: User mode kernel port
+S: 375 Tubbs Hill Rd
+S: Deering NH 03244
+S: USA
+
+N: Matt Domsch
+E: Matt_Domsch@dell.com
+W: http://www.dell.com/linux
+W: http://domsch.com/linux
+D: Linux/IA-64
+D: Dell PowerEdge server, SCSI layer, misc drivers, and other patches
+S: Dell Inc.
+S: One Dell Way
+S: Round Rock, TX  78682
+S: USA
+
+N: Ben Dooks
+E: ben-linux@fluff.org
+E: ben@simtec.co.uk
+W: http://www.fluff.org/ben/
+W: http://www.simtec.co.uk/
+D: Samsung S3C2410/S3C2440 support, general ARM support
+D: Maintaining Simtec Electronics development boards
+S: Simtec Electronics
+S: Avondale Drive
+S: Tarleton
+S: Preston
+S: Lancs
+S: PR4 6AX
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Ivo van Doorn
+E: IvDoorn@gmail.com
+W: http://www.mendiosus.nl
+D: Ralink rt2x00 WLAN driver
+S: Haarlem, The Netherlands
+
+N: John G Dorsey
+E: john+@cs.cmu.edu
+D: ARM Linux ports to Assabet/Neponset, Spot
+S: Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering
+S: Carnegie Mellon University
+S: Pittsburgh, PA  15213
+S: USA
+
+N: Eddie C. Dost
+E: ecd@skynet.be
+D: Linux/Sparc kernel hacker
+D: Linux/Sparc maintainer
+S: Rue de la Chapelle 51
+S: 4850 Moresnet
+S: Belgium
+
+N: Cort Dougan
+E: cort@fsmlabs.com
+W: http://www.fsmlabs.com/linuxppcbk.html
+D: PowerPC
+
+N: Daniel Drake
+E: dsd@gentoo.org
+D: USBAT02 CompactFlash support in usb-storage
+S: UK
+
+N: Oleg Drokin
+E: green@ccssu.crimea.ua
+W: http://www.ccssu.crimea.ua/~green
+D: Cleaning up sound drivers, SA1100 Watchdog.
+S: Skvoznoy per., 14a
+S: Evpatoria
+S: Crimea
+S: UKRAINE, 334320
+
+N: Walt Drummond
+E: drummond@valinux.com
+D: Linux/IA-64
+S: 1382 Bordeaux Drive
+S: Sunnyvale, CA 94087
+S: USA
+
+N: Bruno Ducrot
+E: ducrot@poupinou.org
+D: CPUFreq and ACPI bugfixes.
+S: Mougin, France
+
+N: Don Dugger
+E: n0ano@valinux.com
+D: Linux/IA-64
+S: 1209 Pearl Street, #12
+S: Boulder, CO 80302
+S: USA
+
+N: Thomas Dunbar
+E: tdunbar@vt.edu
+D: TeX & METAFONT hacking/maintenance
+S: Virginia Tech Computing Center
+S: 1700 Pratt Drive
+S: Blacksburg, Virginia 24061
+S: USA
+
+N: Randy Dunlap
+E: rdunlap@xenotime.net
+W: http://www.xenotime.net/linux/linux.html
+W: http://www.linux-usb.org
+D: Linux-USB subsystem, USB core/UHCI/printer/storage drivers
+D: x86 SMP, ACPI, bootflag hacking
+S: (ask for current address)
+S: USA
+
+N: Bob Dunlop
+E: rjd@xyzzy.clara.co.uk
+E: bob.dunlop@farsite.co.uk
+W: www.farsite.co.uk
+D: FarSync card device driver
+S: FarSite Communications Ltd
+S: Tempus Business Centre
+S: 60 Kingsclere Road
+S: Basingstoke       RG21 6XG
+S: UK
+
+N: Cyrus Durgin
+E: cider@speakeasy.org
+W: http://www.speakeasy.org/~cider/
+D: implemented kmod
+
+N: Torsten Duwe
+E: Torsten.Duwe@informatik.uni-erlangen.de
+D: Part-time kernel hacker
+D: The Linux Support Team Erlangen
+S: Grevenbroicher Str. 17
+S: 47807 Krefeld
+S: Germany
+
+N: Tom Dyas
+E: tdyas@eden.rutgers.edu
+D: minor hacks and some sparc port stuff
+S: New Jersey
+S: USA
+
+N: Drew Eckhardt
+E: drew@PoohSticks.ORG
+D: SCSI code
+D: Assorted snippets elsewhere
+D: Boot sector "..." printing
+S: 2037 Walnut #6
+S: Boulder, Colorado 80302
+S: USA
+
+N: Heiko Eißfeldt
+E: heiko@colossus.escape.de heiko@unifix.de
+D: verify_area stuff, generic SCSI fixes
+D: SCSI Programming HOWTO
+D: POSIX.1 compliance testing
+S: Unifix Software GmbH
+S: Bueltenweg 27a
+S: D-38106 Braunschweig
+S: Germany
+
+N: Bjorn Ekwall
+E: bj0rn@blox.se
+W: http://www.pi.se/blox/
+D: Extended support for loadable modules
+D: D-Link pocket adapter drivers
+S: Brevia 1043
+S: S-114 79 Stockholm
+S: Sweden
+
+N: Pekka Enberg
+E: penberg@cs.helsinki.fi
+W: http://www.cs.helsinki.fi/u/penberg/
+D: Various kernel hacks, fixes, and cleanups.
+D: Slab allocators
+S: Finland
+
+N: David Engebretsen
+E: engebret@us.ibm.com
+D: Linux port to 64-bit PowerPC architecture
+
+N: Michael Engel
+E: engel@unix-ag.org
+D: DECstation framebuffer drivers
+S: Germany
+
+N: Paal-Kristian Engstad
+E: engstad@intermetrics.com
+D: Kernel smbfs (to mount WfW, NT and OS/2 network drives.)
+S: 17101 Springdale Street #225
+S: Huntington Beach, California 92649
+S: USA
+
+N: Stephane Eranian
+E: eranian@hpl.hp.com
+D: Linux/ia64
+S: 1501 Page Mill Rd, MS 1U17
+S: Palo Alto, CA 94304
+S: USA
+
+N: Johannes Erdfelt
+E: johannes@erdfelt.com
+D: Linux/IA-64 bootloader and kernel goop, USB
+S: 6350 Stoneridge Mall Road
+S: Pleasanton, CA 94588
+S: USA
+
+N: Doug Evans
+E: dje@cygnus.com
+D: Wrote Xenix FS (part of standard kernel since 0.99.15)
+
+N: Riccardo Facchetti
+E: fizban@tin.it
+P: 1024/6E657BB5 AF 22 90 33 78 76 04 8B  AF F9 97 1E B5 E2 65 30
+D: Audio Excel DSP 16 init driver author
+D: libmodem author
+D: Yet Another Micro Monitor port and current maintainer
+D: First ELF-HOWTO author
+D: random kernel hacker
+S: Via Paolo VI n.29
+S: 23900 - LECCO (Lc)
+S: Italy
+
+N: Nils Faerber
+E: nils@kernelconcepts.de
+D: i810 TCO watchdog driver author
+D: Mitsumi LU005 tests and fixes
+D: port and fixes of cs46xx sounddriver
+S: Dreisbachstrasse 24
+S: D-57250 Netphen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Rik Faith
+E: faith@acm.org
+D: Future Domain TMC-16x0 SCSI driver (author)
+D: APM driver (early port)
+D: DRM drivers (author of several)
+
+N: János Farkas
+E: chexum@shadow.banki.hu
+D: romfs, various (mostly networking) fixes
+P: 1024/F81FB2E1 41 B7 E4 E6 3E D4 A6 71  6D 9C F3 9F F2 BF DF 6E
+S: Madarász Viktor utca 25
+S: 1131 Budapest
+S: Hungary
+
+N: Ben Fennema
+E: bfennema@falcon.csc.calpoly.edu
+W: http://www.csc.calpoly.edu/~bfennema
+D: UDF filesystem
+S: (ask for current address)
+S: USA
+
+N: Jürgen Fischer
+E: fischer@norbit.de
+D: Author of Adaptec AHA-152x SCSI driver
+S: Schulstraße 18
+S: 26506 Norden
+S: Germany
+
+N: Jeremy Fitzhardinge
+E: jeremy@goop.org
+W: http://www.goop.org/~jeremy
+D: author of userfs filesystem
+D: Improved mmap and munmap handling
+D: General mm minor tidyups
+D: autofs v4 maintainer
+S: 987 Alabama St
+S: San Francisco
+S: CA, 94110
+S: USA
+
+N: Ralf Flaxa
+E: rfflaxa@immd4.informatik.uni-erlangen.de
+D: The Linux Support Team Erlangen
+D: Creator of LST distribution
+D: Author of installation tool LISA
+S: Pfitznerweg 6
+S: 74523 Schwaebisch Hall
+S: Germany
+
+N: Lawrence Foard
+E: entropy@world.std.com
+D: Floppy track reading, fs code
+S: 217 Park Avenue, Suite 108
+S: Worcester, Massachusetts 01609
+S: USA
+
+N: Karl Fogel
+E: kfogel@cs.oberlin.edu
+D: Contributor, Linux User's Guide
+S: 1123 North Oak Park Avenue
+S: Oak Park, Illinois 60302
+S: USA
+
+N: Daniel J. Frasnelli
+E: dfrasnel@alphalinux.org
+W: http://www.alphalinux.org/
+P: 1024/3EF87611 B9 F1 44 50 D3 E8 C2 80  DA E5 55 AA 56 7C 42 DA
+D: DEC Alpha hacker 
+D: Miscellaneous bug squisher
+
+N: Jim Freeman
+E: jfree@sovereign.org
+W: http://www.sovereign.org/
+D: Initial GPL'd Frame Relay driver
+D: Dynamic PPP devices
+D: Sundry modularizations (PPP, IPX, ...) and fixes
+
+N: Bob Frey
+E: bobf@advansys.com
+D: AdvanSys SCSI driver
+S: 1150 Ringwood Court
+S: San Jose, California 95131
+S: USA
+
+N: Adam Fritzler
+E: mid@zigamorph.net
+
+N: Fernando Fuganti
+E: fuganti@conectiva.com.br
+E: fuganti@netbank.com.br
+D: random kernel hacker, ZF MachZ Watchdog driver
+S: Conectiva S.A.
+S: R. Tocantins, 89 - Cristo Rei
+S: 80050-430 - Curitiba - Paraná
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Kumar Gala
+E: galak@kernel.crashing.org
+D: Embedded PowerPC 6xx/7xx/74xx/82xx/83xx/85xx support
+S: Austin, Texas 78729
+S: USA
+
+N: Nigel Gamble
+E: nigel@nrg.org
+D: Interrupt-driven printer driver
+D: Preemptible kernel
+S: 120 Alley Way
+S: Mountain View, California 94040
+S: USA
+
+N: Jeff Garzik
+E: jgarzik@pobox.com
+
+N: Jacques Gelinas
+E: jacques@solucorp.qc.ca
+D: Author of the Umsdos file system
+S: 1326 De Val-Brillant
+S: Laval, Quebec
+S: Canada H7Y 1V9
+
+N: David Gentzel
+E: gentzel@telerama.lm.com
+D: Original BusLogic driver and original UltraStor driver
+S: Whitfield Software Services
+S: 600 North Bell Avenue, Suite 160
+S: Carnegie, Pennsylvania 15106-4304
+S: USA
+
+N: Kai Germaschewski
+E: kai@germaschewski.name
+D: Major kbuild rework during the 2.5 cycle
+D: ISDN Maintainer
+S: USA
+
+N: Philip Gladstone
+E: philip@gladstonefamily.net
+D: Kernel / timekeeping stuff
+S: Carlisle, MA 01741
+S: USA
+  
+N: Jan-Benedict Glaw
+E: jbglaw@lug-owl.de
+D: SRM environment driver (for Alpha systems)
+P: 1024D/8399E1BB 250D 3BCF 7127 0D8C A444  A961 1DBD 5E75 8399 E1BB
+
+N: Thomas Gleixner
+E: tglx@linutronix.de
+D: NAND flash hardware support, JFFS2 on NAND flash
+
+N: Richard E. Gooch
+E: rgooch@atnf.csiro.au
+D: parent process death signal to children
+D: prctl() syscall
+D: /proc/mtrr support to manipulate MTRRs on Intel P6 family
+D: Device FileSystem (devfs)
+S: CSIRO Australia Telescope National Facility
+S: P.O. Box 76, Epping
+S: New South Wales, 2121
+S: Australia
+
+N: Carlos E. Gorges 
+E: carlos@techlinux.com.br
+D: fix smp support on cmpci driver
+P: 2048G/EA3C4B19 FF31 33A6 0362 4915 B7EB  E541 17D0 0379 EA3C 4B19
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Dmitry S. Gorodchanin
+E: pgmdsg@ibi.com
+D: RISCom/8 driver, misc kernel fixes.
+S: 4 Main Street
+S: Woodbridge, Connecticut 06525
+S: USA
+
+N: Paul Gortmaker
+E: p_gortmaker@yahoo.com
+D: Author of RTC driver & several net drivers, Ethernet & BootPrompt Howto.
+D: Made support for modules, ramdisk, generic-serial, etc. optional.
+D: Transformed old user space bdflush into 1st kernel thread - kflushd.
+D: Many other patches, documentation files, mini kernels, utilities, ...
+
+N: Masanori GOTO
+E: gotom@debian.or.jp
+D: Workbit NinjaSCSI-32Bi/UDE driver
+S: Japan
+
+N: John E. Gotts
+E: jgotts@linuxsavvy.com
+D: kernel hacker
+S: 8124 Constitution Apt. 7
+S: Sterling Heights, Michigan 48313
+S: USA
+
+N: Wolfgang Grandegger
+E: wg@grandegger.com
+D: Controller Area Network (device drivers)
+
+N: William Greathouse
+E: wgreathouse@smva.com
+E: wgreathouse@myfavoritei.com
+D: Current Belkin USB Serial Adapter F5U103 hacker
+D: Kernel hacker, embedded systems
+S: 7802 Fitzwater Road   
+S: Brecksville, OH  44141-1334
+S: USA
+
+N: Tristan Greaves
+E: tristan@extricate.org
+W: http://www.extricate.org/
+D: Miscellaneous ipv4 sysctl patches
+
+N: Michael A. Griffith
+E: grif@cs.ucr.edu
+W: http://www.cs.ucr.edu/~grif
+D: Loopback speedup, qlogic SCSI hacking, VT_LOCKSWITCH
+S: Department of Computer Science
+S: University of California, Riverside
+S: Riverside, California 92521-0304
+S: USA
+
+N: Hans Grobler
+E: grobh@sun.ac.za
+D: Various AX.25/ROSE/NETROM + hamradio driver patches
+D: Various X.25/LABP + driver patches
+D: Misc kernel fixes and updates
+S: Department of Electronic Engineering
+S: University of Stellenbosch
+S: Stellenbosch, Western Cape
+S: South Africa
+
+N: Grant Grundler
+E: grundler@parisc-linux.org
+W: http://obmouse.sourceforge.net/
+W: http://www.parisc-linux.org/
+D: obmouse - rewrote Olivier Florent's Omnibook 600 "pop-up" mouse driver
+D: PA-RISC - Interrupt/PCI HBA/IOMMU author and architect
+S: Mountain View, California
+S: USA
+
+N: Grant Guenther
+E: grant@torque.net
+W: http://www.torque.net/linux-pp.html
+D: original author of ppa driver for parallel port ZIP drive
+D: original architect of the parallel-port sharing scheme 
+D: PARIDE subsystem: drivers for parallel port IDE & ATAPI devices
+S: 44 St. Joseph Street, Suite 506
+S: Toronto, Ontario, M4Y 2W4
+S: Canada
+
+N: Richard Günther
+E: rguenth@tat.physik.uni-tuebingen.de
+W: http://www.tat.physik.uni-tuebingen.de/~rguenth
+P: 2048/2E829319 2F 83 FC 93 E9 E4 19 E2  93 7A 32 42 45 37 23 57
+D: binfmt_misc
+S: 72074 Tübingen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Justin Guyett
+E: jguyett@andrew.cmu.edu
+D: via-rhine net driver hacking
+
+N: Danny ter Haar
+E: dth@cistron.nl
+D: /proc/cpuinfo, reboot on panic , kernel pre-patch tester ;)
+S: Cistron
+S: PO-Box 297
+S: 2400 AG, Alphen aan den Rijn
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Enver Haase
+E: ehaase@inf.fu-berlin.de
+W: http://www.inf.fu-berlin.de/~ehaase
+D: Driver for the Commodore A2232 serial board
+
+N: Bruno Haible
+E: haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de
+D: SysV FS, shm swapping, memory management fixes
+S: 17 rue Danton
+S: F - 94270 Le Kremlin-Bicêtre
+S: France
+
+N: Greg Hankins
+E: gregh@cc.gatech.edu
+D: fixed keyboard driver to separate LED and locking status
+S: 25360 Georgia Tech Station
+S: Atlanta, Georgia 30332
+S: USA
+
+N: Brad Hards
+E: bradh@frogmouth.net
+D: Various USB bits, other minor patches
+
+N: Angelo Haritsis
+E: ah@computer.org
+D: kernel patches (serial, watchdog)
+D: xringd, vuzkern, greekXfonts
+S: 77 Clarence Mews
+S: London SE16 1GD
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Jan Harkes
+E: jaharkes@cs.cmu.edu
+W: http://www.coda.cs.cmu.edu/
+D: Coda file system
+S: Computer Science Department
+S: Carnegie Mellon University
+S: 5000 Forbes Avenue
+S: Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15213
+S: USA
+
+N: Kai Harrekilde-Petersen
+E: kai.harrekilde@get2net.dk
+D: Original author of the ftape-HOWTO, i82078 fdc detection code.
+
+N: Bart Hartgers
+E: bart@etpmod.phys.tue.nl
+D: MTRR emulation with Centaur MCRs
+S: Gen Stedmanstraat 212
+S: 5623 HZ Eindhoven
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Oliver Hartkopp
+E: oliver.hartkopp@volkswagen.de
+W: http://www.volkswagen.de
+D: Controller Area Network (network layer core)
+S: Brieffach 1776
+S: 38436 Wolfsburg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Andrew Haylett
+E: ajh@primag.co.uk
+D: Selection mechanism
+
+N: Andre Hedrick
+E: andre@linux-ide.org
+E: andre@linuxdiskcert.org
+W: http://www.linux-ide.org/
+W: http://www.linuxdiskcert.org/
+D: Random SMP kernel hacker...
+D: Uniform Multi-Platform E-IDE driver
+D: Active-ATA-Chipset maddness..........
+D: Ultra DMA 133/100/66/33 w/48-bit Addressing
+D: ATA-Disconnect, ATA-TCQ
+D: ATA-Smart Kernel Daemon
+D: Serial ATA
+D: ATA Command Block and Taskfile
+S: Linux ATA Development (LAD)
+S: Concord, CA
+
+N: Jochen Hein
+E: jochen@jochen.org
+P: 1024/4A27F015 25 72 FB E3 85 9F DE 3B  CB 0A DA DA 40 77 05 6C
+P: 1024D/77D4FC9B F5C5 1C20 1DFC DEC3 3107  54A4 2332 ADFC 77D4 FC9B
+D: National Language Support
+D: Linux Internationalization Project
+D: German Localization for Linux and GNU software
+S: Auf der Fittel 18
+S: 53347 Alfter
+S: Germany
+
+N: Christoph Hellwig
+E: hch@infradead.org
+D: all kinds of driver, filesystem & core kernel hacking
+D: freevxfs driver
+D: sysvfs maintainer
+D: chief codingstyle nitpicker
+S: Ampferstr. 50 / 4
+S: 6020 Innsbruck
+S: Austria
+
+N: Richard Henderson
+E: rth@twiddle.net
+E: rth@cygnus.com
+D: Alpha hacker, kernel and userland
+S: 1668 California St.
+S: Mountain View, California 94041
+S: USA
+
+N: Benjamin Herrenschmidt
+E: benh@kernel.crashing.org
+D: Various parts of PPC/PPC64 & PowerMac
+S: 312/107 Canberra Avenue
+S: Griffith, ACT 2603 
+S: Australia
+
+N: Sebastian Hetze
+E: she@lunetix.de
+D: German Linux Documentation,
+D: Organization of German Linux Conferences
+S: Danckelmannstr. 48
+S: 14059 Berlin
+S: Germany
+
+N: David Hinds
+E: dahinds@users.sourceforge.net
+W: http://tao.stanford.edu/~dhinds
+D: PCMCIA and CardBus stuff, PCMCIA-HOWTO, PCMCIA client drivers
+S: 2019 W. Middlefield Rd #1
+S: Mountain View, CA  94043
+S: USA
+
+N: Michael Hipp
+E: hippm@informatik.uni-tuebingen.de
+D: drivers for the racal ni5210 & ni6510 Ethernet-boards
+S: Talstr. 1
+S: D - 72072 Tuebingen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Richard Hirst
+E: richard@sleepie.demon.co.uk
+E: rhirst@linuxcare.com
+W: http://www.sleepie.demon.co.uk/
+D: linux-m68k VME support
+D: PA-RISC port, scsi and network drivers
+D: 53c700/53c710 driver author, 82596 driver maintainer
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Jauder Ho
+E: jauderho@carumba.com
+W: http://www.carumba.com/
+D: bug toaster (A1 sauce makes all the difference)
+D: Random linux hacker
+
+N: Tim Hockin
+E: thockin@hockin.org
+W: http://www.hockin.org/~thockin
+D: Natsemi ethernet
+D: Cobalt Networks (x86) support
+D: This-and-That
+
+N: Dirk Hohndel
+E: hohndel@suse.de
+D: The XFree86[tm] Project
+D: USB mouse maintainer
+S: SuSE Rhein/Main AG
+S: Mergenthalerallee 45-47
+S: 65760 Eschborn
+S: Germany
+
+N: Kenji Hollis
+E: kenji@bitgate.com
+W: http://www.bitgate.com/
+D: Berkshire PC Watchdog Driver
+D: Small/Industrial Driver Project
+
+N: Nick Holloway
+E: Nick.Holloway@pyrites.org.uk
+W: http://www.pyrites.org.uk/
+P: 1024/36115A04 F4E1 3384 FCFD C055 15D6  BA4C AB03 FBF8 3611 5A04
+D: Occasional Linux hacker...
+S: (ask for current address)
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Ron Holt
+E: ron@holt.org
+E: rholt@netcom.com
+W: http://www.holt.org/
+W: http://www.ronholt.com/
+D: Kernel development
+D: Kernel LDT modifications to support Wabi and Wine
+S: Holtron Internetics, Inc.
+S: 998 East 900 South, Suite 26
+S: Provo, Utah 84606-5607
+S: USA
+
+N: Marcel Holtmann
+E: marcel@holtmann.org
+W: http://www.holtmann.org
+D: Maintainer of the Linux Bluetooth Subsystem
+D: Author and maintainer of the various Bluetooth HCI drivers
+D: Author and maintainer of the CAPI message transport protocol driver
+D: Author and maintainer of the Bluetooth HID protocol driver
+D: Various other Bluetooth related patches, cleanups and fixes
+S: Germany
+
+N: Rob W. W. Hooft
+E: hooft@EMBL-Heidelberg.DE
+D: Shared libs for graphics-tools and for the f2c compiler
+D: Some kernel programming on the floppy and sound drivers in early days
+D: Some other hacks to get different kinds of programs to work for linux
+S: Panoramastrasse 18
+S: D-69126 Heidelberg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Christopher Horn
+E: chorn@warwick.net
+D: Miscellaneous sysctl hacks
+S: 36 Mudtown Road
+S: Wantage, New Jersey 07461
+S: USA
+
+N: Harald Hoyer
+E: harald.hoyer@parzelle.de
+W: http://parzelle.de/
+D: ip_masq_quake
+D: md boot support
+S: Hohe Strasse 30
+S: D-70176 Stuttgart
+S: Germany
+
+N: Jan Hubicka
+E: hubicka@freesoft.cz
+E: hubicka@suse.cz
+W: http://www.paru.cas.cz/~hubicka/
+D: Random kernel tweaks and fixes.
+S: Dukelskych bojovniku 1944
+S: Tabor 390 03
+S: Czech Republic
+
+N: David Huggins-Daines
+E: dhd@debian.org
+E: dhd@eradicator.org
+E: dhd@cepstral.com
+D: PA-RISC port
+D: Nubus subsystem
+D: Generic 68k Macintosh framebuffer driver
+D: STI framebuffer tweaks
+D: LTPC driver tweaks
+S: 110 S. 12th St., Apt. A
+S: Pittsburgh, PA 15203-1250
+S: USA
+
+N: Gareth Hughes
+E: gareth.hughes@acm.org
+D: Pentium III FXSR, SSE support
+D: Author/maintainer of most DRM drivers (especially ATI, MGA)
+D: Core DRM templates, general DRM and 3D-related hacking
+S: No fixed address
+
+N: Kenn Humborg
+E: kenn@wombat.ie
+D: Mods to loop device to support sparse backing files
+S: Ballinagard
+S: Roscommon
+S: Ireland
+
+N: Michael Hunold
+E: michael@mihu.de
+W: http://www.mihu.de/linux/
+D: Generic saa7146 video4linux-2 driver core,
+D: Driver for the "Multimedia eXtension Board", "dpc7146",
+D: "Hexium Orion", "Hexium Gemini"
+
+N: Miguel de Icaza Amozurrutia
+E: miguel@nuclecu.unam.mx
+D: Linux/SPARC team, Midnight Commander maintainer
+S: Avenida Copilco 162, 22-1003
+S: Mexico, DF
+S: Mexico
+
+N: Ian Jackson
+E: iwj10@cus.cam.ac.uk
+E: ijackson@nyx.cs.du.edu
+D: FAQ maintainer and poster of the daily postings
+D: FSSTND group member
+D: Debian core team member and maintainer of several Debian packages
+S: 2 Lexington Close
+S: Cambridge
+S: CB3 0DS
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Andreas Jaeger
+E: aj@suse.de
+D: Various smaller kernel fixes
+D: glibc developer
+S: Gottfried-Kinkel-Str. 18
+S: D 67659 Kaiserslautern
+S: Germany
+
+N: Mike Jagdis
+E: jaggy@purplet.demon.co.uk
+E: Mike.Jagdis@purplet.demon.co.uk
+D: iBCS personalities, socket and X interfaces, x.out loader, syscalls...
+D: Purple Distribution maintainer
+D: UK FidoNet support
+D: ISODE && PP
+D: Kernel and device driver hacking
+S: 280 Silverdale Road
+S: Earley
+S: Reading
+S: RG6 2NU
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Jakub Jelinek
+E: jakub@redhat.com
+W: http://sunsite.mff.cuni.cz/~jj
+P: 1024/0F7623C5 53 95 71 3C EB 73 99 97  02 49 40 47 F9 19 68 20
+D: Sparc hacker, SILO, mc
+D: Maintain sunsite.mff.cuni.cz
+S: K osmidomkum 723
+S: 160 00 Praha 6
+S: Czech Republic
+
+N: Niels Kristian Bech Jensen
+E: nkbj1970@hotmail.com
+D: Miscellaneous kernel updates and fixes.
+
+N: Michael K. Johnson
+E: johnsonm@redhat.com
+W: http://www.redhat.com/~johnsonm
+P: 1024/4536A8DD 2A EC 88 08 40 64 CE D8  DD F8 12 2B 61 43 83 15
+D: The Linux Documentation Project
+D: Kernel Hackers' Guide
+D: Procps
+D: Proc filesystem
+D: Maintain tsx-11.mit.edu
+D: LP driver
+S: 201 Howell Street, Apartment 1C
+S: Chapel Hill, North Carolina 27514-4818
+S: USA
+
+N: Dave Jones
+E: davej@redhat.com
+W: http://www.codemonkey.org.uk
+D: Assorted VIA x86 support.
+D: 2.5 AGPGART overhaul.
+D: CPUFREQ maintenance.
+D: Fedora kernel maintainence.
+D: Misc/Other.
+S: 314 Littleton Rd, Westford, MA 01886, USA
+
+N: Martin Josfsson
+E: gandalf@wlug.westbo.se
+P: 1024D/F6B6D3B1 7610 7CED 5C34 4AA6 DBA2  8BE1 5A6D AF95 F6B6 D3B1
+D: netfilter: SAME target
+D: netfilter: helper target
+D: netfilter: various other hacks
+S: Ronneby
+S: Sweden
+
+N: Ani Joshi
+E: ajoshi@shell.unixbox.com
+D: fbdev hacking
+
+N: Jesper Juhl
+E: jj@chaosbits.net
+D: Various fixes, cleanups and minor features all over the tree.
+D: Wrote initial version of the hdaps driver (since passed on to others).
+S: Lemnosvej 1, 3.tv
+S: 2300 Copenhagen S.
+S: Denmark
+
+N: Jozsef Kadlecsik
+E: kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu
+P: 1024D/470DB964 4CB3 1A05 713E 9BF7 FAC5  5809 DD8C B7B1 470D B964
+D: netfilter: TCP window tracking code
+D: netfilter: raw table
+D: netfilter: iprange match
+D: netfilter: new logging interfaces
+D: netfilter: various other hacks
+S: Tata
+S: Hungary
+
+N: Bernhard Kaindl
+E: bkaindl@netway.at
+E: edv@bartelt.via.at
+D: Author of a menu based configuration tool, kmenu, which 
+D: is the predecessor of 'make menuconfig' and 'make xconfig'.
+D: digiboard driver update(modularisation work and 2.1.x upd)
+S: Tallak 95
+S: 8103 Rein
+S: Austria
+
+N: Mitsuru Kanda
+E: mk@linux-ipv6.org
+E: mk@isl.rdc.toshiba.co.jp
+E: mk@karaba.org
+W: http://www.karaba.org/~mk/
+P: 1024D/2EC7E30D 4DC3 949B 5A6C F0D6 375F  4472 8888 A8E1 2EC7 E30D
+D: IPsec, IPv6
+D: USAGI/WIDE Project, TOSHIBA CORPORATION
+S: 2-47-8, Takinogawa,
+S: Kita, Tokyo 114-0023
+S: Japan
+
+N: Jan Kara
+E: jack@atrey.karlin.mff.cuni.cz
+E: jack@suse.cz
+D: Quota fixes for 2.2 kernel
+D: Quota fixes for 2.3 kernel
+D: Few other fixes in filesystem area (buffer cache, isofs, loopback)
+W: http://atrey.karlin.mff.cuni.cz/~jack/
+S: Krosenska' 543
+S: 181 00 Praha 8
+S: Czech Republic
+
+N: Jan "Yenya" Kasprzak
+E: kas@fi.muni.cz
+D: Author of the COSA/SRP sync serial board driver.
+D: Port of the syncppp.c from the 2.0 to the 2.1 kernel.
+P: 1024/D3498839 0D 99 A7 FB 20 66 05 D7  8B 35 FC DE 05 B1 8A 5E
+W: http://www.fi.muni.cz/~kas/
+S: c/o Faculty of Informatics, Masaryk University
+S: Botanicka' 68a
+S: 602 00 Brno
+S: Czech Republic
+
+N: Jakob Kemi
+E: jakob.kemi@telia.com
+D: V4L W9966 Webcam driver
+S: Forsbyvägen 33
+S: 74143 Knivsta
+S: Sweden
+
+N: Fred N. van Kempen
+E: waltje@linux.com
+D: NET-2
+D: Drivers
+D: Kernel cleanups
+S: Korte Heul 95
+S: 1403 ND  BUSSUM
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Karl Keyte
+E: karl@koft.com
+D: Disk usage statistics and modifications to line printer driver
+S: 26a Sheen Road
+S: Richmond
+S: Surrey
+S: TW9 1AE
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Marko Kiiskila
+E: marko@iprg.nokia.com
+D: Author of ATM Lan Emulation
+S: 660 Harvard Ave. #7
+S: Santa Clara, CA 95051
+S: USA
+
+N: Russell King
+E: rmk@arm.linux.org.uk
+D: Linux/arm integrator, maintainer & hacker
+D: Acornfb, Cyber2000fb author
+S: Burgh Heath, Tadworth, Surrey.
+S: England
+
+N: Olaf Kirch
+E: okir@monad.swb.de
+D: Author of the Linux Network Administrators' Guide
+S: Kattreinstr 38
+S: D-64295
+S: Germany
+
+N: Andi Kleen
+E: andi@firstfloor.org
+U: http://www.halobates.de
+D: network, x86, NUMA, various hacks
+S: Schwalbenstr. 96
+S: 85551 Ottobrunn
+S: Germany
+
+N: Ian Kluft
+E: ikluft@thunder.sbay.org
+W: http://www.kluft.com/~ikluft/
+D: NET-1 beta testing & minor patches, original Smail binary packages for
+D: Slackware and Debian, vote-taker for 2nd comp.os.linux reorganization
+S: Post Office Box 611311
+S: San Jose, California 95161-1311
+S: USA
+
+N: Thorsten Knabe
+E: Thorsten Knabe <tek@rbg.informatik.tu-darmstadt.de>
+E: Thorsten Knabe <tek01@hrzpub.tu-darmstadt.de>
+W: http://www.student.informatik.tu-darmstadt.de/~tek
+W: http://www.tu-darmstadt.de/~tek01
+P: 1024/3BC8D885 8C 29 C5 0A C0 D1 D6 F4  20 D4 2D AB 29 F6 D0 60
+D: AD1816 sound driver
+S: Am Bergfried 10
+S: 63225 Langen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Alain L. Knaff
+E: Alain.Knaff@lll.lu
+D: floppy driver
+S: 19, rue Jean l'Aveugle
+S: L-1148 Luxembourg-City
+S: Luxembourg
+
+N: Gerd Knorr
+W: http://bytesex.org
+E: kraxel@bytesex.org
+E: kraxel@suse.de
+D: video4linux, bttv, vesafb, some scsi, misc fixes
+
+N: Harald Koenig
+E: koenig@tat.physik.uni-tuebingen.de
+D: XFree86 (S3), DCF77, some kernel hacks and fixes
+S: Koenigsberger Str. 90
+S: D-72336 Balingen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Rudolf Koenig
+E: rfkoenig@immd4.informatik.uni-erlangen.de
+D: The Linux Support Team Erlangen
+
+N: Andreas Koensgen
+E: ajk@comnets.uni-bremen.de
+D: 6pack driver for AX.25
+
+N: Harald Koerfgen
+E: hkoerfg@web.de
+D: Linux/MIPS kernel hacks and fixes,
+D: DECstation port, Sharp Mobilon port
+S: D-50931 Koeln
+S: Germany
+
+N: Willy Konynenberg
+E: willy@xos.nl
+W: http://www.xos.nl/
+D: IP transparent proxy support
+S: X/OS Experts in Open Systems BV
+S: Kruislaan 419
+S: 1098 VA Amsterdam 
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Jiri Kosina
+E: jikos@jikos.cz
+E: jkosina@suse.cz
+D: Generic HID layer - original code split, fixes
+D: Various ACPI fixes, keeping correct battery state through suspend
+D: various lockdep annotations, autofs and other random bugfixes
+S: Prague, Czech Republic
+
+N: Gene Kozin
+E: 74604.152@compuserve.com
+W: http://www.sangoma.com
+D: WAN Router & Sangoma WAN drivers
+S: Sangoma Technologies Inc.
+S: 7170 Warden Avenue, Unit 2
+S: Markham, Ontario
+S: L3R 8B2
+S: Canada
+
+N: Maxim Krasnyansky
+E: maxk@qualcomm.com
+W: http://vtun.sf.net
+W: http://bluez.sf.net
+D: Author of the Universal TUN/TAP driver
+D: Author of the Linux Bluetooth Subsystem (BlueZ)
+D: Various other kernel patches, cleanups and fixes
+S: 2213 La Terrace Circle
+S: San Jose, CA 95123
+S: USA
+
+N: Andreas S. Krebs
+E: akrebs@altavista.net
+D: CYPRESS CY82C693 chipset IDE, Digital's PC-Alpha 164SX boards
+
+N: Greg Kroah-Hartman
+E: greg@kroah.com
+E: gregkh@suse.de
+W: http://www.kroah.com/linux/
+D: USB Serial Converter driver framework, USB Handspring Visor driver
+D: ConnectTech WHITEHeat USB driver, Generic USB Serial driver
+D: USB I/O Edgeport driver, USB Serial IrDA driver
+D: USB Bluetooth driver, USB Skeleton driver
+D: bits and pieces of USB core code.
+D: PCI Hotplug core, PCI Hotplug Compaq driver modifications
+D: portions of the Linux Security Module (LSM) framework
+D: parts of the driver core, debugfs.
+
+N: Russell Kroll
+E: rkroll@exploits.org
+W: http://www.exploits.org/
+D: V4L radio cards: radio-aztech (new), others (bugfixes/features)
+D: Loopback block device: dynamic sizing ("max_loop" as module)
+S: Post Office Box 691886
+S: San Antonio, Texas 78269-1886
+S: USA
+
+N: Denis O. Kropp
+E: dok@directfb.org
+D: NeoMagic framebuffer driver
+S: Badensche Str. 46
+S: 10715 Berlin
+S: Germany
+
+N: Andrzej M. Krzysztofowicz
+E: ankry@mif.pg.gda.pl
+D: Some 8-bit XT disk driver and devfs hacking 
+D: Aladdin 1533/1543(C) chipset IDE
+D: PIIX chipset IDE
+S: ul. Matemblewska 1B/10
+S: 80-283 Gdansk
+S: Poland
+
+N: Gero Kuhlmann
+E: gero@gkminix.han.de
+D: mounting root via NFS
+S: Donarweg 4
+S: D-30657 Hannover
+S: Germany
+
+N: Markus Kuhn
+E: mskuhn@cip.informatik.uni-erlangen.de
+W: http://wwwcip.informatik.uni-erlangen.de/user/mskuhn
+D: Unicode, real-time, time, standards
+S: Schlehenweg 9
+S: D-91080 Uttenreuth
+S: Germany
+
+N: Jaya Kumar
+E: jayalk@intworks.biz
+W: http://www.intworks.biz
+D: Arc monochrome LCD framebuffer driver, x86 reboot fixups
+D: pirq addr, CS5535 alsa audio driver
+S: Gurgaon, India
+S: Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia
+
+N: Gabor Kuti
+M: seasons@falcon.sch.bme.hu
+M: seasons@makosteszta.sote.hu
+D: Original author of software suspend
+
+N: Jaroslav Kysela
+E: perex@perex.cz
+W: http://www.perex.cz
+D: Original Author and Maintainer for HP 10/100 Mbit Network Adapters
+D: ISA PnP
+S: Sindlovy Dvory 117
+S: 370 01  Ceske Budejovice
+S: Czech Republic
+
+N: Bas Laarhoven
+E: sjml@xs4all.nl
+D: Loadable modules and ftape driver
+S: J. Obrechtstr 23
+S: NL-5216 GP 's-Hertogenbosch
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Savio Lam
+E: lam836@cs.cuhk.hk
+D: Author of the dialog utility, foundation
+D: for Menuconfig's lxdialog.
+
+N: Christoph Lameter
+E: christoph@lameter.com
+D: Digiboard PC/Xe and PC/Xi, Digiboard EPCA
+D: NUMA support, Slab allocators, Page migration
+D: Scalability, Time subsystem
+
+N: Paul Laufer
+E: paul@laufernet.com
+D: Soundblaster driver fixes, ISAPnP quirk
+S: California, USA
+
+N: Jonathan Layes
+D: ARPD support
+
+N: Tom Lees
+E: tom@lpsg.demon.co.uk
+W: http://www.lpsg.demon.co.uk/
+P: 1024/87D4D065 2A 66 86 9D 02 4D A6 1E  B8 A2 17 9D 4F 9B 89 D6
+D: Original author and current maintainer of
+D: PnP code.
+
+N: David van Leeuwen
+E: david@tm.tno.nl
+D: Philips/LMS cm206 cdrom driver, generic cdrom driver
+S: Scheltemalaan 14
+S: 3817 KS Amersfoort
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Volker Lendecke
+E: vl@kki.org
+D: Kernel smbfs (to mount WfW, NT and OS/2 network drives.)
+D: NCP filesystem support (to mount NetWare volumes)
+S: Von-Ossietzky-Str. 12
+S: 37085 Göttingen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Kevin Lentin
+E: kevinl@cs.monash.edu.au
+D: NCR53C400/T130B SCSI extension to NCR5380 driver.
+S: 18 Board Street
+S: Doncaster VIC 3108
+S: Australia
+
+N: Hans Lermen
+E: lermen@elserv.ffm.fgan.de
+D: Author of the LOADLIN Linux loader, hacking on boot stuff
+D: Coordinator of DOSEMU releases
+S: Am Muehlenweg 38
+S: D53424 Remagen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Colin Leroy
+E: colin@colino.net
+W: http://www.geekounet.org/
+D: PowerMac adt746x fan driver
+D: Random fixing of various drivers (macintosh, usb, sound)
+S: Toulouse
+S: France
+
+N: Achim Leubner
+E: achim_leubner@adaptec.com
+D: GDT Disk Array Controller/Storage RAID controller driver
+S: ICP vortex GmbH
+S: Neckarsulm
+S: Germany
+
+N: Phil Lewis
+E: beans@bucket.ualr.edu
+D: Promised to send money if I would put his name in the source tree.
+S: Post Office Box 371
+S: North Little Rock, Arkansas 72115
+S: USA
+
+N: Stephan Linz
+E: linz@mazet.de
+E: Stephan.Linz@gmx.de
+W: http://www.crosswinds.net/~tuxer
+D: PCILynx patch to work with 1394a PHY and without local RAM
+S: (ask for current address)
+S: Germany
+
+N: Christophe Lizzi
+E: lizzi@cnam.fr
+W: http://cedric.cnam.fr/personne/lizzi
+D: FORE Systems 200E-series ATM network driver, sparc64 port of ATM
+S: CNAM, Laboratoire CEDRIC
+S: 292, rue St-Martin
+S: 75141 Paris Cedex 03
+S: France
+
+N: Siegfried "Frieder" Loeffler (dg1sek)
+E: floeff@tunix.mathematik.uni-stuttgart.de, fl@LF.net
+W: http://www.mathematik.uni-stuttgart.de/~floeff
+D: Busmaster driver for HP 10/100 Mbit Network Adapters
+S: University of Stuttgart, Germany and
+S: Ecole Nationale Superieure des Telecommunications, Paris
+S: France
+
+N: Jamie Lokier
+E: jamie@shareable.org
+W: http://www.shareable.org/
+D: Reboot-through-BIOS for broken 486 motherboards
+D: Parport fixes, futex improvements
+D: First instruction of x86 sysenter path :)
+S: 51 Sunningwell Road
+S: Oxford
+S: OX1 4SZ
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Mark Lord
+E: mlord@pobox.com
+D: EIDE driver, hd.c support
+D: EIDE PCI and bus-master DMA support
+D: Hard Disk Parameter (hdparm) utility
+S: 33 Ridgefield Cr
+S: Nepean, Ontario
+S: Canada K2H 6S3
+
+N: Warner Losh
+E: imp@village.org
+D: Linux/MIPS Deskstation support, Provided OI/OB for Linux
+S: 8786 Niwot Road
+S: Niwot, Colorado 80503
+S: USA
+
+N: Robert M. Love
+E: rml@tech9.net
+E: rml@novell.com
+D: misc. kernel hacking and debugging
+S: Cambridge, MA 02139
+S: USA
+
+N: Martin von Löwis
+E: loewis@informatik.hu-berlin.de
+D: script binary format
+D: NTFS driver
+
+N: H.J. Lu
+E: hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+D: GCC + libraries hacker
+
+N: Yanir Lubetkin
+E: yanirx.lubatkin@intel.com
+E: linux-wimax@intel.com
+D: Intel Wireless WiMAX Connection 2400 driver
+
+N: Michal Ludvig
+E: michal@logix.cz
+E: michal.ludvig@asterisk.co.nz
+W: http://www.logix.cz/michal
+P: 1024D/C45B2218 1162 6471 D391 76E0 9F99  29DA 0C3A 2509 C45B 2218
+D: VIA PadLock driver
+D: Netfilter pkttype module
+S: Asterisk Ltd.
+S: Auckland
+S: New Zealand
+
+N: Tuomas J. Lukka
+E: Tuomas.Lukka@Helsinki.FI
+D: Original dual-monitor patches
+D: Console-mouse-tracking patches
+S: Puistokaari 1 E 18
+S: 00200 Helsinki
+S: Finland
+
+N: Daniel J. Maas
+E: dmaas@dcine.com
+W: http://www.maasdigital.com
+D: dv1394
+
+N: Hamish Macdonald
+E: hamishm@lucent.com
+D: Linux/68k port
+S: 32 Clydesdale Avenue
+S: Kanata, Ontario
+S: Canada K2M-2G7
+
+N: Peter MacDonald
+D: SLS distribution
+D: Initial implementation of VC's, pty's and select()
+
+N: Pavel Machek
+E: pavel@ucw.cz
+D: Softcursor for vga, hypertech cdrom support, vcsa bugfix, nbd
+D: sun4/330 port, capabilities for elf, speedup for rm on ext2, USB,
+D: work on suspend-to-ram/disk, killing duplicates from ioctl32
+S: Volkova 1131
+S: 198 00 Praha 9
+S: Czech Republic
+
+N: Paul Mackerras
+E: paulus@samba.org
+D: PPP driver
+D: Linux for PowerPC
+D: Linux port for PCI Power Macintosh
+
+N: Pat Mackinlay
+E: pat@it.com.au
+D: 8 bit XT hard disk driver
+D: Miscellaneous ST0x, TMC-8xx and other SCSI hacking
+S: 25 McMillan Street
+S: Victoria Park 6100
+S: Australia
+
+N: James B. MacLean
+E: macleajb@ednet.ns.ca
+W: http://www.ednet.ns.ca/~macleajb/dosemu.html
+D: Former Coordinator of DOSEMU releases
+D: Program in DOSEMU
+S: PO BOX 220, HFX. CENTRAL
+S: Halifax, Nova Scotia
+S: Canada B3J 3C8
+
+N: Kai Mäkisara
+E: Kai.Makisara@kolumbus.fi
+D: SCSI Tape Driver
+
+N: Asit Mallick
+E: asit.k.mallick@intel.com
+D: Linux/IA-64
+S: 2200 Mission College Blvd
+S: Santa Clara, CA 95052
+S: USA
+
+N: Petko Manolov
+E: petkan@users.sourceforge.net
+D: USB ethernet pegasus/pegasus-II driver
+D: USB ethernet rtl8150 driver
+D: optimizing i[45]86 string routines
+D: i386 task switching hacks
+S: 482 Shadowgraph Dr.
+S: San Jose, CA  95110
+S: USA
+
+N: Martin Mares
+E: mj@ucw.cz
+W: http://www.ucw.cz/~mj/
+D: BIOS video mode handling code
+D: MOXA C-218 serial board driver
+D: Network autoconfiguration
+D: PCI subsystem
+D: Random kernel hacking
+S: Kankovskeho 1241
+S: 182 00 Praha 8
+S: Czech Republic
+
+N: John A. Martin
+E: jam@acm.org
+W: http://www.tux.org/~jam/
+P: 1024/04456D53 9D A3 6C 6B 88 80 8A 61  D7 06 22 4F 95 40 CE D2
+P: 1024/3B986635 5A61 7EE6 9E20 51FB 59FB  2DA5 3E18 DD55 3B98 6635
+D: FSSTND contributor
+D: Credit file compilator
+
+N: Kevin E. Martin
+E: martin@cs.unc.edu
+D: Developed original accelerated X servers included in XFree86
+D: XF86_Mach64
+D: XF86_Mach32
+D: XF86_Mach8
+D: XF86_8514
+D: cfdisk (curses based disk partitioning program)
+
+N: John S. Marvin
+E: jsm@fc.hp.com
+D: PA-RISC port
+S: Hewlett Packard
+S: MS 42
+S: 3404 E. Harmony Road
+S: Fort Collins, CO 80528
+S: USA
+
+N: Torben Mathiasen
+E: torben.mathiasen@compaq.com
+E: torben@kernel.dk
+W: http://tlan.kernel.dk
+D: ThunderLAN maintainer
+D: ThunderLAN updates and other kernel fixes.
+S: Bremensgade 29, st.th
+S: 2300 Copenhagen S
+S: Denmark
+
+N: Claudio S. Matsuoka
+E: cmatsuoka@gmail.com
+E: claudio@mandriva.com
+W: http://helllabs.org/~claudio
+D: V4L, OV511 and HDA-codec hacks
+S: Conectiva S.A.
+S: Souza Naves 1250
+S: 80050-040  Curitiba PR
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Heinz Mauelshagen
+E: mge@EZ-Darmstadt.Telekom.de
+D: Logical Volume Manager
+S: Bartningstr. 12
+S: 64289 Darmstadt
+S: Germany 
+
+N: Mark W. McClelland
+E: mmcclell@bigfoot.com
+E: mark@alpha.dyndns.org
+W: http://alpha.dyndns.org/ov511/
+P: 1024D/357375CC 317C 58AC 1B39 2AB0 AB96  EB38 0B6F 731F 3573 75CC
+D: OV511 driver
+S: (address available on request)
+S: USA
+
+N: Ian McDonald
+E: ian.mcdonald@jandi.co.nz
+E: imcdnzl@gmail.com
+W: http://wand.net.nz/~iam4
+W: http://imcdnzl.blogspot.com
+D: DCCP, CCID3
+S: Hamilton
+S: New Zealand
+
+N: Patrick McHardy
+E: kaber@trash.net
+P: 1024D/12155E80 B128 7DE6 FF0A C2B2 48BE  AB4C C9D4 964E 1215 5E80
+D: netfilter: endless number of bugfixes
+D: netfilter: CLASSIFY target
+D: netfilter: addrtype match
+D: tc: HFSC scheduler
+S: Freiburg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Paul E. McKenney
+E: paulmck@us.ibm.com
+W: http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/
+D: RCU and variants
+D: rcutorture module
+
+N: Mike McLagan
+E: mike.mclagan@linux.org
+W: http://www.invlogic.com/~mmclagan
+D: DLCI/FRAD drivers for Sangoma SDLAs
+S: Innovative Logic Corp
+S: Post Office Box 1068
+S: Laurel, Maryland 20732
+S: USA
+
+N: Bradley McLean
+E: brad@bradpc.gaylord.com
+D: Device driver hacker
+D: General kernel debugger
+S: 249 Nichols Avenue
+S: Syracuse, New York 13206
+S: USA
+
+N: Kyle McMartin
+E: kyle@parisc-linux.org
+D: Linux/PARISC hacker
+D: AD1889 sound driver
+S: Ottawa, Canada
+
+N: Dirk Melchers
+E: dirk@merlin.nbg.sub.org
+D: 8 bit XT hard disk driver for OMTI5520
+S: Schloessleinsgasse 31
+S: D-90453 Nuernberg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo
+E: acme@ghostprotocols.net
+E: arnaldo.melo@gmail.com
+E: acme@redhat.com
+W: http://oops.ghostprotocols.net:81/blog/
+P: 1024D/9224DF01 D5DF E3BB E3C8 BCBB F8AD  841A B6AB 4681 9224 DF01
+D: IPX, LLC, DCCP, cyc2x, wl3501_cs, net/ hacks
+S: R. Brasílio Itiberê, 4270/1010 - Água Verde
+S: 80240-060 - Curitiba - Paraná
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Karsten Merker
+E: merker@linuxtag.org
+D: DECstation framebuffer drivers
+S: Germany
+
+N: Michael Meskes
+E: meskes@debian.org
+P: 1024/04B6E8F5 6C 77 33 CA CC D6 22 03  AB AB 15 A3 AE AD 39 7D
+D: Kernel hacker. PostgreSQL hacker. Software watchdog daemon.
+D: Maintainer of several Debian packages
+S: Th.-Heuss-Str. 61 
+S: D-41812 Erkelenz
+S: Germany
+
+N: Nigel Metheringham
+E: Nigel.Metheringham@ThePLAnet.net
+P: 1024/31455639 B7 99 BD B8 00 17 BD 46  C1 15 B8 AB 87 BC 25 FA
+D: IP Masquerading work and minor fixes
+S: Planet Online
+S: The White House, Melbourne Street, LEEDS
+S: LS2 7PS, United Kingdom
+
+N: Craig Metz
+E: cmetz@inner.net
+D: Some of PAS 16 mixer & PCM support, inet6-apps
+
+N: William (Bill) Metzenthen
+E: billm@suburbia.net
+D: Author of the FPU emulator.
+D: Minor kernel hacker for other lost causes (Hercules mono, etc).
+S: 22 Parker Street
+S: Ormond
+S: Victoria 3163
+S: Australia
+
+N: Pauline Middelink
+E: middelin@polyware.nl
+D: General low-level bug fixes, /proc fixes, identd support
+D: Author of IP masquerading
+D: Zoran ZR36120 Video For Linux driver
+S: Boterkorfhoek 34
+S: 7546 JA  Enschede
+S: Netherlands
+
+N: David S. Miller
+E: davem@davemloft.net
+D: Sparc and blue box hacker
+D: Vger Linux mailing list co-maintainer
+D: Linux Emacs elf/qmagic support + other libc/gcc things
+D: Yee bore de yee bore! ;-)
+S: 575 Harrison St. #103
+S: San Francisco, CA 94105
+S: USA
+
+N: Rick Miller
+E: rdmiller@execpc.com
+W: http://www.execpc.com/~rdmiller/
+D: Original Linux Device Registrar (Major/minor numbers)
+D: au-play, bwBASIC
+S: S78 W16203 Woods Road
+S: Muskego, Wisconsin 53150
+S: USA
+
+N: Harald Milz
+E: hm@seneca.linux.de
+D: Linux Projects Map, Linux Commercial-HOWTO
+D: general Linux publicity in Germany, vacation port
+D: UUCP and CNEWS binary packages for LST
+S: Editorial Board iX Mag
+S: Helstorfer Str. 7
+S: D-30625 Hannover
+S: Germany
+
+N: Corey Minyard
+E: minyard@wf-rch.cirr.com
+E: minyard@mvista.com
+W: http://home.attbi.com/~minyard
+D: Sony CDU31A CDROM Driver
+D: IPMI driver
+D: Various networking fixes long ago
+D: Original ppc_md work
+D: Shared zlib
+S: 7406 Wheat Field Rd
+S: Garland, Texas 75044
+S: USA
+
+N: Kazunori Miyazawa
+E: miyazawa@linux-ipv6.org
+E: Kazunori.Miyazawa@jp.yokogawa.com
+E: kazunori@miyazawa.org
+W: http://www.miyazawa.org/~kazunori/
+D: IPsec, IPv6
+D: USAGI/WIDE Project, Yokogawa Electric Corporation
+S: 2-20-4-203, Nakacho,
+S: Musashino, Tokyo 180-0006
+S: Japan
+
+N: Patrick Mochel
+E: mochel@osdl.org
+E: mochelp@infinity.powertie.org
+D: PCI Power Management, ACPI work
+S: 12725 SW Millikan Way, Suite 400
+S: Beaverton, Oregon 97005
+S: USA
+
+N: Eberhard Mönkeberg
+E: emoenke@gwdg.de
+D: CDROM driver "sbpcd" (Matsushita/Panasonic/Soundblaster)
+S: Ruhstrathöhe 2 b.
+S: D-37085 Göttingen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Thomas Molina
+E: tmolina@cablespeed.com
+D: bug fixes, documentation, minor hackery
+
+N: Paul Moore
+E: paul.moore@hp.com
+D: NetLabel author
+S: Hewlett-Packard
+S: 110 Spit Brook Road
+S: Nashua, NH 03062
+
+N: James Morris
+E: jmorris@namei.org
+W: http://namei.org/
+D: Netfilter, Linux Security Modules (LSM), SELinux, IPSec,
+D: Crypto API, general networking, miscellaneous.
+S: PO Box 707
+S: Spit Junction NSW 2088
+S: Australia
+
+N: David Mosberger-Tang
+E: davidm@hpl.hp.com if IA-64 related, else David.Mosberger@acm.org
+D: Linux/Alpha and Linux/ia64
+S: 35706 Runckel Lane
+S: Fremont, California 94536
+S: USA
+
+N: Sam Mosel
+E: sam.mosel@computer.org
+D: Wacom Intuos USB Support
+S: 22 Seaview St
+S: Fullarton 5063
+S: South Australia
+
+N. Wolfgang Muees
+E: wolfgang@iksw-muees.de
+D: Auerswald USB driver
+
+N: Ian A. Murdock
+E: imurdock@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+D: Creator of Debian distribution
+S: 30 White Tail Lane
+S: Lafayette, Indiana 47905
+S: USA
+
+N: Scott Murray
+E: scottm@somanetworks.com
+E: scott@spiteful.org
+D: OPL3-SA2, OPL3-SA3 sound driver
+D: CompactPCI hotplug core
+D: Ziatech ZT5550 and generic CompactPCI hotplug drivers
+S: Toronto, Ontario
+S: Canada
+
+N: Zwane Mwaikambo
+E: zwane@arm.linux.org.uk
+D: Various driver hacking
+D: Lowlevel x86 kernel hacking
+D: General debugging
+S: (ask for current address)
+S: Tanzania
+
+N: Trond Myklebust
+E: trond.myklebust@fys.uio.no
+D: current NFS client hacker.
+S: Dagaliveien 31e
+S: N-0391 Oslo
+S: Norway
+
+N: Johan Myreen
+E: jem@iki.fi
+D: PS/2 mouse driver writer etc.
+S: Dragonvagen 1 A 13
+S: FIN-00330 Helsingfors
+S: Finland
+
+N: Matija Nalis
+E: mnalis@jagor.srce.hr
+E: mnalis@voyager.hr
+D: Maintainer of the Umsdos file system
+S: Listopadska 7
+S: 10000 Zagreb
+S: Croatia
+
+N: Jonathan Naylor
+E: g4klx@g4klx.demon.co.uk
+E: g4klx@amsat.org
+W: http://zone.pspt.fi/~jsn/
+D: AX.25, NET/ROM and ROSE amateur radio protocol suites
+D: CCITT X.25 PLP and LAPB.
+S: 24 Castle View Drive
+S: Cromford
+S: Matlock
+S: Derbyshire DE4 3RL
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Ian S. Nelson
+E: nelsonis@earthlink.net
+P: 1024D/00D3D983 3EFD 7B86 B888 D7E2 29B6  9E97 576F 1B97 00D3 D983
+D: Minor mmap and ide hacks
+S: 1370 Atlantis Ave.
+S: Lafayette CO, 80026
+S: USA
+
+N: Russell Nelson
+E: nelson@crynwr.com
+W: http://www.crynwr.com/~nelson
+P: 1024/83942741 FF 68 EE 27 A0 5A AA C3  F5 DC 05 62 BD 5B 20 2F
+D: Author of cs89x0, maintainer of kernel changelog through 1.3.3
+D: Wrote many packet drivers, from which some Ethernet drivers are derived.
+S: 521 Pleasant Valley Road
+S: Potsdam, New York 13676
+S: USA
+
+N: Dave Neuer
+E: dave.neuer@pobox.com
+D: Helped implement support for Compaq's H31xx series iPAQs
+D: Other mostly minor tweaks & bugfixes
+
+N: Michael Neuffer
+E: mike@i-Connect.Net
+E: neuffer@goofy.zdv.uni-mainz.de
+W: http://www.i-Connect.Net/~mike/
+D: Developer and maintainer of the EATA-DMA SCSI driver
+D: Co-developer EATA-PIO SCSI driver
+D: /proc/scsi and assorted other snippets 
+S: Zum Schiersteiner Grund 2
+S: 55127 Mainz
+S: Germany
+
+N: Gustavo Niemeyer
+E: niemeyer@conectiva.com
+W: https://moin.conectiva.com.br/GustavoNiemeyer
+D: wl3501 PCMCIA wireless card initial support for wireless extensions in 2.4
+S: Conectiva S.A.
+S: R. Tocantins 89
+S: 80050-430  Curitiba PR
+S: Brazil
+
+N: David C. Niemi
+E: niemi@tux.org
+W: http://www.tux.org/~niemi/
+D: Assistant maintainer of Mtools, fdutils, and floppy driver
+D: Administrator of Tux.Org Linux Server, http://www.tux.org
+S: 2364 Old Trail Drive
+S: Reston, Virginia 20191
+S: USA
+
+N: Fredrik Noring
+E: noring@nocrew.org
+W: http://www.lysator.liu.se/~noring/
+D: dsp56k device driver
+
+N: Michael O'Reilly
+E: michael@iinet.com.au
+E: oreillym@tartarus.uwa.edu.au
+D: Wrote the original dynamic sized disk cache stuff. I think the only
+D: part that remains is the GFP_KERNEL et al #defines. :)
+S: 192 Nichsolson Road
+S: Subiaco, 6008
+S: Perth, Western Australia
+S: Australia
+
+N: Miguel Ojeda Sandonis
+E: miguel.ojeda.sandonis@gmail.com
+W: http://miguelojeda.es
+W: http://jair.lab.fi.uva.es/~migojed/
+D: Author of the ks0108, cfag12864b and cfag12864bfb auxiliary display drivers.
+D: Maintainer of the auxiliary display drivers tree (drivers/auxdisplay/*)
+S: C/ Mieses 20, 9-B
+S: Valladolid 47009
+S: Spain
+
+N: Gadi Oxman
+E: gadio@netvision.net.il
+D: Original author and maintainer of IDE/ATAPI floppy/tape drivers
+
+N: Greg Page
+E: gpage@sovereign.org
+D: IPX development and support
+
+N: David Parsons
+E: orc@pell.chi.il.us
+D: improved memory detection code.
+
+N: Ivan Passos
+E: ivan@cyclades.com
+D: Author of the Cyclades-PC300 synchronous card driver
+D: Maintainer of the Cyclom-Y/Cyclades-Z asynchronous card driver
+S: Cyclades Corp
+S: 41934 Christy St
+S: Fremont, CA 94538
+S: USA
+
+N: Mikulas Patocka
+E: mikulas@artax.karlin.mff.cuni.cz
+W: http://artax.karlin.mff.cuni.cz/~mikulas/
+P: 1024/BB11D2D5 A0 F1 28 4A C4 14 1E CF  92 58 7A 8F 69 BC A4 D3
+D: Read/write HPFS filesystem
+S: Weissova 8
+S: 644 00 Brno
+S: Czech Republic
+
+N: Vojtech Pavlik
+E: vojtech@suse.cz
+D: Joystick driver
+D: arcnet-hardware readme
+D: Minor ARCnet hacking
+D: USB (HID, ACM, Printer ...)
+S: Ucitelska 1576
+S: Prague 8
+S: 182 00 Czech Republic
+
+N: Rick Payne
+D: RFC2385 Support for TCP
+
+N: Barak A. Pearlmutter
+E: bap@cs.unm.edu
+W: http://www.cs.unm.edu/~bap/
+P: 512/602D785D 9B A1 83 CD EE CB AD 93  20 C6 4C B7 F5 E9 60 D4
+D: Author of mark-and-sweep GC integrated by Alan Cox
+S: Computer Science Department
+S: FEC 313
+S: University of New Mexico
+S: Albuquerque, New Mexico 87131
+S: USA
+
+N: Avery Pennarun
+E: apenwarr@worldvisions.ca
+W: http://www.worldvisions.ca/~apenwarr/
+D: ARCnet driver
+D: "make xconfig" improvements
+D: Various minor hacking
+S: RR #5, 497 Pole Line Road
+S: Thunder Bay, Ontario
+S: CANADA P7C 5M9
+
+N: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez
+E: inaky.perez-gonzalez@intel.com
+E: linux-wimax@intel.com
+E: inakypg@yahoo.com
+D: WiMAX stack
+D: Intel Wireless WiMAX Connection 2400 driver
+
+N: Yuri Per
+E: yuri@pts.mipt.ru
+D: Some smbfs fixes
+S: Demonstratsii 8-382
+S: Tula 300000
+S: Russia
+
+N: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez
+E: inaky.perez-gonzalez@intel.com
+D: UWB stack, HWA-RC driver and HWA-HC drivers
+D: Wireless USB additions to the USB stack
+D: WiMedia Link Protocol bits and pieces
+
+N: Gordon Peters
+E: GordPeters@smarttech.com
+D: Isochronous receive for IEEE 1394 driver (OHCI module).
+D: Bugfixes for the aforementioned.
+S: Calgary, Alberta
+S: Canada
+
+N: Johnnie Peters
+E: jpeters@phx.mcd.mot.com
+D: Motorola PowerPC changes for PReP
+S: 2900 S. Diable Way
+S: Tempe, Arizona 85282
+S: USA
+
+N: Kirk Petersen
+E: kirk@speakeasy.org
+W: http://www.speakeasy.org/~kirk/
+D: implemented kmod
+D: modularized BSD Unix domain sockets
+
+N: Martin Kasper Petersen
+E: mkp@mkp.net
+D: PA-RISC port
+D: XFS file system
+D: kiobuf based block I/O work
+S: 314 Frank St.
+S: Ottawa, Ontario
+S: Canada K2P 0X8
+
+N: Mikael Pettersson
+E: mikpe@it.uu.se
+W: http://user.it.uu.se/~mikpe/linux/
+D: Miscellaneous fixes
+
+N: Reed H. Petty
+E: rhp@draper.net
+W: http://www.draper.net
+D: Loop device driver extensions
+D: Encryption transfer modules (no export)
+S: Post Office Box 1815
+S: Harrison, Arkansas  72602-1815
+S: USA
+
+N: Kai Petzke
+E: petzke@teltarif.de
+W: http://www.teltarif.de/
+P: 1024/B42868C1 D9 59 B9 98 BB 93 05 38  2E 3E 31 79 C3 65 5D E1
+D: Driver for Laser Magnetic Storage CD-ROM
+D: Some kernel bug fixes
+D: Port of the database Postgres
+D: Book: "Linux verstehen und anwenden" (Hanser-Verlag)
+S: Triftstra=DFe 55
+S: 13353 Berlin
+S: Germany
+
+N: Emanuel Pirker
+E: epirker@edu.uni-klu.ac.at
+D: AIC5800 IEEE 1394, RAW I/O on 1394
+D: Starter of Linux1394 effort
+S: ask per mail for current address
+
+N: Nicolas Pitre
+E: nico@fluxnic.net
+D: StrongARM SA1100 support integrator & hacker
+D: Xscale PXA architecture
+D: unified SMC 91C9x/91C11x ethernet driver (smc91x)
+S: Montreal, Quebec, Canada
+
+N: Ken Pizzini
+E: ken@halcyon.com
+D: CDROM driver "sonycd535" (Sony CDU-535/531)
+
+N: Stelian Pop
+E: stelian@popies.net
+P: 1024D/EDBB6147 7B36 0E07 04BC 11DC A7A0  D3F7 7185 9E7A EDBB 6147
+D: sonypi, meye drivers, mct_u232 usb serial hacks
+S: Paris, France
+
+N: Pete Popov
+E: pete_popov@yahoo.com
+D: Linux/MIPS AMD/Alchemy Port and mips hacking and debugging
+S: San Jose, CA 95134
+S: USA
+
+N: Matt Porter
+E: mporter@kernel.crashing.org
+D: Motorola PowerPC PReP support
+D: cPCI PowerPC support
+D: Embedded PowerPC 4xx/6xx/7xx/74xx support
+S: Chandler, Arizona 85249
+S: USA
+
+N: Frederic Potter 
+E: fpotter@cirpack.com
+D: Some PCI kernel support
+
+N: Rui Prior
+E: rprior@inescn.pt
+D: ATM device driver for NICStAR based cards
+
+N: Stefan Probst
+E: sp@caldera.de
+D: The Linux Support Team Erlangen, 1993-97
+S: Caldera (Deutschland) GmbH
+S: Lazarettstrasse 8
+S: 91054 Erlangen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Giuliano Procida
+E: myxie@debian.org,gprocida@madge.com
+D: Madge Ambassador driver (Collage 155 Server ATM adapter)
+D: Madge Horizon driver (Collage 25 and 155 Client ATM adapters)
+P: 1024/93898735 D3 9E F4 F7 6D 8D 2F 3A  38 BA 06 7C 2B 33 43 7D
+S: Madge Networks
+S: Framewood Road
+S: Wexham SL3 6PJ
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Daniel Quinlan
+E: quinlan@pathname.com
+W: http://www.pathname.com/~quinlan/
+D: FSSTND coordinator; FHS editor
+D: random Linux documentation, patches, and hacks
+S: 4390 Albany Drive #41A
+S: San Jose, California 95129
+S: USA
+
+N: Juan Quintela
+E: quintela@fi.udc.es
+D: Memory Management hacking
+S: LFCIA
+S: Departamento de Computación
+S: Universidade da Coruña
+S: E-15071
+S: A Coruña
+S: Spain
+
+N: Augusto Cesar Radtke
+E: bishop@sekure.org
+W: http://bishop.sekure.org
+D: {copy,get,put}_user calls updates
+D: Miscellaneous hacks
+S: R. Otto Marquardt, 226 - Garcia
+S: 89020-350 Blumenau - Santa Catarina
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Goutham Rao
+E: goutham.rao@intel.com
+D: Linux/IA-64
+S: 2200 Mission College Blvd
+S: Santa Clara, CA 95052
+S: USA
+
+N: Eric S. Raymond
+E: esr@thyrsus.com
+W: http://www.tuxedo.org/~esr/
+D: terminfo master file maintainer
+D: Editor: Installation HOWTO, Distributions HOWTO, XFree86 HOWTO
+D: Author: fetchmail, Emacs VC mode, Emacs GUD mode
+S: 6 Karen Drive
+S: Malvern, Pennsylvania 19355
+S: USA
+
+N: Stefan Reinauer
+E: stepan@linux.de
+W: http://www.freiburg.linux.de/~stepan/
+D: Modularization of some filesystems
+D: /proc/sound, minor fixes
+S: Schlossbergring 9
+S: 79098 Freiburg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Joerg Reuter
+E: jreuter@yaina.de
+W: http://yaina.de/jreuter/
+W: http://www.qsl.net/dl1bke/
+D: Generic Z8530 driver, AX.25 DAMA slave implementation
+D: Several AX.25 hacks
+
+N: Francois-Rene Rideau
+E: fare@tunes.org
+W: http://www.tunes.org/~fare
+D: petty kernel janitor (byteorder, ufs)
+S: 6, rue Augustin Thierry
+S: 75019 Paris
+S: France
+
+N: Rik van Riel
+E: riel@redhat.com
+W: http://www.surriel.com/
+D: Linux-MM site, Documentation/sysctl/*, swap/mm readaround
+D: kswapd fixes, random kernel hacker, rmap VM,
+D: nl.linux.org administrator, minor scheduler additions
+S: Red Hat Boston
+S: 3 Lan Drive
+S: Westford, MA 01886
+S: USA
+
+N: Pekka Riikonen
+E: priikone@poseidon.pspt.fi
+E: priikone@ssh.com
+D: Random kernel hacking and bug fixes
+D: International kernel patch project
+S: Kasarmikatu 11 A4
+S: 70110 Kuopio
+S: Finland
+
+N: Luca Risolia
+E: luca.risolia@studio.unibo.it
+P: 1024D/FCE635A4 88E8 F32F 7244 68BA 3958  5D40 99DA 5D2A FCE6 35A4
+D: V4L driver for W996[87]CF JPEG USB Dual Mode Camera Chips
+D: V4L2 driver for SN9C10x PC Camera Controllers
+D: V4L2 driver for ET61X151 and ET61X251 PC Camera Controllers
+D: V4L2 driver for ZC0301 Image Processor and Control Chip
+S: Via Liberta' 41/A
+S: Osio Sotto, 24046, Bergamo
+S: Italy
+
+N: William E. Roadcap
+E: roadcapw@cfw.com
+W: http://www.cfw.com/~roadcapw
+D: Author of menu based configuration tool, Menuconfig.
+S: 1407 Broad Street
+S: Waynesboro, Virginia 22980
+S: USA
+
+N: Andrew J. Robinson
+E: arobinso@nyx.net
+W: http://www.nyx.net/~arobinso
+D: Hayes ESP serial port driver
+
+N: Florian La Roche
+E: rzsfl@rz.uni-sb.de
+E: flla@stud.uni-sb.de
+D: Net programs and kernel net hacker
+S: Gaildorfer Str. 27
+S: 7000 Stuttgart 50
+S: Germany
+
+N: Christoph Rohland
+E: hans-christoph.rohland@sap.com
+E: ch.rohland@gmx.net
+D: shm fs, SYSV semaphores, af_unix
+S: Neue Heimat Str. 8
+S: D-68789 St.Leon-Rot
+S: Germany
+
+N: Thiago Berlitz Rondon
+E: maluco@mileniumnet.com.br
+W: http://vivaldi.linuxms.com.br/~maluco
+D: Miscellaneous kernel hacker
+S: R. Anhanguera, 1487 - Ipiranga
+S: 79080-740 - Campo Grande - Mato Grosso do Sul
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Stephen Rothwell
+E: sfr@canb.auug.org.au
+W: http://www.canb.auug.org.au/~sfr
+P: 1024/BD8C7805 CD A4 9D 01 10 6E 7E 3B  91 88 FA D9 C8 40 AA 02
+D: Boot/setup/build work for setup > 2K
+D: Author, APM driver
+D: Directory notification
+S: 66 Maltby Circuit
+S: Wanniassa ACT 2903
+S: Australia
+
+N: Gerard Roudier
+E: groudier@free.fr
+D: Contributed to asynchronous read-ahead improvement
+S: 21 Rue Carnot
+S: 95170 Deuil La Barre
+S: France
+
+N: Sebastien Rougeaux
+E: Sebastien.Rougeaux@syseng.anu.edu.au
+D: IEEE 1394 OHCI module
+S: Research School of Information Science and Engineering
+S: The Australian National University, ACT 0200
+S: Australia
+
+N: Aristeu Sergio Rozanski Filho
+E: aris@cathedrallabs.org
+D: Support for EtherExpress 10 ISA (i82595) in eepro driver
+D: User level driver support for input
+S: R. Jose Serrato, 130 - Santa Candida
+S: 82640-320 - Curitiba - Paraná
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Alessandro Rubini
+E: rubini@ipvvis.unipv.it
+D: the gpm mouse server and kernel support for it
+
+N: Philipp Rumpf
+E: prumpf@tux.org
+D: random bugfixes
+S: Drausnickstrasse 29
+S: 91052 Erlangen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Paul `Rusty' Russell
+E: rusty@rustcorp.com.au
+W: http://ozlabs.org/~rusty
+D: Ruggedly handsome.
+D: netfilter, ipchains with Michael Neuling.
+S: 52 Moore St
+S: Turner ACT 2612
+S: Australia
+
+N: Richard Russon (FlatCap)
+E: kernel@flatcap.org
+W: http://www.flatcap.org
+D: NTFS support
+D: LDM support (Win2000/XP Logical Disk Manager/Dynamic Disks)
+S: 50 Swansea Road
+S: Reading
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Bill Ryder
+E: bryder@sgi.com
+D: FTDI_SIO usb/serial converter driver
+W: http://reality.sgi.com/bryder_wellington/ftdi_sio
+S: I/3 Walter St
+S: Wellington
+S: New Zealand
+
+N: Sampo Saaristo
+E: sambo@cs.tut.fi
+D: Co-author of Multi-Protocol Over ATM (MPOA)
+S: Tampere University of Technology / Telecom lab
+S: Hermiankatu 12C
+S: FIN-33720 Tampere
+S: Finland
+
+N: Thomas Sailer
+E: t.sailer@alumni.ethz.ch
+E: HB9JNX@HB9W.CHE.EU (packet radio)
+D: Baycom driver
+S: Markusstrasse 18
+S: 8006 Zuerich
+S: Switzerland
+
+N: Manuel Estrada Sainz
+D: Firmware loader (request_firmware)
+
+N: Wayne Salamon
+E: wsalamon@tislabs.com
+E: wsalamon@nai.com
+D: portions of the Linux Security Module (LSM) framework and security modules
+
+N: Robert Sanders
+E: gt8134b@prism.gatech.edu
+D: Dosemu
+
+N: Duncan Sands
+E: duncan.sands@free.fr
+W: http://topo.math.u-psud.fr/~sands
+D: Alcatel SpeedTouch USB driver
+S: 69 rue Dunois
+S: 75013 Paris
+S: France
+
+N: Dipankar Sarma
+E: dipankar@in.ibm.com
+D: RCU
+
+N: Hannu Savolainen
+E: hannu@opensound.com
+D: Maintainer of the sound drivers until 2.1.x days.
+D: Original compressed boot image support.
+S: Valurink. 4A11
+S: 03600 Karkkila
+S: Finland
+
+N: Deepak Saxena
+E: dsaxena@plexity.net
+D: I2O kernel layer (config, block, core, pci, net). I2O disk support for LILO
+D: XScale(IOP, IXP) porting and other random ARM bits
+S: Portland, OR
+
+N: Eric Schenk
+E: Eric.Schenk@dna.lth.se
+D: Random kernel debugging.
+D: SYSV Semaphore code rewrite.
+D: Network layer debugging.
+D: Dial on demand facility (diald).
+S: Dag Hammerskjolds v. 3E
+S: S-226 64 LUND
+S: Sweden
+
+N: Henning P. Schmiedehausen
+E: hps@tanstaafl.de
+D: added PCI support to the serial driver
+S: Buckenhof, Germany
+
+N: Michael Schmitz
+E:
+D: Macintosh IDE Driver
+
+N: Peter De Schrijver
+E: stud11@cc4.kuleuven.ac.be
+D: Mitsumi CD-ROM driver patches March version
+S: Molenbaan 29
+S: B2240 Zandhoven
+S: Belgium
+
+N: Martin Schulze
+E: joey@linux.de
+W: http://home.pages.de/~joey/
+D: Random Linux Hacker, Linux Promoter
+D: CD-List, Books-List, Ex-FAQ
+D: Linux-Support, -Mailbox, -Stammtisch
+D: several improvements to system programs
+S: Oldenburg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Robert Schwebel
+E: robert@schwebel.de
+W: http://www.schwebel.de
+D: Embedded hacker and book author,
+D: AMD Elan support for Linux
+S: Pengutronix
+S: Braunschweiger Strasse 79
+S: 31134 Hildesheim
+S: Germany
+
+N: Darren Senn
+E: sinster@darkwater.com
+D: Whatever I notice needs doing (so far: itimers, /proc)
+S: Post Office Box 64132
+S: Sunnyvale, California 94088-4132
+S: USA
+
+N: Stas Sergeev
+E: stsp@users.sourceforge.net
+D: PCM PC-Speaker driver
+D: misc fixes
+S: Russia
+
+N: Simon Shapiro
+E: shimon@i-Connect.Net
+W: http://www.-i-Connect.Net/~shimon
+D: SCSI debugging
+D: Maintainer of the Debian Kernel packages
+S: 14355 SW Allen Blvd., Suite #140
+S: Beaverton, Oregon 97008
+S: USA
+
+N: Mike Shaver
+E: shaver@hungry.org
+W: http://www.hungry.org/~shaver/
+D: MIPS work, /proc/sys/net, misc net hacking
+S: 149 Union St.
+S: Kingston, Ontario
+S: Canada K7L 2P4
+
+N: John Shifflett
+E: john@geolog.com
+E: jshiffle@netcom.com
+D: Always IN2000 SCSI driver
+D: wd33c93 SCSI driver (linux-m68k)
+S: San Jose, California
+S: USA
+
+N: Robert Siemer
+E: Robert.Siemer@gmx.de
+P: 2048/C99A4289 2F DC 17 2E 56 62 01 C8  3D F2 AC 09 F2 E5 DD EE
+D: miroSOUND PCM20 radio RDS driver, ACI rewrite
+S: Klosterweg 28 / i309
+S: 76131 Karlsruhe
+S: Germany
+
+N: James Simmons 
+E: jsimmons@infradead.org
+E: jsimmons@users.sf.net 
+D: Frame buffer device maintainer
+D: input layer developement 
+D: tty/console layer
+D: various mipsel devices 
+S: 115 Carmel Avenue 
+S: El Cerrito CA 94530
+S: USA 
+
+N: Jaspreet Singh
+E: jaspreet@sangoma.com
+W: www.sangoma.com
+D: WANPIPE drivers & API Support for Sangoma S508/FT1 cards 
+S: Sangoma Technologies Inc.,
+S: 1001 Denison Street
+S: Suite 101
+S: Markham, Ontario L3R 2Z6
+S: Canada
+
+N: Rick Sladkey
+E: jrs@world.std.com
+D: utility hacker: Emacs, NFS server, mount, kmem-ps, UPS debugger, strace, GDB
+D: library hacker: RPC, profil(3), realpath(3), regexp.h
+D: kernel hacker: unnamed block devs, NFS client, fast select, precision timer
+S: 24 Avon Place
+S: Arlington, Massachusetts 02174
+S: USA
+
+N: Craig Small
+E: csmall@triode.apana.org.au
+E: vk2xlz@gonzo.vk2xlz.ampr.org (packet radio)
+D: Gracilis PackeTwin device driver
+D: RSPF daemon 
+S: 10 Stockalls Place
+S: Minto, NSW, 2566
+S: Australia
+
+N: Stephen Smalley
+E: sds@tycho.nsa.gov
+D: portions of the Linux Security Module (LSM) framework and security modules
+
+N: Chris Smith
+E: csmith@convex.com
+D: Read only HPFS filesystem
+S: Richardson, Texas
+S: USA
+
+N: Christopher Smith
+E: x@xman.org
+D: Tulip net driver hacker
+
+N: Mark Smith
+E: mark.smith@comdev.cc
+D: Multicast support in bonding driver
+
+N: Miquel van Smoorenburg
+E: miquels@cistron.nl
+D: Kernel and net hacker. Sysvinit, minicom. doing Debian stuff.
+S: Cistron Internet Services
+S: PO-Box 297
+S: 2400 AG, Alphen aan den Rijn
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Scott Snyder
+E: snyder@fnald0.fnal.gov
+D: ATAPI cdrom driver
+S: MS 352, Fermilab
+S: Post Office Box 500
+S: Batavia, Illinois 60510
+S: USA
+
+N: Leo Spiekman
+E: leo@netlabs.net
+W: http://www.netlabs.net/hp/leo/
+D: Optics Storage 8000AT cdrom driver
+S: Cliffwood, New Jersey 07721
+S: USA
+
+N: Manfred Spraul
+E: manfred@colorfullife.com
+W: http://www.colorfullife.com/~manfred
+D: Lots of tiny hacks. Larger improvments to SysV IPC msg,
+D: slab, pipe, select.
+S: 71701 Schwieberdingen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Andrew Stanley-Jones
+E: asj@lanmedia.com
+D: LanMedia Corp. Device WAN card device driver
+S: #102, 686 W. Maude Ave
+S: Sunyvale, CA 94086
+S: USA
+
+N: Michael Still
+E: mikal@stillhq.com
+W: http://www.stillhq.com
+D: Various janitorial patches
+D: mandocs and mandocs_install build targets
+S: (Email me and ask)
+S: Australia
+
+N: Henrik Storner
+E: storner@image.dk
+W: http://www.image.dk/~storner/
+W: http://www.sslug.dk/
+D: Configure script: Invented tristate for module-configuration
+D: vfat/msdos integration, kerneld docs, Linux promotion
+D: Miscellaneous bug-fixes
+S: Chr. Winthersvej 1 B, st.th.
+S: DK-1860 Frederiksberg C
+S: Denmark
+
+N: Drew Sullivan
+E: drew@ss.org
+W: http://www.ss.org/
+P: 1024/ACFFA969 5A 9C 42 AB E4 24 82 31  99 56 00 BF D3 2B 25 46
+D: iBCS2 developer
+S: 22 Irvington Cres.
+S: Willowdale, Ontario
+S: Canada M2N 2Z1
+
+N: Adam Sulmicki
+E: adam@cfar.umd.edu
+W: http://www.eax.com
+D: core networking fixes
+D: patch-kernel enhancements
+D: misc kernel fixes and updates
+
+N: Adrian Sun
+E: asun@cobaltnet.com
+D: hfs support
+D: alpha rtc port, random appletalk fixes
+S: Department of Zoology, University of Washington
+S: Seattle, WA  98195-1800
+S: USA
+
+N: Eugene Surovegin
+E: ebs@ebshome.net
+W: http://kernel.ebshome.net/
+P: 1024D/AE5467F1 FF22 39F1 6728 89F6 6E6C  2365 7602 F33D AE54 67F1
+D: Embedded PowerPC 4xx: EMAC, I2C, PIC and random hacks/fixes
+S: Sunnyvale, California 94085
+S: USA
+
+N: Corey Thomas
+E: corey@world.std.com
+W: http://world.std.com/~corey/index.html
+D: Raylink/WebGear wireless LAN device driver (ray_cs) author
+S: 145 Howard St.
+S: Northborough, MA 01532
+S: USA
+
+N: Tommy Thorn
+E: Tommy.Thorn@irisa.fr
+W: http://www.irisa.fr/prive/thorn/index.html
+P: 512/B4AFC909 BC BF 6D B1 52 26 1E D6  E3 2F A3 24 2A 84 FE 21
+D: Device driver hacker (aha1542 & plip)
+S: IRISA
+S: Universit=E9 de Rennes I
+S: F-35042 Rennes Cedex
+S: France
+
+N: Urs Thuermann
+E: urs.thuermann@volkswagen.de
+W: http://www.volkswagen.de
+D: Controller Area Network (network layer core)
+S: Brieffach 1776
+S: 38436 Wolfsburg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Jon Tombs
+E: jon@gte.esi.us.es
+W: http://www.esi.us.es/~jon
+D: NFS mmap()
+D: XF86_S3
+D: Kernel modules
+D: Parts of various other programs (xfig, open, ...)
+S: C/ Federico Garcia Lorca 1 10-A
+S: Sevilla 41005
+S: Spain
+
+N: Linus Torvalds
+E: torvalds@linux-foundation.org
+D: Original kernel hacker
+S: Portland, Oregon 97005
+S: USA
+
+N: Marcelo Tosatti
+E: marcelo@kvack.org
+D: v2.4 kernel maintainer
+S: Brazil
+
+N: Stefan Traby
+E: stefan@quant-x.com
+D: Minor Alpha kernel hacks
+S: Mitterlasznitzstr. 13
+S: 8302 Nestelbach
+S: Austria
+
+N: Jeff Tranter
+E: tranter@pobox.com
+D: Enhancements to Joystick driver
+D: Author of Sound HOWTO and CD-ROM HOWTO
+D: Author of several small utilities
+D: (bogomips, scope, eject, statserial)
+S: 1 Laurie Court
+S: Kanata, Ontario
+S: Canada K2L 1S2
+
+N: Andrew Tridgell
+E: tridge@samba.org
+W: http://samba.org/tridge/
+D: dosemu, networking, samba
+S: 3 Ballow Crescent
+S: MacGregor A.C.T 2615
+S: Australia
+
+N: Josh Triplett
+E: josh@freedesktop.org
+P: 1024D/D0FE7AFB B24A 65C9 1D71 2AC2 DE87  CA26 189B 9946 D0FE 7AFB
+D: rcutorture maintainer
+D: lock annotations, finding and fixing lock bugs
+
+N: Winfried Trümper
+E: winni@xpilot.org
+W: http://www.shop.de/~winni/
+D: German HOWTO, Crash-Kurs Linux (German, 100 comprehensive pages)
+D: CD-Writing HOWTO, various mini-HOWTOs
+D: One-week tutorials on Linux twice a year (free of charge)
+D: Linux-Workshop Köln (aka LUG Cologne, Germany), Installfests
+S: Tacitusstr. 6
+S: D-50968 Köln
+
+N: Tsu-Sheng Tsao
+E: tsusheng@scf.usc.edu
+D: IGMP(Internet Group Management Protocol) version 2
+S: 2F 14 ALY 31 LN 166 SEC 1 SHIH-PEI RD
+S: Taipei 
+S: Taiwan 112
+S: Republic of China
+S: 24335 Delta Drive
+S: Diamond Bar, California 91765
+S: USA
+
+N: Theodore Ts'o
+E: tytso@mit.edu
+D: Random Linux hacker
+D: Maintainer of tsx-11.mit.edu ftp archive
+D: Maintainer of c.o.l.* Usenet<->mail gateway
+D: Author of serial driver
+D: Author of the new e2fsck
+D: Author of job control and system call restart code
+D: Author of ramdisk device driver
+D: Author of loopback device driver
+D: Author of /dev/random driver
+S: MIT Room E40-343
+S: 1 Amherst Street
+S: Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139
+S: USA
+
+N: Simmule Turner
+E: sturner@tele-tv.com
+D: Added swapping to filesystem
+S: 4226 Landgreen Street
+S: Rockville, Maryland 20853
+S: USA
+
+N: Stephen Tweedie
+E: sct@redhat.com
+P: 1024/E7A417AD E2 FE A4 20 34 EC ED FC 7D 7E 67 8D E0 31 D1 69
+P: 1024D/43BE7544 D2A4 8556 08E6 90E7 076C  BA3F 243F 20A4 43BE 7544
+D: Second extended file system developer
+D: General filesystem hacker
+D: kswap vm management code
+S: 44 Campbell Park Crescent
+S: Edinburgh EH13 0HT
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Thomas Uhl
+E: uhl@sun1.rz.fh-heilbronn.de
+D: Application programmer
+D: Linux promoter
+D: Author of a German book on Linux
+S: Obere Heerbergstrasse 17
+S: 97078 Wuerzburg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Greg Ungerer
+E: gerg@snapgear.com
+D: uClinux kernel hacker
+D: Port uClinux to the Motorola ColdFire CPU
+D: Author of Stallion multiport serial drivers
+S: SnapGear Inc.
+S: 825 Stanley St
+S: Woolloongabba. QLD. 4102
+S: Australia
+
+N: Jeffrey A. Uphoff
+E: juphoff@transmeta.com
+E: jeff.uphoff@linux.org
+P: 1024/9ED505C5 D7 BB CA AA 10 45 40 1B  16 19 0A C0 38 A0 3E CB
+D: Linux Security/Alert mailing lists' moderator/maintainer.
+D: NSM (rpc.statd) developer.
+D: PAM S/Key module developer.
+D: 'dip' contributor.
+D: AIPS port, astronomical community support.
+S: Transmeta Corporation
+S: 2540 Mission College Blvd.
+S: Santa Clara, CA 95054
+S: USA
+
+N: Matthias Urlichs
+E: smurf@smurf.noris.de
+E: smurf@debian.org
+E: matthias@urlichs.de
+D: Consultant, developer, kernel hacker
+D: In a previous life, worked on Streams/ISDN/BSD networking code for Linux
+S: Schleiermacherstrasse 12
+S: 90491 Nuernberg
+S: Germany
+
+N: Geert Uytterhoeven
+E: geert@linux-m68k.org
+W: http://users.telenet.be/geertu/
+P: 1024/862678A6 C51D 361C 0BD1 4C90 B275  C553 6EEA 11BA 8626 78A6
+D: m68k/Amiga and PPC/CHRP Longtrail coordinator
+D: Frame buffer device and XF68_FBDev maintainer
+D: m68k IDE maintainer
+D: Amiga Zorro maintainer
+D: Amiga Buddha and Catweasel chipset IDE
+D: Atari Falcon chipset IDE
+D: Amiga Gayle chipset IDE
+D: mipsel NEC DDB Vrc-5074
+S: Haterbeekstraat 55B
+S: B-3200 Aarschot
+S: Belgium
+
+N: Chris Vance
+E: cvance@tislabs.com
+E: cvance@nai.com
+D: portions of the Linux Security Module (LSM) framework and security modules
+
+N: Petr Vandrovec
+E: vandrove@vc.cvut.cz
+D: Small contributions to ncpfs
+D: Matrox framebuffer driver
+S: Chudenicka 8
+S: 10200 Prague 10, Hostivar
+S: Czech Republic
+
+N: Thibaut Varene
+E: T-Bone@parisc-linux.org
+W: http://www.parisc-linux.org/~varenet/
+P: 1024D/B7D2F063 E67C 0D43 A75E 12A5 BB1C  FA2F 1E32 C3DA B7D2 F063
+D: PA-RISC port minion, PDC and GSCPS2 drivers, debuglocks and other bits
+D: Some ARM at91rm9200 bits, S1D13XXX FB driver, random patches here and there
+D: AD1889 sound driver
+S: Paris, France
+
+N: Heikki Vatiainen
+E: hessu@cs.tut.fi
+D: Co-author of Multi-Protocol Over ATM (MPOA), some LANE hacks
+S: Tampere University of Technology / Telecom lab
+S: Hermiankatu 12C
+S: FIN-33720 Tampere
+S: Finland
+
+N: Andrew Veliath
+E: andrewtv@usa.net
+D: Turtle Beach MultiSound sound driver
+S: USA
+
+N: Dirk Verworner
+D: Co-author of German book ``Linux-Kernel-Programmierung''
+D: Co-founder of Berlin Linux User Group
+
+N: Riku Voipio
+E: riku.voipio@iki.fi
+D: Author of PCA9532 LED and Fintek f75375s hwmon driver
+D: Some random ARM board patches
+S: Finland
+
+N: Patrick Volkerding
+E: volkerdi@ftp.cdrom.com
+D: Produced the Slackware distribution, updated the SVGAlib
+D: patches for ghostscript, worked on color 'ls', etc.
+S: 301 15th Street S.
+S: Moorhead, Minnesota 56560
+S: USA 
+
+N: Jos Vos
+E: jos@xos.nl
+W: http://www.xos.nl/
+D: Various IP firewall updates, ipfwadm
+S: X/OS Experts in Open Systems BV
+S: Kruislaan 419
+S: 1098 VA Amsterdam 
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Jeroen Vreeken
+E: pe1rxq@amsat.org
+W: http://www.chello.nl/~j.vreeken/
+D: SE401 usb webcam driver
+D: ZD1201 usb wireless lan driver
+S: Maastrichterweg 63
+S: 5554 GG Valkenswaard
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Mark Wallis
+E: mwallis@serialmonkey.com
+W: http://mark.serialmonkey.com
+D: Ralink rt2x00 WLAN driver
+S: Newcastle, Australia
+
+N: Peter Shaobo Wang
+E: pwang@mmdcorp.com
+W: http://www.mmdcorp.com/pw/linux
+D: Driver for Interphase ATM (i)Chip SAR adapter card family (x575, x525, x531).
+S: 1513 Brewster Dr.
+S: Carrollton, TX 75010
+S: USA
+
+N: Tim Waugh
+E: tim@cyberelk.net
+D: Co-architect of the parallel-port sharing system
+S: 17 Curling Vale
+S: GUILDFORD
+S: Surrey
+S: GU2 7PJ
+S: United Kingdom
+
+N: Juergen Weigert
+E: jnweiger@immd4.informatik.uni-erlangen.de
+D: The Linux Support Team Erlangen
+
+N: David Weinehall
+E: tao@acc.umu.se
+P: 1024D/DC47CA16 7ACE 0FB0 7A74 F994 9B36  E1D1 D14E 8526 DC47 CA16
+W: http://www.acc.umu.se/~tao/
+D: v2.0 kernel maintainer
+D: Fixes for the NE/2-driver
+D: Miscellaneous MCA-support
+D: Cleanup of the Config-files
+
+N: Matt Welsh
+E: mdw@metalab.unc.edu
+W: http://www.cs.berkeley.edu/~mdw
+D: Original Linux Documentation Project coordinator
+D: Author, "Running Linux" (O'Reilly)
+D: Author, "Linux Installation and Getting Started" (LDP) and several HOWTOs
+D: Linuxdoc-SGML formatting system (now SGML-Tools)
+D: Device drivers for various high-speed network interfaces (Myrinet, ATM)
+D: Keithley DAS1200 device driver
+D: Original maintainer of sunsite WWW and FTP sites
+D: Original moderator of c.o.l.announce and c.o.l.answers
+S: Computer Science Division
+S: UC Berkeley
+S: Berkeley, CA 94720-1776
+S: USA
+
+N: Harald Welte
+E: laforge@netfilter.org
+P: 1024D/30F48BFF DBDE 6912 8831 9A53 879B  9190 5DA5 C655 30F4 8BFF
+W: http://gnumonks.org/users/laforge
+D: netfilter: new nat helper infrastructure
+D: netfilter: ULOG, ECN, DSCP target
+D: netfilter: TTL match
+D: netfilter: IPv6 mangle table
+D: netfilter: various other hacks
+S: Berlin
+S: Germany
+
+N: Bill Wendling
+E: wendling@ganymede.isdn.uiuc.edu
+W: http://www.ncsa.uiuc.edu/~wendling/
+D: Various random hacks. Mostly on poll/select logic.
+S: 605 E. Springfield Ave.
+S: Champaign, IL 61820
+S: USA
+
+N: Mike Westall
+D: IBM Turboways 25 ATM Device Driver
+E: westall@cs.clemson.edu
+S: Department of Computer Science
+S: Clemson University
+S: Clemson SC 29634 USA
+
+N: Greg Wettstein
+E: greg@wind.rmcc.com
+D: Filesystem valid flag for MINIX filesystem.
+D: Minor kernel debugging.
+D: Development and maintenance of sysklogd.
+D: Monitoring of development kernels for long-term stability.
+D: Early implementations of Linux in a commercial environment.
+S: Dr. Greg Wettstein, Ph.D.
+S: Oncology Research Division Computing Facility
+S: Roger Maris Cancer Center
+S: 820 4th St. N.
+S: Fargo, North Dakota 58122
+S: USA
+
+N: Steven Whitehouse
+E: steve@chygwyn.com
+W: http://www.chygwyn.com/~steve
+D: Linux DECnet project
+D: Minor debugging of other networking protocols.
+D: Misc bug fixes and GFS2 filesystem development
+
+N: Hans-Joachim Widmaier
+E: hjw@zvw.de
+D: AFFS rewrite
+S: Eichenweg 16
+S: 73650 Winterbach
+S: Germany
+
+N: Urban Widmark
+E: urban@svenskatest.se
+D: via-rhine, misc net driver hacking
+
+N: Marco van Wieringen
+E: mvw@planets.elm.net
+D: Author of process accounting and diskquota
+S: Breeburgsingel 12
+S: 2135 CN Hoofddorp
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Matthew Wilcox
+E: matthew@wil.cx
+W: ftp://ftp.uk.linux.org/pub/linux/people/willy/
+D: Linux/PARISC hacker.  Filesystem hacker.  Random other hacking.  Custom
+D: PPC port hacking.
+
+N: G\"unter Windau
+E: gunter@mbfys.kun.nl
+D: Some bug fixes in the polling printer driver (lp.c)
+S: University of Nijmegen
+S: Geert-Grooteplein Noord 21
+S: 6525 EZ Nijmegen
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Ulrich Windl
+E: Ulrich.Windl@rz.uni-regensburg.de
+P: 1024/E843660D CF D7 43 A1 5A 49 14 25  7C 04 A0 6E 4C 3A AC 6D
+D: Supports NTP on Linux.  Added PPS code.  Fixed bugs in adjtimex().
+S: Alte Regensburger Str. 11a
+S: 93149 Nittenau
+S: Germany
+
+N: Gertjan van Wingerde
+E: gwingerde@gmail.com
+D: Ralink rt2x00 WLAN driver
+D: Minix V2 file-system
+D: Misc fixes
+S: Geessinkweg 177
+S: 7544 TX Enschede
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Lars Wirzenius
+E: liw@iki.fi
+D: Linux System Administrator's Guide, author, former maintainer
+D: comp.os.linux.announce, former moderator
+D: Linux Documentation Project, co-founder
+D: Original sprintf in kernel
+D: Original kernel README (for version 0.97)
+D: Linux News (electronic magazine, now dead), founder and former editor
+D: Meta-FAQ, originator, former maintainer
+D: INFO-SHEET, former maintainer
+D: Author of the longest-living linux bug
+
+N: Jonathan Woithe
+E: jwoithe@physics.adelaide.edu.au
+W: http://www.physics.adelaide.edu.au/~jwoithe
+D: ALS-007 sound card extensions to Sound Blaster driver
+S: 20 Jordan St
+S: Valley View, SA 5093
+S: Australia
+
+N: Clifford Wolf
+E: god@clifford.at
+W: http://www.clifford.at/
+D: Menuconfig/lxdialog improvement
+S: Foehrengasse 16
+S: A-2333 Leopoldsdorf b. Wien
+S: Austria
+
+N: Roger E. Wolff
+E: R.E.Wolff@BitWizard.nl
+D: Written kmalloc/kfree
+D: Written Specialix IO8+ driver
+D: Written Specialix SX driver
+S: van Bronckhorststraat 12
+S: 2612 XV Delft
+S: The Netherlands
+
+N: Thomas Woller
+D: CS461x Cirrus Logic sound driver
+
+N: David Woodhouse
+E: dwmw2@infradead.org
+D: JFFS2 file system, Memory Technology Device subsystem,
+D: various other stuff that annoyed me by not working.
+S: c/o Intel Corporation
+S: Pipers Way
+S: Swindon. SN3 1RJ
+S: England
+
+N: Chris Wright
+E: chrisw@sous-sol.org
+D: hacking on LSM framework and security modules.
+S: Portland, OR
+S: USA
+
+N: Michal Wronski
+E: michal.wronski@gmail.com
+D: POSIX message queues fs (with K. Benedyczak)
+S: Krakow
+S: Poland
+
+N: Frank Xia
+E: qx@math.columbia.edu
+D: Xiafs filesystem [defunct]
+S: 542 West 112th Street, 5N
+S: New York, New York 10025
+S: USA
+
+N: Li Yang
+E: leoli@freescale.com
+D: Freescale Highspeed USB device driver
+D: Freescale QE SoC support and Ethernet driver
+S: B-1206 Jingmao Guojigongyu
+S: 16 Baliqiao Nanjie, Beijing 101100
+S: People's Repulic of China
+
+N: Victor Yodaiken
+E: yodaiken@fsmlabs.com
+D: RTLinux (RealTime Linux)
+S: POB 1822 
+S: Socorro NM, 87801
+S: USA
+
+N: Hiroshi YOKOTA
+E: yokota@netlab.is.tsukuba.ac.jp
+D: Workbit NinjaSCSI-3/32Bi PCMCIA driver
+D: Workbit NinjaSCSI-32Bi/UDE driver
+S: Japan
+
+N: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI
+E: hideaki@yoshifuji.org
+E: yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org
+W: http://www.yoshifuji.org/~hideaki/
+P: 1024D/E0620EEA 9022 65EB 1ECF 3AD1 0BDF  80D8 4807 F894 E062 0EEA
+D: IPv6 and other networking related stuff
+D: USAGI/WIDE Project, Keio University
+S: Jeunet Palace Kawasaki #1-201, 10-2, Furukawa-cho, Saiwai-ku
+S: Kawasaki, Kanagawa 212-0025
+S: Japan
+
+N: Eric Youngdale
+E: eric@andante.org
+W: http://www.andante.org
+D: General kernel hacker
+D: SCSI iso9660 and ELF
+S: 6389 Hawk View Lane
+S: Alexandria, Virginia 22312
+S: USA
+
+N: Niibe Yutaka
+E: gniibe@mri.co.jp
+D: PLIP driver
+D: Asynchronous socket I/O in the NET code
+S: Mitsubishi Research Institute, Inc.
+S: ARCO Tower 1-8-1 Shimomeguro Meguro-ku
+S: Tokyo 153
+S: Japan
+
+N: James R. Van Zandt
+E: jrv@vanzandt.mv.com
+P: 1024/E298966D F0 37 4F FD E5 7E C5 E6  F1 A0 1E 22 6F 46 DA 0C
+D: Author and maintainer of the Double Talk speech synthesizer driver
+S: 27 Spencer Drive
+S: Nashua, New Hampshire 03062
+S: USA
+
+N: Orest Zborowski
+E: orestz@eskimo.com
+D: XFree86 and kernel development
+S: 1507 145th Place SE #B5
+S: Bellevue, Washington 98007
+S: USA
+
+N: Richard Zidlicky
+E: rz@linux-m68k.org, rdzidlic@geocities.com
+W: http://www.geocities.com/rdzidlic
+D: Q40 port - see arch/m68k/q40/README
+D: various m68k hacks
+S: Germany
+
+N: Werner Zimmermann
+E: Werner.Zimmermann@fht-esslingen.de
+D: CDROM driver "aztcd" (Aztech/Okano/Orchid/Wearnes)
+S: Flandernstrasse 101
+S: D-73732 Esslingen
+S: Germany
+
+N: Leonard N. Zubkoff
+W: http://www.dandelion.com/Linux/
+D: BusLogic SCSI driver
+D: Mylex DAC960 PCI RAID driver
+D: Miscellaneous kernel fixes
+
+N: Alessandro Zummo
+E: a.zummo@towertech.it
+D: CMI8330 support is sb_card.c
+D: ISAPnP fixes in sb_card.c
+D: ZyXEL omni.net lcd plus driver
+D: RTC subsystem
+S: Italy
+
+N: Marc Zyngier
+E: maz@wild-wind.fr.eu.org
+W: http://www.misterjones.org
+D: MD driver
+D: EISA/sysfs subsystem
+S: France
+
+
+# Don't add your name here, unless you really _are_ after Marc
+# alphabetically. Leonard used to be very proud of being the 
+# last entry, and he'll get positively pissed if he can't even
+# be second-to-last.  (and this file really _is_ supposed to be
+# in alphabetic order)
diff --git a/Documentation/.gitignore b/Documentation/.gitignore
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcd907b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/.gitignore
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+filesystems/dnotify_test
+laptops/dslm
+timers/hpet_example
+vm/hugepage-mmap
+vm/hugepage-shm
+vm/map_hugetlb
+
diff --git a/Documentation/00-INDEX b/Documentation/00-INDEX
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5405f7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/00-INDEX
@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+
+This is a brief list of all the files in ./linux/Documentation and what
+they contain. If you add a documentation file, please list it here in
+alphabetical order as well, or risk being hunted down like a rabid dog.
+Please try and keep the descriptions small enough to fit on one line.
+							 Thanks -- Paul G.
+
+Following translations are available on the WWW:
+
+   - Japanese, maintained by the JF Project (JF@linux.or.jp), at
+     http://www.linux.or.jp/JF/
+
+00-INDEX
+	- this file.
+ABI/
+	- info on kernel <-> userspace ABI and relative interface stability.
+
+BUG-HUNTING
+	- brute force method of doing binary search of patches to find bug.
+Changes
+	- list of changes that break older software packages.
+CodingStyle
+	- how the boss likes the C code in the kernel to look.
+development-process/
+	- An extended tutorial on how to work with the kernel development
+	  process.
+DMA-API.txt
+	- DMA API, pci_ API & extensions for non-consistent memory machines.
+DMA-ISA-LPC.txt
+	- How to do DMA with ISA (and LPC) devices.
+DocBook/
+	- directory with DocBook templates etc. for kernel documentation.
+HOWTO
+	- the process and procedures of how to do Linux kernel development.
+IPMI.txt
+	- info on Linux Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) Driver.
+IRQ-affinity.txt
+	- how to select which CPU(s) handle which interrupt events on SMP.
+IRQ.txt
+	- description of what an IRQ is.
+ManagementStyle
+	- how to (attempt to) manage kernel hackers.
+RCU/
+	- directory with info on RCU (read-copy update).
+SAK.txt
+	- info on Secure Attention Keys.
+SM501.txt
+	- Silicon Motion SM501 multimedia companion chip
+SecurityBugs
+	- procedure for reporting security bugs found in the kernel.
+SubmitChecklist
+	- Linux kernel patch submission checklist.
+SubmittingDrivers
+	- procedure to get a new driver source included into the kernel tree.
+SubmittingPatches
+	- procedure to get a source patch included into the kernel tree.
+VGA-softcursor.txt
+	- how to change your VGA cursor from a blinking underscore.
+accounting/
+	- documentation on accounting and taskstats.
+acpi/
+	- info on ACPI-specific hooks in the kernel.
+aoe/
+	- description of AoE (ATA over Ethernet) along with config examples.
+applying-patches.txt
+	- description of various trees and how to apply their patches.
+arm/
+	- directory with info about Linux on the ARM architecture.
+atomic_ops.txt
+	- semantics and behavior of atomic and bitmask operations.
+auxdisplay/
+	- misc. LCD driver documentation (cfag12864b, ks0108).
+basic_profiling.txt
+	- basic instructions for those who wants to profile Linux kernel.
+binfmt_misc.txt
+	- info on the kernel support for extra binary formats.
+blackfin/
+	- directory with documentation for the Blackfin arch.
+block/
+	- info on the Block I/O (BIO) layer.
+blockdev/
+	- info on block devices & drivers
+btmrvl.txt
+	- info on Marvell Bluetooth driver usage.
+bus-virt-phys-mapping.txt
+	- how to access I/O mapped memory from within device drivers.
+cachetlb.txt
+	- describes the cache/TLB flushing interfaces Linux uses.
+cdrom/
+	- directory with information on the CD-ROM drivers that Linux has.
+cgroups/
+	- cgroups features, including cpusets and memory controller.
+connector/
+	- docs on the netlink based userspace<->kernel space communication mod.
+console/
+	- documentation on Linux console drivers.
+cpu-freq/
+	- info on CPU frequency and voltage scaling.
+cpu-hotplug.txt
+	- document describing CPU hotplug support in the Linux kernel.
+cpu-load.txt
+	- document describing how CPU load statistics are collected.
+cpuidle/
+	- info on CPU_IDLE, CPU idle state management subsystem.
+cputopology.txt
+	- documentation on how CPU topology info is exported via sysfs.
+cris/
+	- directory with info about Linux on CRIS architecture.
+crypto/
+	- directory with info on the Crypto API.
+dcdbas.txt
+	- information on the Dell Systems Management Base Driver.
+debugging-modules.txt
+	- some notes on debugging modules after Linux 2.6.3.
+dell_rbu.txt
+	- document demonstrating the use of the Dell Remote BIOS Update driver.
+device-mapper/
+	- directory with info on Device Mapper.
+devices.txt
+	- plain ASCII listing of all the nodes in /dev/ with major minor #'s.
+dontdiff
+	- file containing a list of files that should never be diff'ed.
+driver-model/
+	- directory with info about Linux driver model.
+dvb/
+	- info on Linux Digital Video Broadcast (DVB) subsystem.
+early-userspace/
+	- info about initramfs, klibc, and userspace early during boot.
+edac.txt
+	- information on EDAC - Error Detection And Correction
+eisa.txt
+	- info on EISA bus support.
+exception.txt
+	- how Linux v2.2 handles exceptions without verify_area etc.
+fault-injection/
+	- dir with docs about the fault injection capabilities infrastructure.
+fb/
+	- directory with info on the frame buffer graphics abstraction layer.
+feature-removal-schedule.txt
+	- list of files and features that are going to be removed.
+filesystems/
+	- info on the vfs and the various filesystems that Linux supports.
+firmware_class/
+	- request_firmware() hotplug interface info.
+frv/
+	- Fujitsu FR-V Linux documentation.
+gpio.txt
+	- overview of GPIO (General Purpose Input/Output) access conventions.
+highuid.txt
+	- notes on the change from 16 bit to 32 bit user/group IDs.
+timers/
+	- info on the timer related topics
+hw_random.txt
+	- info on Linux support for random number generator in i8xx chipsets.
+hwmon/
+	- directory with docs on various hardware monitoring drivers.
+i2c/
+	- directory with info about the I2C bus/protocol (2 wire, kHz speed).
+i2o/
+	- directory with info about the Linux I2O subsystem.
+x86/i386/
+	- directory with info about Linux on Intel 32 bit architecture.
+ia64/
+	- directory with info about Linux on Intel 64 bit architecture.
+infiniband/
+	- directory with documents concerning Linux InfiniBand support.
+initrd.txt
+	- how to use the RAM disk as an initial/temporary root filesystem.
+input/
+	- info on Linux input device support.
+io-mapping.txt
+	- description of io_mapping functions in linux/io-mapping.h
+io_ordering.txt
+	- info on ordering I/O writes to memory-mapped addresses.
+ioctl/
+	- directory with documents describing various IOCTL calls.
+iostats.txt
+	- info on I/O statistics Linux kernel provides.
+irqflags-tracing.txt
+	- how to use the irq-flags tracing feature.
+isapnp.txt
+	- info on Linux ISA Plug & Play support.
+isdn/
+	- directory with info on the Linux ISDN support, and supported cards.
+java.txt
+	- info on the in-kernel binary support for Java(tm).
+kbuild/
+	- directory with info about the kernel build process.
+kdump/
+	- directory with mini HowTo on getting the crash dump code to work.
+kernel-doc-nano-HOWTO.txt
+	- mini HowTo on generation and location of kernel documentation files.
+kernel-docs.txt
+	- listing of various WWW + books that document kernel internals.
+kernel-parameters.txt
+	- summary listing of command line / boot prompt args for the kernel.
+keys-request-key.txt
+	- description of the kernel key request service.
+keys.txt
+	- description of the kernel key retention service.
+kobject.txt
+	- info of the kobject infrastructure of the Linux kernel.
+kprobes.txt
+	- documents the kernel probes debugging feature.
+kref.txt
+	- docs on adding reference counters (krefs) to kernel objects.
+laptops/
+	- directory with laptop related info and laptop driver documentation.
+ldm.txt
+	- a brief description of LDM (Windows Dynamic Disks).
+leds-class.txt
+	- documents LED handling under Linux.
+local_ops.txt
+	- semantics and behavior of local atomic operations.
+lockdep-design.txt
+	- documentation on the runtime locking correctness validator.
+logo.gif
+	- full colour GIF image of Linux logo (penguin - Tux).
+logo.txt
+	- info on creator of above logo & site to get additional images from.
+m68k/
+	- directory with info about Linux on Motorola 68k architecture.
+magic-number.txt
+	- list of magic numbers used to mark/protect kernel data structures.
+mca.txt
+	- info on supporting Micro Channel Architecture (e.g. PS/2) systems.
+md.txt
+	- info on boot arguments for the multiple devices driver.
+memory-barriers.txt
+	- info on Linux kernel memory barriers.
+memory-hotplug.txt
+	- Hotpluggable memory support, how to use and current status.
+memory.txt
+	- info on typical Linux memory problems.
+mips/
+	- directory with info about Linux on MIPS architecture.
+mono.txt
+	- how to execute Mono-based .NET binaries with the help of BINFMT_MISC.
+mutex-design.txt
+	- info on the generic mutex subsystem.
+namespaces/
+	- directory with various information about namespaces
+netlabel/
+	- directory with information on the NetLabel subsystem.
+networking/
+	- directory with info on various aspects of networking with Linux.
+nmi_watchdog.txt
+	- info on NMI watchdog for SMP systems.
+nommu-mmap.txt
+	- documentation about no-mmu memory mapping support.
+numastat.txt
+	- info on how to read Numa policy hit/miss statistics in sysfs.
+oops-tracing.txt
+	- how to decode those nasty internal kernel error dump messages.
+padata.txt
+	- An introduction to the "padata" parallel execution API
+parisc/
+	- directory with info on using Linux on PA-RISC architecture.
+parport.txt
+	- how to use the parallel-port driver.
+parport-lowlevel.txt
+	- description and usage of the low level parallel port functions.
+pcmcia/
+	- info on the Linux PCMCIA driver.
+pi-futex.txt
+	- documentation on lightweight PI-futexes.
+pnp.txt
+	- Linux Plug and Play documentation.
+power/
+	- directory with info on Linux PCI power management.
+powerpc/
+	- directory with info on using Linux with the PowerPC.
+preempt-locking.txt
+	- info on locking under a preemptive kernel.
+printk-formats.txt
+	- how to get printk format specifiers right
+prio_tree.txt
+	- info on radix-priority-search-tree use for indexing vmas.
+rbtree.txt
+	- info on what red-black trees are and what they are for.
+robust-futex-ABI.txt
+	- documentation of the robust futex ABI.
+robust-futexes.txt
+	- a description of what robust futexes are.
+rt-mutex-design.txt
+	- description of the RealTime mutex implementation design.
+rt-mutex.txt
+	- desc. of RT-mutex subsystem with PI (Priority Inheritance) support.
+rtc.txt
+	- notes on how to use the Real Time Clock (aka CMOS clock) driver.
+s390/
+	- directory with info on using Linux on the IBM S390.
+scheduler/
+	- directory with info on the scheduler.
+scsi/
+	- directory with info on Linux scsi support.
+serial/
+	- directory with info on the low level serial API.
+serial-console.txt
+	- how to set up Linux with a serial line console as the default.
+sgi-ioc4.txt
+	- description of the SGI IOC4 PCI (multi function) device.
+sgi-visws.txt
+	- short blurb on the SGI Visual Workstations.
+sh/
+	- directory with info on porting Linux to a new architecture.
+sound/
+	- directory with info on sound card support.
+sparc/
+	- directory with info on using Linux on Sparc architecture.
+sparse.txt
+	- info on how to obtain and use the sparse tool for typechecking.
+spi/
+	- overview of Linux kernel Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) support.
+spinlocks.txt
+	- info on using spinlocks to provide exclusive access in kernel.
+stable_api_nonsense.txt
+	- info on why the kernel does not have a stable in-kernel api or abi.
+stable_kernel_rules.txt
+	- rules and procedures for the -stable kernel releases.
+svga.txt
+	- short guide on selecting video modes at boot via VGA BIOS.
+sysfs-rules.txt
+	- How not to use sysfs.
+sysctl/
+	- directory with info on the /proc/sys/* files.
+sysrq.txt
+	- info on the magic SysRq key.
+telephony/
+	- directory with info on telephony (e.g. voice over IP) support.
+time_interpolators.txt
+	- info on time interpolators.
+uml/
+	- directory with information about User Mode Linux.
+unicode.txt
+	- info on the Unicode character/font mapping used in Linux.
+unshare.txt
+	- description of the Linux unshare system call.
+usb/
+	- directory with info regarding the Universal Serial Bus.
+video-output.txt
+	- sysfs class driver interface to enable/disable a video output device.
+video4linux/
+	- directory with info regarding video/TV/radio cards and linux.
+vm/
+	- directory with info on the Linux vm code.
+volatile-considered-harmful.txt
+	- Why the "volatile" type class should not be used
+voyager.txt
+	- guide to running Linux on the Voyager architecture.
+w1/
+	- directory with documents regarding the 1-wire (w1) subsystem.
+watchdog/
+	- how to auto-reboot Linux if it has "fallen and can't get up". ;-)
+x86/x86_64/
+	- directory with info on Linux support for AMD x86-64 (Hammer) machines.
+zorro.txt
+	- info on writing drivers for Zorro bus devices found on Amigas.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/README b/Documentation/ABI/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9feaf16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/README
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+This directory attempts to document the ABI between the Linux kernel and
+userspace, and the relative stability of these interfaces.  Due to the
+everchanging nature of Linux, and the differing maturity levels, these
+interfaces should be used by userspace programs in different ways.
+
+We have four different levels of ABI stability, as shown by the four
+different subdirectories in this location.  Interfaces may change levels
+of stability according to the rules described below.
+
+The different levels of stability are:
+
+  stable/
+	This directory documents the interfaces that the developer has
+	defined to be stable.  Userspace programs are free to use these
+	interfaces with no restrictions, and backward compatibility for
+	them will be guaranteed for at least 2 years.  Most interfaces
+	(like syscalls) are expected to never change and always be
+	available.
+
+  testing/
+	This directory documents interfaces that are felt to be stable,
+	as the main development of this interface has been completed.
+	The interface can be changed to add new features, but the
+	current interface will not break by doing this, unless grave
+	errors or security problems are found in them.  Userspace
+	programs can start to rely on these interfaces, but they must be
+	aware of changes that can occur before these interfaces move to
+	be marked stable.  Programs that use these interfaces are
+	strongly encouraged to add their name to the description of
+	these interfaces, so that the kernel developers can easily
+	notify them if any changes occur (see the description of the
+	layout of the files below for details on how to do this.)
+
+  obsolete/
+  	This directory documents interfaces that are still remaining in
+	the kernel, but are marked to be removed at some later point in
+	time.  The description of the interface will document the reason
+	why it is obsolete and when it can be expected to be removed.
+	The file Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt may describe
+	some of these interfaces, giving a schedule for when they will
+	be removed.
+
+  removed/
+	This directory contains a list of the old interfaces that have
+	been removed from the kernel.
+
+Every file in these directories will contain the following information:
+
+What:		Short description of the interface
+Date:		Date created
+KernelVersion:	Kernel version this feature first showed up in.
+Contact:	Primary contact for this interface (may be a mailing list)
+Description:	Long description of the interface and how to use it.
+Users:		All users of this interface who wish to be notified when
+		it changes.  This is very important for interfaces in
+		the "testing" stage, so that kernel developers can work
+		with userspace developers to ensure that things do not
+		break in ways that are unacceptable.  It is also
+		important to get feedback for these interfaces to make
+		sure they are working in a proper way and do not need to
+		be changed further.
+
+
+How things move between levels:
+
+Interfaces in stable may move to obsolete, as long as the proper
+notification is given.
+
+Interfaces may be removed from obsolete and the kernel as long as the
+documented amount of time has gone by.
+
+Interfaces in the testing state can move to the stable state when the
+developers feel they are finished.  They cannot be removed from the
+kernel tree without going through the obsolete state first.
+
+It's up to the developer to place their interfaces in the category they
+wish for it to start out in.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/dv1394 b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/dv1394
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ee3686
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/dv1394
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What:		dv1394 (a.k.a. "OHCI-DV I/O support" for FireWire)
+Contact:	linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+	New application development should use raw1394 + userspace libraries
+	instead, notably libiec61883 which is functionally equivalent.
+
+Users:
+	ffmpeg/libavformat (used by a variety of media players)
+	dvgrab v1.x (replaced by dvgrab2 on top of raw1394 and resp. libraries)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/o2cb b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/o2cb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c49d8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/o2cb
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+What:		/sys/o2cb symlink
+Date:		Dec 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.16
+Contact:	ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
+Description:	This is a symlink: /sys/o2cb to /sys/fs/o2cb. The symlink will
+		be removed when new versions of ocfs2-tools which know to look
+		in /sys/fs/o2cb are sufficiently prevalent. Don't code new
+		software to look here, it should try /sys/fs/o2cb instead.
+		See Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb for more information on usage.
+Users:		ocfs2-tools. It's sufficient to mail proposed changes to
+		ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-bus-usb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd096d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-bus-usb
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/level
+Date:		March 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.21
+Contact:	Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
+Description:
+		Each USB device directory will contain a file named
+		power/level.  This file holds a power-level setting for
+		the device, either "on" or "auto".
+
+		"on" means that the device is not allowed to autosuspend,
+		although normal suspends for system sleep will still
+		be honored.  "auto" means the device will autosuspend
+		and autoresume in the usual manner, according to the
+		capabilities of its driver.
+
+		During normal use, devices should be left in the "auto"
+		level.  The "on" level is meant for administrative uses.
+		If you want to suspend a device immediately but leave it
+		free to wake up in response to I/O requests, you should
+		write "0" to power/autosuspend.
+
+		Device not capable of proper suspend and resume should be
+		left in the "on" level.  Although the USB spec requires
+		devices to support suspend/resume, many of them do not.
+		In fact so many don't that by default, the USB core
+		initializes all non-hub devices in the "on" level.  Some
+		drivers may change this setting when they are bound.
+
+		This file is deprecated and will be removed after 2010.
+		Use the power/control file instead; it does exactly the
+		same thing.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4201d5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+rfkill - radio frequency (RF) connector kill switch support
+
+For details to this subsystem look at Documentation/rfkill.txt.
+
+What:		/sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/state
+Date:		09-Jul-2007
+KernelVersion	v2.6.22
+Contact:	linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
+Description: 	Current state of the transmitter.
+		This file is deprecated and sheduled to be removed in 2014,
+		because its not possible to express the 'soft and hard block'
+		state of the rfkill driver.
+Values: 	A numeric value.
+		0: RFKILL_STATE_SOFT_BLOCKED
+			transmitter is turned off by software
+		1: RFKILL_STATE_UNBLOCKED
+			transmitter is (potentially) active
+		2: RFKILL_STATE_HARD_BLOCKED
+			transmitter is forced off by something outside of
+			the driver's control.
+
+What:		/sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/claim
+Date:		09-Jul-2007
+KernelVersion	v2.6.22
+Contact:	linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	This file is deprecated because there no longer is a way to
+		claim just control over a single rfkill instance.
+		This file is scheduled to be removed in 2012.
+Values: 	0: Kernel handles events
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs b/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ffd28b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+What:		devfs
+Date:		July 2005 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.18
+Contact:	Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
+Description:
+	devfs has been unmaintained for a number of years, has unfixable
+	races, contains a naming policy within the kernel that is
+	against the LSB, and can be replaced by using udev.
+	The files fs/devfs/*, include/linux/devfs_fs*.h were removed,
+	along with the assorted devfs function calls throughout the
+	kernel tree.
+
+Users:
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394_legacy_isochronous b/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394_legacy_isochronous
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b62962
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/raw1394_legacy_isochronous
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What:		legacy isochronous ABI of raw1394 (1st generation iso ABI)
+Date:		June 2007 (scheduled), removed in kernel v2.6.23
+Contact:	linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
+Description:
+	The two request types RAW1394_REQ_ISO_SEND, RAW1394_REQ_ISO_LISTEN have
+	been deprecated for quite some time.  They are very inefficient as they
+	come with high interrupt load and several layers of callbacks for each
+	packet.  Because of these deficiencies, the video1394 and dv1394 drivers
+	and the 3rd-generation isochronous ABI in raw1394 (rawiso) were created.
+
+Users:
+	libraw1394 users via the long deprecated API raw1394_iso_write,
+	raw1394_start_iso_write, raw1394_start_iso_rcv, raw1394_stop_iso_rcv
+
+	libdc1394, which optionally uses these old libraw1394 calls
+	alternatively to the more efficient video1394 ABI
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb b/Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5eb1545
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/o2cb
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+What:		/sys/fs/o2cb/ (was /sys/o2cb)
+Date:		Dec 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.16
+Contact:	ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
+Description:	Ocfs2-tools looks at 'interface-revision' for versioning
+		information. Each logmask/ file controls a set of debug prints
+		and can be written into with the strings "allow", "deny", or
+		"off". Reading the file returns the current state.
+Users:		ocfs2-tools. It's sufficient to mail proposed changes to
+		ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/syscalls b/Documentation/ABI/stable/syscalls
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3ae3e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/syscalls
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+What:		The kernel syscall interface
+Description:
+	This interface matches much of the POSIX interface and is based
+	on it and other Unix based interfaces.  It will only be added to
+	over time, and not have things removed from it.
+
+	Note that this interface is different for every architecture
+	that Linux supports.  Please see the architecture-specific
+	documentation for details on the syscall numbers that are to be
+	mapped to each syscall.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d637e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+What:		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/bl_power
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+		Control BACKLIGHT power, values are FB_BLANK_* from fb.h
+		 - FB_BLANK_UNBLANK (0)   : power on.
+		 - FB_BLANK_POWERDOWN (4) : power off
+Users:		HAL
+
+What:		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/brightness
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+		Control the brightness for this <backlight>. Values
+		are between 0 and max_brightness. This file will also
+		show the brightness level stored in the driver, which
+		may not be the actual brightness (see actual_brightness).
+Users:		HAL
+
+What:		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/actual_brightness
+Date:		March 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+		Show the actual brightness by querying the hardware.
+Users:		HAL
+
+What:		/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/max_brightness
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+		Maximum brightness for <backlight>.
+Users:		HAL
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..097f522
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-rfkill
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+rfkill - radio frequency (RF) connector kill switch support
+
+For details to this subsystem look at Documentation/rfkill.txt.
+
+For the deprecated /sys/class/rfkill/*/state and
+/sys/class/rfkill/*/claim knobs of this interface look in
+Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill.
+
+What: 		/sys/class/rfkill
+Date:		09-Jul-2007
+KernelVersion:	v2.6.22
+Contact:	linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org,
+Description: 	The rfkill class subsystem folder.
+		Each registered rfkill driver is represented by an rfkillX
+		subfolder (X being an integer > 0).
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/name
+Date:		09-Jul-2007
+KernelVersion	v2.6.22
+Contact:	linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
+Description: 	Name assigned by driver to this key (interface or driver name).
+Values: 	arbitrary string.
+
+
+What: 		/sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/type
+Date:		09-Jul-2007
+KernelVersion	v2.6.22
+Contact:	linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
+Description: 	Driver type string ("wlan", "bluetooth", etc).
+Values: 	See include/linux/rfkill.h.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/persistent
+Date:		09-Jul-2007
+KernelVersion	v2.6.22
+Contact:	linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
+Description: 	Whether the soft blocked state is initialised from non-volatile
+		storage at startup.
+Values: 	A numeric value.
+		0: false
+		1: true
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/hard
+Date:		12-March-2010
+KernelVersion	v2.6.34
+Contact:	linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
+Description: 	Current hardblock state. This file is read only.
+Values: 	A numeric value.
+		0: inactive
+			The transmitter is (potentially) active.
+		1: active
+			The transmitter is forced off by something outside of
+			the driver's control.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/rfkill/rfkill[0-9]+/soft
+Date:		12-March-2010
+KernelVersion	v2.6.34
+Contact:	linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Current softblock state. This file is read and write.
+Values: 	A numeric value.
+		0: inactive
+			The transmitter is (potentially) active.
+		1: active
+			The transmitter is turned off by software.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-ubi b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-ubi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18d471d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-ubi
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		The ubi/ class sub-directory belongs to the UBI subsystem and
+		provides general UBI information, per-UBI device information
+		and per-UBI volume information.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/version
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		This file contains version of the latest supported UBI on-media
+		format. Currently it is 1, and there is no plan to change this.
+		However, if in the future UBI needs on-flash format changes
+		which cannot be done in a compatible manner, a new format
+		version will be added. So this is a mechanism for possible
+		future backward-compatible (but forward-incompatible)
+		improvements.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubiX/
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/ubi0, /sys/class/ubi1, etc directories describe
+		UBI devices (UBI device 0, 1, etc). They contain general UBI
+		device information and per UBI volume information (each UBI
+		device may have many UBI volumes)
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/avail_eraseblocks
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Amount of available logical eraseblock. For example, one may
+		create a new UBI volume which has this amount of logical
+		eraseblocks.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/bad_peb_count
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Count of bad physical eraseblocks on the underlying MTD device.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/bgt_enabled
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Contains ASCII "0\n" if the UBI background thread is disabled,
+		and ASCII "1\n" if it is enabled.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/dev
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding
+		to this UBI device (in <major>:<minor> format).
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/eraseblock_size
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Maximum logical eraseblock size this UBI device may provide. UBI
+		volumes may have smaller logical eraseblock size because of their
+		alignment.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/max_ec
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Maximum physical eraseblock erase counter value.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/max_vol_count
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Maximum number of volumes which this UBI device may have.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/min_io_size
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Minimum input/output unit size. All the I/O may only be done
+		in fractions of the contained number.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/mtd_num
+Date:		January 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.25
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Number of the underlying MTD device.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/reserved_for_bad
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Number of physical eraseblocks reserved for bad block handling.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/total_eraseblocks
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Total number of good (not marked as bad) physical eraseblocks on
+		the underlying MTD device.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/volumes_count
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Count of volumes on this UBI device.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_0/, /sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_1/,
+		etc directories describe UBI volumes on UBI device X (volumes
+		0, 1, etc).
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/alignment
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Volume alignment - the value the logical eraseblock size of
+		this volume has to be aligned on. For example, 2048 means that
+		logical eraseblock size is multiple of 2048. In other words,
+		volume logical eraseblock size is UBI device logical eraseblock
+		size aligned to the alignment value.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/corrupted
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Contains ASCII "0\n" if the UBI volume is OK, and ASCII "1\n"
+		if it is corrupted (e.g., due to an interrupted volume update).
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/data_bytes
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		The amount of data this volume contains. This value makes sense
+		only for static volumes, and for dynamic volume it equivalent
+		to the total volume size in bytes.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/dev
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding
+		to this UBI volume (in <major>:<minor> format).
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/name
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Volume name.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/reserved_ebs
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Count of physical eraseblock reserved for this volume.
+		Equivalent to the volume size in logical eraseblocks.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/type
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Volume type. Contains ASCII "dynamic\n" for dynamic volumes and
+		"static\n" for static volumes.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/upd_marker
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Contains ASCII "0\n" if the update marker is not set for this
+		volume, and "1\n" if it is set. The update marker is set when
+		volume update starts, and cleaned when it ends. So the presence
+		of the update marker indicates that the volume is being updated
+		at the moment of the update was interrupted. The later may be
+		checked using the "corrupted" sysfs file.
+
+What:		/sys/class/ubi/ubiX/ubiX_Y/usable_eb_size
+Date:		July 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind@infradead.org>
+Description:
+		Logical eraseblock size of this volume. Equivalent to logical
+		eraseblock size of the device aligned on the volume alignment
+		value.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..49b82ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX
+Date:		October 2002
+Contact:	Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+		When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, this is a directory containing
+		information on node X such as what CPUs are local to the
+		node.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-qla2xxx b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-qla2xxx
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a59d84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-qla2xxx
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/drivers/qla2xxx/.../devices/*
+Date:		September 2009
+Contact:	QLogic Linux Driver <linux-driver@qlogic.com>
+Description:	qla2xxx-udev.sh currently looks for uevent CHANGE events to
+		signal a firmware-dump has been generated by the driver and is
+		ready for retrieval.
+Users:		qla2xxx-udev.sh.  Proposed changes should be mailed to
+		linux-driver@qlogic.com
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a75fb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/interface_capabilities
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/device_capabilities
+Date:		August 2008
+Contact:	Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
+Description:
+		These files show the various USB TMC capabilities as described
+		by the device itself.  The full description of the bitfields
+		can be found in the USB TMC documents from the USB-IF entitled
+		"Universal Serial Bus Test and Measurement Class Specification
+		(USBTMC) Revision 1.0" section 4.2.1.8.
+
+		The files are read only.
+
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/usb488_interface_capabilities
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/usb488_device_capabilities
+Date:		August 2008
+Contact:	Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
+Description:
+		These files show the various USB TMC capabilities as described
+		by the device itself.  The full description of the bitfields
+		can be found in the USB TMC documents from the USB-IF entitled
+		"Universal Serial Bus Test and Measurement Class, Subclass
+		USB488 Specification (USBTMC-USB488) Revision 1.0" section
+		4.2.2.
+
+		The files are read only.
+
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/TermChar
+Date:		August 2008
+Contact:	Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
+Description:
+		This file is the TermChar value to be sent to the USB TMC
+		device as described by the document, "Universal Serial Bus Test
+		and Measurement Class Specification
+		(USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as published by the USB-IF.
+
+		Note that the TermCharEnabled file determines if this value is
+		sent to the device or not.
+
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/TermCharEnabled
+Date:		August 2008
+Contact:	Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
+Description:
+		This file determines if the TermChar is to be sent to the
+		device on every transaction or not.  For more details about
+		this, please see the document, "Universal Serial Bus Test and
+		Measurement Class Specification (USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as
+		published by the USB-IF.
+
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/auto_abort
+Date:		August 2008
+Contact:	Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
+Description:
+		This file determines if the the transaction of the USB TMC
+		device is to be automatically aborted if there is any error.
+		For more details about this, please see the document,
+		"Universal Serial Bus Test and Measurement Class Specification
+		(USBTMC) Revision 1.0" as published by the USB-IF.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..75be431
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+What:		/sys/module
+Description:
+	The /sys/module tree consists of the following structure:
+
+	/sys/module/MODULENAME
+		The name of the module that is in the kernel.  This
+		module name will show up either if the module is built
+		directly into the kernel, or if it is loaded as a
+		dyanmic module.
+
+	/sys/module/MODULENAME/parameters
+		This directory contains individual files that are each
+		individual parameters of the module that are able to be
+		changed at runtime.  See the individual module
+		documentation as to the contents of these parameters and
+		what they accomplish.
+
+		Note: The individual parameter names and values are not
+		considered stable, only the fact that they will be
+		placed in this location within sysfs.  See the
+		individual driver documentation for details as to the
+		stability of the different parameters.
+
+	/sys/module/MODULENAME/refcnt
+		If the module is able to be unloaded from the kernel, this file
+		will contain the current reference count of the module.
+
+		Note: If the module is built into the kernel, or if the
+		CONFIG_MODULE_UNLOAD kernel configuration value is not enabled,
+		this file will not be present.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-kmemtrace b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-kmemtrace
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5e6a92a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-kmemtrace
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+What:		/sys/kernel/debug/kmemtrace/
+Date:		July 2008
+Contact:	Eduard - Gabriel Munteanu <eduard.munteanu@linux360.ro>
+Description:
+
+In kmemtrace-enabled kernels, the following files are created:
+
+/sys/kernel/debug/kmemtrace/
+	cpu<n>		(0400)	Per-CPU tracing data, see below. (binary)
+	total_overruns	(0400)	Total number of bytes which were dropped from
+				cpu<n> files because of full buffer condition,
+				non-binary. (text)
+	abi_version	(0400)	Kernel's kmemtrace ABI version. (text)
+
+Each per-CPU file should be read according to the relay interface. That is,
+the reader should set affinity to that specific CPU and, as currently done by
+the userspace application (though there are other methods), use poll() with
+an infinite timeout before every read(). Otherwise, erroneous data may be
+read. The binary data has the following _core_ format:
+
+	Event ID	(1 byte)	Unsigned integer, one of:
+		0 - represents an allocation (KMEMTRACE_EVENT_ALLOC)
+		1 - represents a freeing of previously allocated memory
+		    (KMEMTRACE_EVENT_FREE)
+	Type ID		(1 byte)	Unsigned integer, one of:
+		0 - this is a kmalloc() / kfree()
+		1 - this is a kmem_cache_alloc() / kmem_cache_free()
+		2 - this is a __get_free_pages() et al.
+	Event size	(2 bytes)	Unsigned integer representing the
+					size of this event. Used to extend
+					kmemtrace. Discard the bytes you
+					don't know about.
+	Sequence number	(4 bytes)	Signed integer used to reorder data
+					logged on SMP machines. Wraparound
+					must be taken into account, although
+					it is unlikely.
+	Caller address	(8 bytes)	Return address to the caller.
+	Pointer to mem	(8 bytes)	Pointer to target memory area. Can be
+					NULL, but not all such calls might be
+					recorded.
+
+In case of KMEMTRACE_EVENT_ALLOC events, the next fields follow:
+
+	Requested bytes	(8 bytes)	Total number of requested bytes,
+					unsigned, must not be zero.
+	Allocated bytes (8 bytes)	Total number of actually allocated
+					bytes, unsigned, must not be lower
+					than requested bytes.
+	Requested flags	(4 bytes)	GFP flags supplied by the caller.
+	Target CPU	(4 bytes)	Signed integer, valid for event id 1.
+					If equal to -1, target CPU is the same
+					as origin CPU, but the reverse might
+					not be true.
+
+The data is made available in the same endianness the machine has.
+
+Other event ids and type ids may be defined and added. Other fields may be
+added by increasing event size, but see below for details.
+Every modification to the ABI, including new id definitions, are followed
+by bumping the ABI version by one.
+
+Adding new data to the packet (features) is done at the end of the mandatory
+data:
+	Feature size	(2 byte)
+	Feature ID	(1 byte)
+	Feature data	(Feature size - 3 bytes)
+
+
+Users:
+	kmemtrace-user - git://repo.or.cz/kmemtrace-user.git
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf11736
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pktcdvd
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+What:           /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]
+Date:           Oct. 2006
+KernelVersion:  2.6.20
+Contact:        Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
+Description:
+
+debugfs interface
+-----------------
+
+The pktcdvd module (packet writing driver) creates
+these files in debugfs:
+
+/sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/
+    info            (0444) Lots of driver statistics and infos.
+
+Example:
+-------
+
+cat /sys/kernel/debug/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/info
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6cd6dae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/ima_policy
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+What:		security/ima/policy
+Date:		May 2008
+Contact:	Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+		The Trusted Computing Group(TCG) runtime Integrity
+		Measurement Architecture(IMA) maintains a list of hash
+		values of executables and other sensitive system files
+		loaded into the run-time of this system.  At runtime,
+		the policy can be constrained based on LSM specific data.
+		Policies are loaded into the securityfs file ima/policy
+		by opening the file, writing the rules one at a time and
+		then closing the file.  The new policy takes effect after
+		the file ima/policy is closed.
+
+		rule format: action [condition ...]
+
+		action: measure | dont_measure
+		condition:= base | lsm
+			base:	[[func=] [mask=] [fsmagic=] [uid=]]
+			lsm:	[[subj_user=] [subj_role=] [subj_type=]
+				 [obj_user=] [obj_role=] [obj_type=]]
+
+		base: 	func:= [BPRM_CHECK][FILE_MMAP][FILE_CHECK]
+			mask:= [MAY_READ] [MAY_WRITE] [MAY_APPEND] [MAY_EXEC]
+			fsmagic:= hex value
+			uid:= decimal value
+		lsm:  	are LSM specific
+
+		default policy:
+			# PROC_SUPER_MAGIC
+			dont_measure fsmagic=0x9fa0
+			# SYSFS_MAGIC
+			dont_measure fsmagic=0x62656572
+			# DEBUGFS_MAGIC
+			dont_measure fsmagic=0x64626720
+			# TMPFS_MAGIC
+			dont_measure fsmagic=0x01021994
+			# SECURITYFS_MAGIC
+			dont_measure fsmagic=0x73636673
+
+			measure func=BPRM_CHECK
+			measure func=FILE_MMAP mask=MAY_EXEC
+			measure func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ uid=0
+
+		The default policy measures all executables in bprm_check,
+		all files mmapped executable in file_mmap, and all files
+		open for read by root in do_filp_open.
+
+		Examples of LSM specific definitions:
+
+		SELinux:
+			# SELINUX_MAGIC
+			dont_measure fsmagic=0xF97CFF8C
+
+			dont_measure obj_type=var_log_t
+			dont_measure obj_type=auditd_log_t
+			measure subj_user=system_u func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
+			measure subj_role=system_r func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
+
+		Smack:
+			measure subj_user=_ func=FILE_CHECK mask=MAY_READ
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f91a973
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/procfs-diskstats
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+What:		/proc/diskstats
+Date:		February 2008
+Contact:	Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com>
+Description:
+		The /proc/diskstats file displays the I/O statistics
+		of block devices. Each line contains the following 14
+		fields:
+		 1 - major number
+		 2 - minor mumber
+		 3 - device name
+		 4 - reads completed successfully
+		 5 - reads merged
+		 6 - sectors read
+		 7 - time spent reading (ms)
+		 8 - writes completed
+		 9 - writes merged
+		10 - sectors written
+		11 - time spent writing (ms)
+		12 - I/Os currently in progress
+		13 - time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+		14 - weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+		For more details refer to Documentation/iostats.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4873c75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/stat
+Date:		February 2008
+Contact:	Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/block/<disk>/stat files displays the I/O
+		statistics of disk <disk>. They contain 11 fields:
+		 1 - reads completed successfully
+		 2 - reads merged
+		 3 - sectors read
+		 4 - time spent reading (ms)
+		 5 - writes completed
+		 6 - writes merged
+		 7 - sectors written
+		 8 - time spent writing (ms)
+		 9 - I/Os currently in progress
+		10 - time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+		11 - weighted time spent doing I/Os (ms)
+		For more details refer Documentation/iostats.txt
+
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/<part>/stat
+Date:		February 2008
+Contact:	Jerome Marchand <jmarchan@redhat.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/block/<disk>/<part>/stat files display the
+		I/O statistics of partition <part>. The format is the
+		same as the above-written /sys/block/<disk>/stat
+		format.
+
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/integrity/format
+Date:		June 2008
+Contact:	Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		Metadata format for integrity capable block device.
+		E.g. T10-DIF-TYPE1-CRC.
+
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/integrity/read_verify
+Date:		June 2008
+Contact:	Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		Indicates whether the block layer should verify the
+		integrity of read requests serviced by devices that
+		support sending integrity metadata.
+
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/integrity/tag_size
+Date:		June 2008
+Contact:	Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		Number of bytes of integrity tag space available per
+		512 bytes of data.
+
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/integrity/write_generate
+Date:		June 2008
+Contact:	Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		Indicates whether the block layer should automatically
+		generate checksums for write requests bound for
+		devices that support receiving integrity metadata.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/alignment_offset
+Date:		April 2009
+Contact:	Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		Storage devices may report a physical block size that is
+		bigger than the logical block size (for instance a drive
+		with 4KB physical sectors exposing 512-byte logical
+		blocks to the operating system).  This parameter
+		indicates how many bytes the beginning of the device is
+		offset from the disk's natural alignment.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/<partition>/alignment_offset
+Date:		April 2009
+Contact:	Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		Storage devices may report a physical block size that is
+		bigger than the logical block size (for instance a drive
+		with 4KB physical sectors exposing 512-byte logical
+		blocks to the operating system).  This parameter
+		indicates how many bytes the beginning of the partition
+		is offset from the disk's natural alignment.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/queue/logical_block_size
+Date:		May 2009
+Contact:	Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		This is the smallest unit the storage device can
+		address.  It is typically 512 bytes.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/queue/physical_block_size
+Date:		May 2009
+Contact:	Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		This is the smallest unit a physical storage device can
+		write atomically.  It is usually the same as the logical
+		block size but may be bigger.  One example is SATA
+		drives with 4KB sectors that expose a 512-byte logical
+		block size to the operating system.  For stacked block
+		devices the physical_block_size variable contains the
+		maximum physical_block_size of the component devices.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/queue/minimum_io_size
+Date:		April 2009
+Contact:	Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		Storage devices may report a granularity or preferred
+		minimum I/O size which is the smallest request the
+		device can perform without incurring a performance
+		penalty.  For disk drives this is often the physical
+		block size.  For RAID arrays it is often the stripe
+		chunk size.  A properly aligned multiple of
+		minimum_io_size is the preferred request size for
+		workloads where a high number of I/O operations is
+		desired.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/queue/optimal_io_size
+Date:		April 2009
+Contact:	Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
+Description:
+		Storage devices may report an optimal I/O size, which is
+		the device's preferred unit for sustained I/O.  This is
+		rarely reported for disk drives.  For RAID arrays it is
+		usually the stripe width or the internal track size.  A
+		properly aligned multiple of optimal_io_size is the
+		preferred request size for workloads where sustained
+		throughput is desired.  If no optimal I/O size is
+		reported this file contains 0.
+
+What:		/sys/block/<disk>/queue/nomerges
+Date:		January 2010
+Contact:
+Description:
+		Standard I/O elevator operations include attempts to
+		merge contiguous I/Os. For known random I/O loads these
+		attempts will always fail and result in extra cycles
+		being spent in the kernel. This allows one to turn off
+		this behavior on one of two ways: When set to 1, complex
+		merge checks are disabled, but the simple one-shot merges
+		with the previous I/O request are enabled. When set to 2,
+		all merge tries are disabled. The default value is 0 -
+		which enables all types of merge tries.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b585ec2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-css
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/css/devices/.../type
+Date:		March 2008
+Contact:	Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
+		linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Contains the subchannel type, as reported by the hardware.
+		This attribute is present for all subchannel types.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/css/devices/.../modalias
+Date:		March 2008
+Contact:	Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
+		linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Contains the module alias as reported with uevents.
+		It is of the format css:t<type> and present for all
+		subchannel types.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/css/drivers/io_subchannel/.../chpids
+Date:		December 2002
+Contact:	Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
+		linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Contains the ids of the channel paths used by this
+		subchannel, as reported by the channel subsystem
+		during subchannel recognition.
+		Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute.
+Users:		s390-tools, HAL
+
+What:		/sys/bus/css/drivers/io_subchannel/.../pimpampom
+Date:		December 2002
+Contact:	Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
+		linux-s390@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Contains the PIM/PAM/POM values, as reported by the
+		channel subsystem when last queried by the common I/O
+		layer (this implies that this attribute is not neccessarily
+		in sync with the values current in the channel subsystem).
+		Note: This is an I/O-subchannel specific attribute.
+Users:		s390-tools, HAL
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25be325
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../bind
+Date:		December 2003
+Contact:	linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Writing a device location to this file will cause
+		the driver to attempt to bind to the device found at
+		this location.	This is useful for overriding default
+		bindings.  The format for the location is: DDDD:BB:DD.F.
+		That is Domain:Bus:Device.Function and is the same as
+		found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/.  For example:
+		# echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/bind
+		(Note: kernels before 2.6.28 may require echo -n).
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../unbind
+Date:		December 2003
+Contact:	linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Writing a device location to this file will cause the
+		driver to attempt to unbind from the device found at
+		this location.	This may be useful when overriding default
+		bindings.  The format for the location is: DDDD:BB:DD.F.
+		That is Domain:Bus:Device.Function and is the same as
+		found in /sys/bus/pci/devices/. For example:
+		# echo 0000:00:19.0 > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/unbind
+		(Note: kernels before 2.6.28 may require echo -n).
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../new_id
+Date:		December 2003
+Contact:	linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Writing a device ID to this file will attempt to
+		dynamically add a new device ID to a PCI device driver.
+		This may allow the driver to support more hardware than
+		was included in the driver's static device ID support
+		table at compile time.  The format for the device ID is:
+		VVVV DDDD SVVV SDDD CCCC MMMM PPPP.  That is Vendor ID,
+		Device ID, Subsystem Vendor ID, Subsystem Device ID,
+		Class, Class Mask, and Private Driver Data.  The Vendor ID
+		and Device ID fields are required, the rest are optional.
+		Upon successfully adding an ID, the driver will probe
+		for the device and attempt to bind to it.  For example:
+		# echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/new_id
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/drivers/.../remove_id
+Date:		February 2009
+Contact:	Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
+Description:
+		Writing a device ID to this file will remove an ID
+		that was dynamically added via the new_id sysfs entry.
+		The format for the device ID is:
+		VVVV DDDD SVVV SDDD CCCC MMMM.	That is Vendor ID, Device
+		ID, Subsystem Vendor ID, Subsystem Device ID, Class,
+		and Class Mask.  The Vendor ID and Device ID fields are
+		required, the rest are optional.  After successfully
+		removing an ID, the driver will no longer support the
+		device.  This is useful to ensure auto probing won't
+		match the driver to the device.  For example:
+		# echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/pci/drivers/foo/remove_id
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/rescan
+Date:		January 2009
+Contact:	Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+		Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will
+		force a rescan of all PCI buses in the system, and
+		re-discover previously removed devices.
+		Depends on CONFIG_HOTPLUG.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../remove
+Date:		January 2009
+Contact:	Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+		Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will
+		hot-remove the PCI device and any of its children.
+		Depends on CONFIG_HOTPLUG.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../rescan
+Date:		January 2009
+Contact:	Linux PCI developers <linux-pci@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+		Writing a non-zero value to this attribute will
+		force a rescan of the device's parent bus and all
+		child buses, and re-discover devices removed earlier
+		from this part of the device tree.
+		Depends on CONFIG_HOTPLUG.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../reset
+Date:		July 2009
+Contact:	Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
+Description:
+		Some devices allow an individual function to be reset
+		without affecting other functions in the same device.
+		For devices that have this support, a file named reset
+		will be present in sysfs.  Writing 1 to this file
+		will perform reset.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../vpd
+Date:		February 2008
+Contact:	Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
+Description:
+		A file named vpd in a device directory will be a
+		binary file containing the Vital Product Data for the
+		device.  It should follow the VPD format defined in
+		PCI Specification 2.1 or 2.2, but users should consider
+		that some devices may have malformatted data.  If the
+		underlying VPD has a writable section then the
+		corresponding section of this file will be writable.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../virtfnN
+Date:		March 2009
+Contact:	Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com>
+Description:
+		This symbolic link appears when hardware supports the SR-IOV
+		capability and the Physical Function driver has enabled it.
+		The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of the
+		Virtual Function whose index is N (0...MaxVFs-1).
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../dep_link
+Date:		March 2009
+Contact:	Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com>
+Description:
+		This symbolic link appears when hardware supports the SR-IOV
+		capability and the Physical Function driver has enabled it,
+		and this device has vendor specific dependencies with others.
+		The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of
+		Physical Function this device depends on.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/.../physfn
+Date:		March 2009
+Contact:	Yu Zhao <yu.zhao@intel.com>
+Description:
+		This symbolic link appears when a device is a Virtual Function.
+		The symbolic link points to the PCI device sysfs entry of the
+		Physical Function this device associates with.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/pci/slots/.../module
+Date:		June 2009
+Contact:	linux-pci@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		This symbolic link points to the PCI hotplug controller driver
+		module that manages the hotplug slot.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f29e5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci-devices-cciss
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+Where:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/model
+Date:		March 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.30
+Contact:	iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description:	Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 model for logical drive
+		Y of controller X.
+
+Where:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/rev
+Date:		March 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.30
+Contact:	iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description:	Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 revision for logical
+		drive Y of controller X.
+
+Where:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/unique_id
+Date:		March 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.30
+Contact:	iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description:	Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 83 serial number for logical
+		drive Y of controller X.
+
+Where:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/vendor
+Date:		March 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.30
+Contact:	iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description:	Displays the SCSI INQUIRY page 0 vendor for logical drive
+		Y of controller X.
+
+Where:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/block:cciss!cXdY
+Date:		March 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.30
+Contact:	iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description:	A symbolic link to /sys/block/cciss!cXdY
+
+Where:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/rescan
+Date:		August 2009
+Kernel Version:	2.6.31
+Contact:	iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description:	Kicks of a rescan of the controller to discover logical
+		drive topology changes.
+
+Where:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/lunid
+Date:		August 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.31
+Contact:	iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description:	Displays the 8-byte LUN ID used to address logical
+		drive Y of controller X.
+
+Where:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/raid_level
+Date:		August 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.31
+Contact:	iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description:	Displays the RAID level of logical drive Y of
+		controller X.
+
+Where:		/sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/ccissX/cXdY/usage_count
+Date:		August 2009
+Kernel Version: 2.6.31
+Contact:	iss_storagedev@hp.com
+Description:	Displays the usage count (number of opens) of logical drive Y
+		of controller X.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..948fec4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-umc
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+What:           /sys/bus/umc/
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+                The Wireless Host Controller Interface (WHCI)
+                specification describes a PCI-based device with
+                multiple capabilities; the UWB Multi-interface
+                Controller (UMC).
+
+                The umc bus presents each of the individual
+                capabilties as a device.
+
+What:           /sys/bus/umc/devices/.../capability_id
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+                The ID of this capability, with 0 being the radio
+                controller capability.
+
+What:           /sys/bus/umc/devices/.../version
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+                The specification version this capability's hardware
+                interface complies with.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..294aa86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/autosuspend
+Date:		March 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.21
+Contact:	Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
+Description:
+		Each USB device directory will contain a file named
+		power/autosuspend.  This file holds the time (in seconds)
+		the device must be idle before it will be autosuspended.
+		0 means the device will be autosuspended as soon as
+		possible.  Negative values will prevent the device from
+		being autosuspended at all, and writing a negative value
+		will resume the device if it is already suspended.
+
+		The autosuspend delay for newly-created devices is set to
+		the value of the usbcore.autosuspend module parameter.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/persist
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.23
+Contact:	Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
+Description:
+		If CONFIG_USB_PERSIST is set, then each USB device directory
+		will contain a file named power/persist.  The file holds a
+		boolean value (0 or 1) indicating whether or not the
+		"USB-Persist" facility is enabled for the device.  Since the
+		facility is inherently dangerous, it is disabled by default
+		for all devices except hubs.  For more information, see
+		Documentation/usb/persist.txt.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/device/.../power/connected_duration
+Date:		January 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.25
+Contact:	Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@intel.com>
+Description:
+		If CONFIG_PM and CONFIG_USB_SUSPEND are enabled, then this file
+		is present.  When read, it returns the total time (in msec)
+		that the USB device has been connected to the machine.  This
+		file is read-only.
+Users:
+		PowerTOP <power@bughost.org>
+		http://www.lesswatts.org/projects/powertop/
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/device/.../power/active_duration
+Date:		January 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.25
+Contact:	Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@intel.com>
+Description:
+		If CONFIG_PM and CONFIG_USB_SUSPEND are enabled, then this file
+		is present.  When read, it returns the total time (in msec)
+		that the USB device has been active, i.e. not in a suspended
+		state.  This file is read-only.
+
+		Tools can use this file and the connected_duration file to
+		compute the percentage of time that a device has been active.
+		For example,
+		echo $((100 * `cat active_duration` / `cat connected_duration`))
+		will give an integer percentage.  Note that this does not
+		account for counter wrap.
+Users:
+		PowerTOP <power@bughost.org>
+		http://www.lesswatts.org/projects/powertop/
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/device/<busnum>-<devnum>...:<config num>-<interface num>/supports_autosuspend
+Date:		January 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.27
+Contact:	Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@intel.com>
+Description:
+		When read, this file returns 1 if the interface driver
+		for this interface supports autosuspend.  It also
+		returns 1 if no driver has claimed this interface, as an
+		unclaimed interface will not stop the device from being
+		autosuspended if all other interface drivers are idle.
+		The file returns 0 if autosuspend support has not been
+		added to the driver.
+Users:
+		USB PM tool
+		git://git.moblin.org/users/sarah/usb-pm-tool/
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/device/.../authorized
+Date:		July 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+		Authorized devices are available for use by device
+		drivers, non-authorized one are not.  By default, wired
+		USB devices are authorized.
+
+		Certified Wireless USB devices are not authorized
+		initially and should be (by writing 1) after the
+		device has been authenticated.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_cdid
+Date:		July 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.27
+Contact:	David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+		For Certified Wireless USB devices only.
+
+		A devices's CDID, as 16 space-separated hex octets.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_ck
+Date:		July 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.27
+Contact:	David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+		For Certified Wireless USB devices only.
+
+		Write the device's connection key (CK) to start the
+		authentication of the device.  The CK is 16
+		space-separated hex octets.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/device/.../wusb_disconnect
+Date:		July 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.27
+Contact:	David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+		For Certified Wireless USB devices only.
+
+		Write a 1 to force the device to disconnect
+		(equivalent to unplugging a wired USB device).
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../remove_id
+Date:		November 2009
+Contact:	CHENG Renquan <rqcheng@smu.edu.sg>
+Description:
+		Writing a device ID to this file will remove an ID
+		that was dynamically added via the new_id sysfs entry.
+		The format for the device ID is:
+		idVendor idProduct.	After successfully
+		removing an ID, the driver will no longer support the
+		device.  This is useful to ensure auto probing won't
+		match the driver to the device.  For example:
+		# echo "046d c315" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/remove_id
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/device/.../avoid_reset_quirk
+Date:		December 2009
+Contact:	Oliver Neukum <oliver@neukum.org>
+Description:
+		Writing 1 to this file tells the kernel that this
+		device will morph into another mode when it is reset.
+		Drivers will not use reset for error handling for
+		such devices.
+Users:
+		usb_modeswitch
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb830df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb-devices-usbsevseg
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+Where:		/sys/bus/usb/.../powered
+Date:		August 2008
+Kernel Version:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
+Description:	Controls whether the device's display will powered.
+		A value of 0 is off and a non-zero value is on.
+
+Where:		/sys/bus/usb/.../mode_msb
+Where:		/sys/bus/usb/.../mode_lsb
+Date:		August 2008
+Kernel Version:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
+Description:	Controls the devices display mode.
+		For a 6 character display the values are
+			MSB 0x06; LSB 0x3F, and
+		for an 8 character display the values are
+			MSB 0x08; LSB 0xFF.
+
+Where:		/sys/bus/usb/.../textmode
+Date:		August 2008
+Kernel Version:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
+Description:	Controls the way the device interprets its text buffer.
+		raw:	each character controls its segment manually
+		hex:	each character is between 0-15
+		ascii:	each character is between '0'-'9' and 'A'-'F'.
+
+Where:		/sys/bus/usb/.../text
+Date:		August 2008
+Kernel Version:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
+Description:	The text (or data) for the device to display
+
+Where:		/sys/bus/usb/.../decimals
+Date:		August 2008
+Kernel Version:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Harrison Metzger <harrisonmetz@gmail.com>
+Description:	Controls the decimal places on the device.
+		To set the nth decimal place, give this field
+		the value of 10 ** n. Assume this field has
+		the value k and has 1 or more decimal places set,
+		to set the mth place (where m is not already set),
+		change this fields value to k + 10 ** m.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..716cffc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-c2port
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+What:		/sys/class/c2port/
+Date:		October 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/c2port/ directory will contain files and
+		directories that will provide a unified interface to
+		the C2 port interface.
+
+What:		/sys/class/c2port/c2portX
+Date:		October 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/ directory is related to X-th
+		C2 port into the system. Each directory will contain files to
+		manage and control its C2 port.
+
+What:		/sys/class/c2port/c2portX/access
+Date:		October 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/access file enable the access
+		to the C2 port from the system. No commands can be sent
+		till this entry is set to 0.
+
+What:		/sys/class/c2port/c2portX/dev_id
+Date:		October 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/dev_id file show the device ID
+		of the connected micro.
+
+What:		/sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_access
+Date:		October 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_access file enable the
+		access to the on-board flash of the connected micro.
+		No commands can be sent till this entry is set to 0.
+
+What:		/sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_block_size
+Date:		October 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_block_size file show
+		the on-board flash block size of the connected micro.
+
+What:		/sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_blocks_num
+Date:		October 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_blocks_num file show
+		the on-board flash blocks number of the connected micro.
+
+What:		/sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_data
+Date:		October 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_data file export
+		the content of the on-board flash of the connected micro.
+
+What:		/sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase
+Date:		October 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase file execute
+		the "erase" command on the on-board flash of the connected
+		micro.
+
+What:		/sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase
+Date:		October 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/flash_erase file show the
+		on-board flash size of the connected micro.
+
+What:		/sys/class/c2port/c2portX/reset
+Date:		October 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/reset file execute a "reset"
+		command on the connected micro.
+
+What:		/sys/class/c2port/c2portX/rev_id
+Date:		October 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/c2port/c2portX/rev_id file show the revision ID
+		of the connected micro.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b0cb89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What:		/sys/class/
+Date:		Febuary 2006
+Contact:	Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class directory will consist of a group of
+		subdirectories describing individual classes of devices
+		in the kernel.  The individual directories will consist
+		of either subdirectories, or symlinks to other
+		directories.
+
+		All programs that use this directory tree must be able
+		to handle both subdirectories or symlinks in order to
+		work properly.
+
+Users:
+	udev <linux-hotplug-devel@lists.sourceforge.net>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f50097
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bdi
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+What:		/sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/
+Date:		January 2008
+Contact:	Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
+Description:
+
+Provide a place in sysfs for the backing_dev_info object.  This allows
+setting and retrieving various BDI specific variables.
+
+The <bdi> identifier can be either of the following:
+
+MAJOR:MINOR
+
+	Device number for block devices, or value of st_dev on
+	non-block filesystems which provide their own BDI, such as NFS
+	and FUSE.
+
+MAJOR:MINOR-fuseblk
+
+	Value of st_dev on fuseblk filesystems.
+
+default
+
+	The default backing dev, used for non-block device backed
+	filesystems which do not provide their own BDI.
+
+Files under /sys/class/bdi/<bdi>/
+---------------------------------
+
+read_ahead_kb (read-write)
+
+	Size of the read-ahead window in kilobytes
+
+min_ratio (read-write)
+
+	Under normal circumstances each device is given a part of the
+	total write-back cache that relates to its current average
+	writeout speed in relation to the other devices.
+
+	The 'min_ratio' parameter allows assigning a minimum
+	percentage of the write-back cache to a particular device.
+	For example, this is useful for providing a minimum QoS.
+
+max_ratio (read-write)
+
+	Allows limiting a particular device to use not more than the
+	given percentage of the write-back cache.  This is useful in
+	situations where we want to avoid one device taking all or
+	most of the write-back cache.  For example in case of an NFS
+	mount that is prone to get stuck, or a FUSE mount which cannot
+	be trusted to play fair.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35906bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+What:		/sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/lcd_power
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+		Control LCD power, values are FB_BLANK_* from fb.h
+		 - FB_BLANK_UNBLANK (0)   : power on.
+		 - FB_BLANK_POWERDOWN (4) : power off
+
+What:		/sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/contrast
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+		Current contrast of this LCD device. Value is between 0 and
+		/sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/max_contrast.
+
+What:		/sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/max_contrast
+Date:		April 2005
+KernelVersion:	2.6.12
+Contact:	Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+		Maximum contrast for this LCD device.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e4541d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+What:		/sys/class/leds/<led>/brightness
+Date:		March 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+		Set the brightness of the LED. Most LEDs don't
+		have hardware brightness support so will just be turned on for
+		non-zero brightness settings. The value is between 0 and
+		/sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness.
+
+What:		/sys/class/leds/<led>/max_brightness
+Date:		March 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+		Maximum brightness level for this led, default is 255 (LED_FULL).
+
+What:		/sys/class/leds/<led>/trigger
+Date:		March 2006
+KernelVersion:	2.6.17
+Contact:	Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
+Description:
+		Set the trigger for this LED. A trigger is a kernel based source
+		of led events.
+		You can change triggers in a similar manner to the way an IO
+		scheduler is chosen. Trigger specific parameters can appear in
+		/sys/class/leds/<led> once a given trigger is selected.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d55a18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mtd
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/
+Date:		April 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.29
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		The mtd/ class subdirectory belongs to the MTD subsystem
+		(MTD core).
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdX/
+Date:		April 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.29
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/mtd/mtd{0,1,2,3,...} directories correspond
+		to each /dev/mtdX character device.  These may represent
+		physical/simulated flash devices, partitions on a flash
+		device, or concatenated flash devices.  They exist regardless
+		of whether CONFIG_MTD_CHAR is actually enabled.
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdXro/
+Date:		April 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.29
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		These directories provide the corresponding read-only device
+		nodes for /sys/class/mtd/mtdX/ .  They are only created
+		(for the benefit of udev) if CONFIG_MTD_CHAR is enabled.
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdX/dev
+Date:		April 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.29
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding
+		to this MTD device (in <major>:<minor> format).  This is the
+		read-write device so <minor> will be even.
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdXro/dev
+Date:		April 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.29
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		Major and minor numbers of the character device corresponding
+		to the read-only variant of thie MTD device (in
+		<major>:<minor> format).  In this case <minor> will be odd.
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdX/erasesize
+Date:		April 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.29
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		"Major" erase size for the device.  If numeraseregions is
+		zero, this is the eraseblock size for the entire device.
+		Otherwise, the MEMGETREGIONCOUNT/MEMGETREGIONINFO ioctls
+		can be used to determine the actual eraseblock layout.
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdX/flags
+Date:		April 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.29
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		A hexadecimal value representing the device flags, ORed
+		together:
+
+		0x0400: MTD_WRITEABLE - device is writable
+		0x0800: MTD_BIT_WRITEABLE - single bits can be flipped
+		0x1000: MTD_NO_ERASE - no erase necessary
+		0x2000: MTD_POWERUP_LOCK - always locked after reset
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdX/name
+Date:		April 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.29
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		A human-readable ASCII name for the device or partition.
+		This will match the name in /proc/mtd .
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdX/numeraseregions
+Date:		April 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.29
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		For devices that have variable eraseblock sizes, this
+		provides the total number of erase regions.  Otherwise,
+		it will read back as zero.
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdX/oobsize
+Date:		April 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.29
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		Number of OOB bytes per page.
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdX/size
+Date:		April 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.29
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		Total size of the device/partition, in bytes.
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdX/type
+Date:		April 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.29
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		One of the following ASCII strings, representing the device
+		type:
+
+		absent, ram, rom, nor, nand, dataflash, ubi, unknown
+
+What:		/sys/class/mtd/mtdX/writesize
+Date:		April 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.29
+Contact:	linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org
+Description:
+		Minimal writable flash unit size.  This will always be
+		a positive integer.
+
+		In the case of NOR flash it is 1 (even though individual
+		bits can be cleared).
+
+		In the case of NAND flash it is one NAND page (or a
+		half page, or a quarter page).
+
+		In the case of ECC NOR, it is the ECC block size.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1c3f02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-pktcdvd
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+What:           /sys/class/pktcdvd/
+Date:           Oct. 2006
+KernelVersion:  2.6.20
+Contact:        Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
+Description:
+
+sysfs interface
+---------------
+
+The pktcdvd module (packet writing driver) creates
+these files in the sysfs:
+(<devid> is in format  major:minor )
+
+/sys/class/pktcdvd/
+    add            (0200)  Write a block device id (major:minor)
+                           to create a new pktcdvd device and map
+                           it to the block device.
+
+    remove         (0200)  Write the pktcdvd device id (major:minor)
+                           to it to remove the pktcdvd device.
+
+    device_map     (0444)  Shows the device mapping in format:
+                             pktcdvd[0-7] <pktdevid> <blkdevid>
+
+/sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/
+    dev                   (0444) Device id
+    uevent                (0200) To send an uevent.
+
+/sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/stat/
+    packets_started       (0444) Number of started packets.
+    packets_finished      (0444) Number of finished packets.
+
+    kb_written            (0444) kBytes written.
+    kb_read               (0444) kBytes read.
+    kb_read_gather        (0444) kBytes read to fill write packets.
+
+    reset                 (0200) Write any value to it to reset
+                                 pktcdvd device statistic values, like
+                                 bytes read/written.
+
+/sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/write_queue/
+    size                  (0444) Contains the size of the bio write
+                                 queue.
+
+    congestion_off        (0644) If bio write queue size is below
+                                 this mark, accept new bio requests
+                                 from the block layer.
+
+    congestion_on         (0644) If bio write queue size is higher
+                                 as this mark, do no longer accept
+                                 bio write requests from the block
+                                 layer and wait till the pktcdvd
+                                 device has processed enough bio's
+                                 so that bio write queue size is
+                                 below congestion off mark.
+                                 A value of <= 0 disables congestion
+                                 control.
+
+
+Example:
+--------
+To use the pktcdvd sysfs interface directly, you can do:
+
+# create a new pktcdvd device mapped to /dev/hdc
+echo "22:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/add
+cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map
+# assuming device pktcdvd0 was created, look at stat's
+cat /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd0/stat/kb_written
+# print the device id of the mapped block device
+fgrep pktcdvd0 /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map
+# remove device, using pktcdvd0 device id   253:0
+echo "253:0" >/sys/class/pktcdvd/remove
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78c7bac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What:		/sys/class/power/ds2760-battery.*/charge_now
+Date:		May 2010
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de>
+Description:
+		This file is writeable and can be used to set the current
+		coloumb counter value inside the battery monitor chip. This
+		is needed for unavoidable corrections of aging batteries.
+		A userspace daemon can monitor the battery charging logic
+		and once the counter drops out of considerable bounds, take
+		appropriate action.
+
+What:		/sys/class/power/ds2760-battery.*/charge_full
+Date:		May 2010
+KernelVersion:	2.6.35
+Contact:	Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de>
+Description:
+		This file is writeable and can be used to set the assumed
+		battery 'full level'. As batteries age, this value has to be
+		amended over time.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e091fa8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-regulator
@@ -0,0 +1,351 @@
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../state
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		state. This reports the regulator enable control, for
+		regulators which can report that input value.
+
+		This will be one of the following strings:
+
+		'enabled'
+		'disabled'
+		'unknown'
+
+		'enabled' means the regulator output is ON and is supplying
+		power to the system (assuming no error prevents it).
+
+		'disabled' means the regulator output is OFF and is not
+		supplying power to the system (unless some non-Linux
+		control has enabled it).
+
+		'unknown' means software cannot determine the state, or
+		the reported state is invalid.
+
+		NOTE: this field can be used in conjunction with microvolts
+		or microamps to determine configured regulator output levels.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../status
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		"status". This reports the current regulator status, for
+		regulators which can report that output value.
+
+		This will be one of the following strings:
+
+			off
+			on
+			error
+			fast
+			normal
+			idle
+			standby
+
+		"off" means the regulator is not supplying power to the
+		system.
+
+		"on" means the regulator is supplying power to the system,
+		and the regulator can't report a detailed operation mode.
+
+		"error" indicates an out-of-regulation status such as being
+		disabled due to thermal shutdown, or voltage being unstable
+		because of problems with the input power supply.
+
+		"fast", "normal", "idle", and "standby" are all detailed
+		regulator operation modes (described elsewhere).  They
+		imply "on", but provide more detail.
+
+		Note that regulator status is a function of many inputs,
+		not limited to control inputs from Linux.  For example,
+		the actual load presented may trigger "error" status; or
+		a regulator may be enabled by another user, even though
+		Linux did not enable it.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../type
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Each regulator directory will contain a field called
+		type. This holds the regulator type.
+
+		This will be one of the following strings:
+
+		'voltage'
+		'current'
+		'unknown'
+
+		'voltage' means the regulator output voltage can be controlled
+		by software.
+
+		'current' means the regulator output current limit can be
+		controlled by software.
+
+		'unknown' means software cannot control either voltage or
+		current limit.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../microvolts
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		microvolts. This holds the regulator output voltage setting
+		measured in microvolts (i.e. E-6 Volts), for regulators
+		which can report the control input for voltage.
+
+		NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator
+		output voltage level as this value is the same regardless of
+		whether the regulator is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../microamps
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		microamps. This holds the regulator output current limit
+		setting measured in microamps (i.e. E-6 Amps), for regulators
+		which can report the control input for a current limit.
+
+		NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator
+		output current level as this value is the same regardless of
+		whether the regulator is enabled or disabled.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../opmode
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		opmode. This holds the current regulator operating mode,
+		for regulators which can report that control input value.
+
+		The opmode value can be one of the following strings:
+
+		'fast'
+		'normal'
+		'idle'
+		'standby'
+		'unknown'
+
+		The modes are described in include/linux/regulator/consumer.h
+
+		NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator
+		output operating mode as this value is the same regardless of
+		whether the regulator is enabled or disabled.  A "status"
+		attribute may be available to determine the actual mode.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../min_microvolts
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		min_microvolts. This holds the minimum safe working regulator
+		output voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts,
+		for regulators which support voltage constraints.
+
+		NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if
+		the power domain has no min microvolts constraint defined by
+		platform code.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../max_microvolts
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		max_microvolts. This holds the maximum safe working regulator
+		output voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts,
+		for regulators which support voltage constraints.
+
+		NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if
+		the power domain has no max microvolts constraint defined by
+		platform code.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../min_microamps
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		min_microamps. This holds the minimum safe working regulator
+		output current limit setting for this domain measured in
+		microamps, for regulators which support current constraints.
+
+		NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if
+		the power domain has no min microamps constraint defined by
+		platform code.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../max_microamps
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		max_microamps. This holds the maximum safe working regulator
+		output current limit setting for this domain measured in
+		microamps, for regulators which support current constraints.
+
+		NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if
+		the power domain has no max microamps constraint defined by
+		platform code.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../name
+Date:		October 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.28
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Each regulator directory will contain a field called
+		name. This holds a string identifying the regulator for
+		display purposes.
+
+		NOTE: this will be empty if no suitable name is provided
+		by platform or regulator drivers.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../num_users
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Each regulator directory will contain a field called
+		num_users. This holds the number of consumer devices that
+		have called regulator_enable() on this regulator.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../requested_microamps
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		requested_microamps. This holds the total requested load
+		current in microamps for this regulator from all its consumer
+		devices.
+
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../parent
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a link called parent.
+		This points to the parent or supply regulator if one exists.
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_microvolts
+Date:		May 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		suspend_mem_microvolts. This holds the regulator output
+		voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when
+		the system is suspended to memory, for voltage regulators
+		implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints.
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_microvolts
+Date:		May 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		suspend_disk_microvolts. This holds the regulator output
+		voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when
+		the system is suspended to disk, for voltage regulators
+		implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints.
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_microvolts
+Date:		May 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		suspend_standby_microvolts. This holds the regulator output
+		voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when
+		the system is suspended to standby, for voltage regulators
+		implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints.
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_mode
+Date:		May 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		suspend_mem_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode
+		setting for this domain when the system is suspended to
+		memory, for regulators implementing suspend mode
+		configuration constraints.
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_mode
+Date:		May 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		suspend_disk_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode
+		setting for this domain when the system is suspended to disk,
+		for regulators implementing suspend mode configuration
+		constraints.
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_mode
+Date:		May 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		suspend_standby_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode
+		setting for this domain when the system is suspended to
+		standby, for regulators implementing suspend mode
+		configuration constraints.
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_state
+Date:		May 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		suspend_mem_state. This holds the regulator operating state
+		when suspended to memory, for regulators implementing suspend
+		configuration constraints.
+
+		This will be one of the same strings reported by
+		the "state" attribute.
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_state
+Date:		May 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		suspend_disk_state. This holds the regulator operating state
+		when suspended to disk, for regulators implementing
+		suspend configuration constraints.
+
+		This will be one of the same strings reported by
+		the "state" attribute.
+
+What:		/sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_state
+Date:		May 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Some regulator directories will contain a field called
+		suspend_standby_state. This holds the regulator operating
+		state when suspended to standby, for regulators implementing
+		suspend configuration constraints.
+
+		This will be one of the same strings reported by
+		the "state" attribute.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a5fd07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+                Interfaces for WiMedia Ultra Wideband Common Radio
+                Platform (UWB) radio controllers.
+
+                Familiarity with the ECMA-368 'High Rate Ultra
+                Wideband MAC and PHY Specification' is assumed.
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/beacon_timeout_ms
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Description:
+                If no beacons are received from a device for at least
+                this time, the device will be considered to have gone
+                and it will be removed.  The default is 3 superframes
+                (~197 ms) as required by the specification.
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+                An individual UWB radio controller.
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/beacon
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+                Write:
+
+                <channel>
+
+                to force a specific channel to be used when beaconing,
+                or, if <channel> is -1, to prohibit beaconing.  If
+                <channel> is 0, then the default channel selection
+                algorithm will be used.  Valid channels depends on the
+                radio controller's supported band groups.
+
+                Reading returns the currently active channel, or -1 if
+                the radio controller is not beaconing.
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/scan
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+                Write:
+
+                <channel> <type> [<bpst offset>]
+
+                to start (or stop) scanning on a channel.  <type> is one of:
+                    0 - scan
+                    1 - scan outside BP
+                    2 - scan while inactive
+                    3 - scanning disabled
+                    4 - scan (with start time of <bpst offset>)
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/mac_address
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+                The EUI-48, in colon-separated hex octets, for this
+                radio controller.  A write will change the radio
+                controller's EUI-48 but only do so while the device is
+                not beaconing or scanning.
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+                A symlink to the device (if any) of the WUSB Host
+                Controller PAL using this radio controller.
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+                A neighbour UWB device that has either been detected
+                as part of a scan or is a member of the radio
+                controllers beacon group.
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/BPST
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+                The time (using the radio controllers internal 1 ms
+                interval superframe timer) of the last beacon from
+                this device was received.
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/DevAddr
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+                The current DevAddr of this device in colon separated
+                hex octets.
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/EUI_48
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+
+                The EUI-48 of this device in colon separated hex
+                octets.
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/BPST
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/IEs
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+                The latest IEs included in this device's beacon, in
+                space separated hex octets with one IE per line.
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/LQE
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+                Link Quality Estimate - the Signal to Noise Ratio
+                (SNR) of all packets received from this device in dB.
+                This gives an estimate on a suitable PHY rate. Refer
+                to [ECMA-368] section 13.3 for more details.
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/<EUI-48>/RSSI
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+                Received Signal Strength Indication - the strength of
+                the received signal in dB.  LQE is a more useful
+                measure of the radio link quality.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25b1e75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-uwb_rc-wusbhc
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_chid
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+                Write the CHID (16 space-separated hex octets) for this host controller.
+                This starts the host controller, allowing it to accept connection from
+                WUSB devices.
+
+                Set an all zero CHID to stop the host controller.
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_trust_timeout
+Date:           July 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+                Devices that haven't sent a WUSB packet to the host
+                within 'wusb_trust_timeout' ms are considered to have
+                disconnected and are removed.  The default value of
+                4000 ms is the value required by the WUSB
+                specification.
+
+                Since this relates to security (specifically, the
+                lifetime of PTKs and GTKs) it should not be changed
+                from the default.
+
+What:           /sys/class/uwb_rc/uwbN/wusbhc/wusb_phy_rate
+Date:           August 2009
+KernelVersion:  2.6.32
+Contact:        David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+                The maximum PHY rate to use for all connected devices.
+                This is only of limited use for testing and
+                development as the hardware's automatic rate
+                adaptation is better then this simple control.
+
+                Refer to [ECMA-368] section 10.3.1.1 for the value to
+                use.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a9f2b8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-dev
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What:		/sys/dev
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
+Description:	The /sys/dev tree provides a method to look up the sysfs
+		path for a device using the information returned from
+		stat(2).  There are two directories, 'block' and 'char',
+		beneath /sys/dev containing symbolic links with names of
+		the form "<major>:<minor>".  These links point to the
+		corresponding sysfs path for the given device.
+
+		Example:
+		$ readlink /sys/dev/block/8:32
+		../../block/sdc
+
+		Entries in /sys/dev/char and /sys/dev/block will be
+		dynamically created and destroyed as devices enter and
+		leave the system.
+
+Users:		mdadm <linux-raid@vger.kernel.org>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a25671
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+What:		/sys/devices
+Date:		February 2006
+Contact:	Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices tree contains a snapshot of the
+		internal state of the kernel device tree.  Devices will
+		be added and removed dynamically as the machine runs,
+		and between different kernel versions, the layout of the
+		devices within this tree will change.
+
+		Please do not rely on the format of this tree because of
+		this.  If a program wishes to find different things in
+		the tree, please use the /sys/class structure and rely
+		on the symlinks there to point to the proper location
+		within the /sys/devices tree of the individual devices.
+		Or rely on the uevent messages to notify programs of
+		devices being added and removed from this tree to find
+		the location of those devices.
+
+		Note that sometimes not all devices along the directory
+		chain will have emitted uevent messages, so userspace
+		programs must be able to handle such occurrences.
+
+Users:
+	udev <linux-hotplug-devel@lists.sourceforge.net>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aba7d98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-memory
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/system/memory
+Date:		June 2008
+Contact:	Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/system/memory contains a snapshot of the
+		internal state of the kernel memory blocks. Files could be
+		added or removed dynamically to represent hot-add/remove
+		operations.
+Users:		hotplug memory add/remove tools
+		https://w3.opensource.ibm.com/projects/powerpc-utils/
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/removable
+Date:		June 2008
+Contact:	Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+		The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/removable
+		indicates whether this memory block is removable or not.
+		This is useful for a user-level agent to determine
+		identify removable sections of the memory before attempting
+		potentially expensive hot-remove memory operation
+Users:		hotplug memory remove tools
+		https://w3.opensource.ibm.com/projects/powerpc-utils/
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_device
+Date:		September 2008
+Contact:	Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+		The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_device
+		is read-only and is designed to show the name of physical
+		memory device.  Implementation is currently incomplete.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_index
+Date:		September 2008
+Contact:	Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+		The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_index
+		is read-only and contains the section ID in hexadecimal
+		which is equivalent to decimal X contained in the
+		memory section directory name.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
+Date:		September 2008
+Contact:	Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+		The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
+		is read-write.  When read, its contents show the
+		online/offline state of the memory section.  When written,
+		root can toggle the the online/offline state of a removable
+		memory section (see removable file description above)
+		using the following commands.
+		# echo online > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
+		# echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
+
+		For example, if /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/removable
+		contains a value of 1 and
+		/sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state contains the
+		string "online" the following command can be executed by
+		by root to offline that section.
+		# echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state
+Users:		hotplug memory remove tools
+		https://w3.opensource.ibm.com/projects/powerpc-utils/
+
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/memoryX/nodeY
+Date:		October 2009
+Contact:	Linux Memory Management list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:
+		When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that
+		points to the corresponding NUMA node directory.
+
+		For example, the following symbolic link is created for
+		memory section 9 on node0:
+		/sys/devices/system/memory/memory9/node0 -> ../../node/node0
+
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memoryY
+Date:		September 2008
+Contact:	Gary Hade <garyhade@us.ibm.com>
+Description:
+		When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled
+		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memoryY is a symbolic link that
+		points to the corresponding /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryY
+		memory section directory.  For example, the following symbolic
+		link is created for memory section 9 on node0.
+		/sys/devices/system/node/node0/memory9 -> ../../memory/memory9
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-node b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-node
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..453a210
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-node
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/compact
+Date:		February 2010
+Contact:	Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
+Description:
+		When this file is written to, all memory within that node
+		will be compacted. When it completes, memory will be freed
+		into blocks which have as many contiguous pages as possible
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3403402
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-_UDC_-gadget
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/_UDC_/gadget/suspended
+Date:		April 2010
+Contact:	Fabien Chouteau <fabien.chouteau@barco.com>
+Description:
+		Show the suspend state of an USB composite gadget.
+		1 -> suspended
+		0 -> resumed
+
+		(_UDC_ is the name of the USB Device Controller driver)
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6123c52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power/
+Date:		January 2009
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../power directory contains attributes
+		allowing the user space to check and modify some power
+		management related properties of given device.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power/wakeup
+Date:		January 2009
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup attribute allows the user
+		space to check if the device is enabled to wake up the system
+		from sleep states, such as the memory sleep state (suspend to
+		RAM) and hibernation (suspend to disk), and to enable or disable
+		it to do that as desired.
+
+		Some devices support "wakeup" events, which are hardware signals
+		used to activate the system from a sleep state.  Such devices
+		have one of the following two values for the sysfs power/wakeup
+		file:
+
+		+ "enabled\n" to issue the events;
+		+ "disabled\n" not to do so;
+
+		In that cases the user space can change the setting represented
+		by the contents of this file by writing either "enabled", or
+		"disabled" to it.
+
+		For the devices that are not capable of generating system wakeup
+		events this file contains "\n".  In that cases the user space
+		cannot modify the contents of this file and the device cannot be
+		enabled to wake up the system.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power/control
+Date:		January 2009
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../power/control attribute allows the user
+		space to control the run-time power management of the device.
+
+		All devices have one of the following two values for the
+		power/control file:
+
+		+ "auto\n" to allow the device to be power managed at run time;
+		+ "on\n" to prevent the device from being power managed;
+
+		The default for all devices is "auto", which means that they may
+		be subject to automatic power management, depending on their
+		drivers.  Changing this attribute to "on" prevents the driver
+		from power managing the device at run time.  Doing that while
+		the device is suspended causes it to be woken up.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/.../power/async
+Date:		January 2009
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+		The /sys/devices/.../async attribute allows the user space to
+		enable or diasble the device's suspend and resume callbacks to
+		be executed asynchronously (ie. in separate threads, in parallel
+		with the main suspend/resume thread) during system-wide power
+		transitions (eg. suspend to RAM, hibernation).
+
+		All devices have one of the following two values for the
+		power/async file:
+
+		+ "enabled\n" to permit the asynchronous suspend/resume;
+		+ "disabled\n" to forbid it;
+
+		The value of this attribute may be changed by writing either
+		"enabled", or "disabled" to it.
+
+		It generally is unsafe to permit the asynchronous suspend/resume
+		of a device unless it is certain that all of the PM dependencies
+		of the device are known to the PM core.  However, for some
+		devices this attribute is set to "enabled" by bus type code or
+		device drivers and in that cases it should be safe to leave the
+		default value.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84a710f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/
+Date:		pre-git history
+Contact:	Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:
+		A collection of both global and individual CPU attributes
+
+		Individual CPU attributes are contained in subdirectories
+		named by the kernel's logical CPU number, e.g.:
+
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/sched_mc_power_savings
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/sched_smt_power_savings
+Date:		June 2006
+Contact:	Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:	Discover and adjust the kernel's multi-core scheduler support.
+
+		Possible values are:
+
+		0 - No power saving load balance (default value)
+		1 - Fill one thread/core/package first for long running threads
+		2 - Also bias task wakeups to semi-idle cpu package for power
+		    savings
+
+		sched_mc_power_savings is dependent upon SCHED_MC, which is
+		itself architecture dependent.
+
+		sched_smt_power_savings is dependent upon SCHED_SMT, which
+		is itself architecture dependent.
+
+		The two files are independent of each other. It is possible
+		that one file may be present without the other.
+
+		Introduced by git commit 5c45bf27.
+
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/kernel_max
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/offline
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/online
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/possible
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/present
+Date:		December 2008
+Contact:	Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:	CPU topology files that describe kernel limits related to
+		hotplug. Briefly:
+
+		kernel_max: the maximum cpu index allowed by the kernel
+		configuration.
+
+		offline: cpus that are not online because they have been
+		HOTPLUGGED off or exceed the limit of cpus allowed by the
+		kernel configuration (kernel_max above).
+
+		online: cpus that are online and being scheduled.
+
+		possible: cpus that have been allocated resources and can be
+		brought online if they are present.
+
+		present: cpus that have been identified as being present in
+		the system.
+
+		See Documentation/cputopology.txt for more information.
+
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/probe
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/release
+Date:		November 2009
+Contact:	Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:	Dynamic addition and removal of CPU's.  This is not hotplug
+		removal, this is meant complete removal/addition of the CPU
+		from the system.
+
+		probe: writes to this file will dynamically add a CPU to the
+		system.  Information written to the file to add CPU's is
+		architecture specific.
+
+		release: writes to this file dynamically remove a CPU from
+		the system.  Information writtento the file to remove CPU's
+		is architecture specific.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/node
+Date:		October 2009
+Contact:	Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:	Discover NUMA node a CPU belongs to
+
+		When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that points
+		to the corresponding NUMA node directory.
+
+		For example, the following symlink is created for cpu42
+		in NUMA node 2:
+
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/node2 -> ../../node/node2
+
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/node
+Date:		October 2009
+Contact:	Linux memory management mailing list <linux-mm@kvack.org>
+Description:	Discover NUMA node a CPU belongs to
+
+		When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled, a symbolic link that points
+		to the corresponding NUMA node directory.
+
+		For example, the following symlink is created for cpu42
+		in NUMA node 2:
+
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/node2 -> ../../node/node2
+
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_id
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_siblings
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/core_siblings_list
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/physical_package_id
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/thread_siblings
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/topology/thread_siblings_list
+Date:		December 2008
+Contact:	Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:	CPU topology files that describe a logical CPU's relationship
+		to other cores and threads in the same physical package.
+
+		One cpu# directory is created per logical CPU in the system,
+		e.g. /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu42/.
+
+		Briefly, the files above are:
+
+		core_id: the CPU core ID of cpu#. Typically it is the
+		hardware platform's identifier (rather than the kernel's).
+		The actual value is architecture and platform dependent.
+
+		core_siblings: internal kernel map of cpu#'s hardware threads
+		within the same physical_package_id.
+
+		core_siblings_list: human-readable list of the logical CPU
+		numbers within the same physical_package_id as cpu#.
+
+		physical_package_id: physical package id of cpu#. Typically
+		corresponds to a physical socket number, but the actual value
+		is architecture and platform dependent.
+
+		thread_siblings: internel kernel map of cpu#'s hardware
+		threads within the same core as cpu#
+
+		thread_siblings_list: human-readable list of cpu#'s hardware
+		threads within the same core as cpu#
+
+		See Documentation/cputopology.txt for more information.
+
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_driver
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuidle/current_governer_ro
+Date:		September 2007
+Contact:	Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
+Description:	Discover cpuidle policy and mechanism
+
+		Various CPUs today support multiple idle levels that are
+		differentiated by varying exit latencies and power
+		consumption during idle.
+
+		Idle policy (governor) is differentiated from idle mechanism
+		(driver)
+
+		current_driver: displays current idle mechanism
+
+		current_governor_ro: displays current idle policy
+
+		See files in Documentation/cpuidle/ for more information.
+
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/cpufreq/*
+Date:		pre-git history
+Contact:	cpufreq@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	Discover and change clock speed of CPUs
+
+		Clock scaling allows you to change the clock speed of the
+		CPUs on the fly. This is a nice method to save battery
+		power, because the lower the clock speed, the less power
+		the CPU consumes.
+
+		There are many knobs to tweak in this directory.
+
+		See files in Documentation/cpu-freq/ for more information.
+
+		In particular, read Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt
+		to learn how to control the knobs.
+
+
+What:      /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cache/index*/cache_disable_X
+Date:      August 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.27
+Contact:	mark.langsdorf@amd.com
+Description:	These files exist in every cpu's cache index directories.
+		There are currently 2 cache_disable_# files in each
+		directory.  Reading from these files on a supported
+		processor will return that cache disable index value
+		for that processor and node.  Writing to one of these
+		files will cause the specificed cache index to be disabled.
+
+		Currently, only AMD Family 10h Processors support cache index
+		disable, and only for their L3 caches.  See the BIOS and
+		Kernel Developer's Guide at
+		http://www.amd.com/us-en/assets/content_type/white_papers_and_tech_docs/31116-Public-GH-BKDG_3.20_2-4-09.pdf
+		for formatting information and other details on the
+		cache index disable.
+Users:    joachim.deguara@amd.com
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08579e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-picolcd
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/operation_mode
+Date:		March 2010
+Contact:	Bruno Prémont <bonbons@linux-vserver.org>
+Description:	Make it possible to switch the PicoLCD device between LCD
+		(firmware) and bootloader (flasher) operation modes.
+
+		Reading: returns list of available modes, the active mode being
+		enclosed in brackets ('[' and ']')
+
+		Writing: causes operation mode switch. Permitted values are
+		the non-active mode names listed when read.
+
+		Note: when switching mode the current PicoLCD HID device gets
+		disconnected and reconnects after above delay (see attribute
+		operation_mode_delay for its value).
+
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/operation_mode_delay
+Date:		April 2010
+Contact:	Bruno Prémont <bonbons@linux-vserver.org>
+Description:	Delay PicoLCD waits before restarting in new mode when
+		operation_mode has changed.
+
+		Reading/Writing: It is expressed in ms and permitted range is
+		0..30000ms.
+
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/fb_update_rate
+Date:		March 2010
+Contact:	Bruno Prémont <bonbons@linux-vserver.org>
+Description:	Make it possible to adjust defio refresh rate.
+
+		Reading: returns list of available refresh rates (expressed in Hz),
+		the active refresh rate being enclosed in brackets ('[' and ']')
+
+		Writing: accepts new refresh rate expressed in integer Hz
+		within permitted rates.
+
+		Note: As device can barely do 2 complete refreshes a second
+		it only makes sense to adjust this value if only one or two
+		tiles get changed and it's not appropriate to expect the application
+		to flush it's tiny changes explicitely at higher than default rate.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05d988c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-prodikeys
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../channel
+Date:		April 2010
+KernelVersion:	2.6.34
+Contact:	Don Prince <dhprince.devel@yahoo.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Allows control (via software) the midi channel to which
+		that the pc-midi keyboard will output.midi data.
+		Range: 0..15
+		Type:  Read/write
+What:		/sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../sustain
+Date:		April 2010
+KernelVersion:	2.6.34
+Contact:	Don Prince <dhprince.devel@yahoo.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Allows control (via software) the sustain duration of a
+		note held by the pc-midi driver.
+		0 means sustain mode is disabled.
+		Range: 0..5000 (milliseconds)
+		Type:  Read/write
+What:		/sys/bus/hid/drivers/prodikeys/.../octave
+Date:		April 2010
+KernelVersion:	2.6.34
+Contact:	Don Prince <dhprince.devel@yahoo.co.uk>
+Description:
+		Controls the octave shift modifier in the pc-midi driver.
+		The octave can be shifted via software up/down 2 octaves.
+		0 means the no ocatve shift.
+		Range: -2..2 (minus 2 to plus 2)
+		Type: Read/Write
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88340a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-roccat-kone
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/actual_dpi
+Date:		March 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	It is possible to switch the dpi setting of the mouse with the
+		press of a button.
+		When read, this file returns the raw number of the actual dpi
+		setting reported by the mouse. This number has to be further
+		processed to receive the real dpi value.
+
+		VALUE DPI
+		1     800
+		2     1200
+		3     1600
+		4     2000
+		5     2400
+		6     3200
+
+		This file is readonly.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/actual_profile
+Date:		March 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When read, this file returns the number of the actual profile.
+		This file is readonly.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/firmware_version
+Date:		March 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When read, this file returns the raw integer version number of the
+		firmware reported by the mouse. Using the integer value eases
+		further usage in other programs. To receive the real version
+		number the decimal point has to be shifted 2 positions to the
+		left. E.g. a returned value of 138 means 1.38
+		This file is readonly.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/kone_driver_version
+Date:		March 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When read, this file returns the driver version.
+		The format of the string is "v<major>.<minor>.<patchlevel>".
+		This attribute is used by the userland tools to find the sysfs-
+		paths of installed kone-mice and determine the capabilites of
+		the driver. Versions of this driver for old kernels replace
+		usbhid instead of generic-usb. The way to scan for this file
+		has been chosen to provide a consistent way for all supported
+		kernel versions.
+		This file is readonly.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/profile[1-5]
+Date:		March 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can store 5 profiles which can be switched by the
+                press of a button. A profile holds informations like button
+                mappings, sensitivity, the colors of the 5 leds and light
+                effects.
+                When read, these files return the respective profile. The
+                returned data is 975 bytes in size.
+		When written, this file lets one write the respective profile
+		data back to the mouse. The data has to be 975 bytes long.
+		The mouse will reject invalid data, whereas the profile number
+		stored in the profile doesn't need to fit the number of the
+		store.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/settings
+Date:		March 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	When read, this file returns the settings stored in the mouse.
+		The size of the data is 36 bytes and holds information like the
+		startup_profile, tcu state and calibration_data.
+		When written, this file lets write settings back to the mouse.
+		The data has to be 36 bytes long. The mouse will reject invalid
+		data.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/startup_profile
+Date:		March 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The integer value of this attribute ranges from 1 to 5.
+                When read, this attribute returns the number of the profile
+                that's active when the mouse is powered on.
+		When written, this file sets the number of the startup profile
+		and the mouse activates this profile immediately.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/tcu
+Date:		March 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse has a "Tracking Control Unit" which lets the user
+		calibrate the laser power to fit the mousepad surface.
+		When read, this file returns the current state of the TCU,
+		where 0 means off and 1 means on.
+		Writing 0 in this file will switch the TCU off.
+		Writing 1 in this file will start the calibration which takes
+		around 6 seconds to complete and activates the TCU.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/weight
+Date:		March 2010
+Contact:	Stefan Achatz <erazor_de@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:	The mouse can be equipped with one of four supplied weights
+		ranging from 5 to 20 grams which are recognized by the mouse
+		and its value can be read out. When read, this file returns the
+		raw value returned by the mouse which eases further processing
+		in other software.
+		The values map to the weights as follows:
+
+		VALUE WEIGHT
+		0     none
+		1     5g
+		2     10g
+		3     15g
+		4     20g
+
+		This file is readonly.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f9ba3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+What:		/sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts/
+Date:		February 2008
+Contact:	Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
+Description:
+		All ACPI interrupts are handled via a single IRQ,
+		the System Control Interrupt (SCI), which appears
+		as "acpi" in /proc/interrupts.
+
+		However, one of the main functions of ACPI is to make
+		the platform understand random hardware without
+		special driver support.  So while the SCI handles a few
+		well known (fixed feature) interrupts sources, such
+		as the power button, it can also handle a variable
+		number of a "General Purpose Events" (GPE).
+
+		A GPE vectors to a specified handler in AML, which
+		can do a anything the BIOS writer wants from
+		OS context.  GPE 0x12, for example, would vector
+		to a level or edge handler called _L12 or _E12.
+		The handler may do its business and return.
+		Or the handler may send send a Notify event
+		to a Linux device driver registered on an ACPI device,
+		such as a battery, or a processor.
+
+		To figure out where all the SCI's are coming from,
+		/sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts contains a file listing
+		every possible source, and the count of how many
+		times it has triggered.
+
+		$ cd /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts
+		$ grep . *
+		error:	     0
+		ff_gbl_lock:	   0   enable
+		ff_pmtimer:	  0  invalid
+		ff_pwr_btn:	  0   enable
+		ff_rt_clk:	 2  disable
+		ff_slp_btn:	  0  invalid
+		gpe00:	     0	invalid
+		gpe01:	     0	 enable
+		gpe02:	   108	 enable
+		gpe03:	     0	invalid
+		gpe04:	     0	invalid
+		gpe05:	     0	invalid
+		gpe06:	     0	 enable
+		gpe07:	     0	 enable
+		gpe08:	     0	invalid
+		gpe09:	     0	invalid
+		gpe0A:	     0	invalid
+		gpe0B:	     0	invalid
+		gpe0C:	     0	invalid
+		gpe0D:	     0	invalid
+		gpe0E:	     0	invalid
+		gpe0F:	     0	invalid
+		gpe10:	     0	invalid
+		gpe11:	     0	invalid
+		gpe12:	     0	invalid
+		gpe13:	     0	invalid
+		gpe14:	     0	invalid
+		gpe15:	     0	invalid
+		gpe16:	     0	invalid
+		gpe17:	  1084	 enable
+		gpe18:	     0	 enable
+		gpe19:	     0	invalid
+		gpe1A:	     0	invalid
+		gpe1B:	     0	invalid
+		gpe1C:	     0	invalid
+		gpe1D:	     0	invalid
+		gpe1E:	     0	invalid
+		gpe1F:	     0	invalid
+		gpe_all:    1192
+		sci:	1194
+		sci_not:     0	
+
+		sci - The number of times the ACPI SCI
+		has been called and claimed an interrupt.
+
+		sci_not - The number of times the ACPI SCI
+		has been called and NOT claimed an interrupt.
+
+		gpe_all - count of SCI caused by GPEs.
+
+		gpeXX - count for individual GPE source
+
+		ff_gbl_lock - Global Lock
+
+		ff_pmtimer - PM Timer
+
+		ff_pwr_btn - Power Button
+
+		ff_rt_clk - Real Time Clock
+
+		ff_slp_btn - Sleep Button
+
+		error - an interrupt that can't be accounted for above.
+
+		invalid: it's either a GPE or a Fixed Event that
+			doesn't have an event handler.
+
+		disable: the GPE/Fixed Event is valid but disabled.
+
+		enable: the GPE/Fixed Event is valid and enabled.
+
+		Root has permission to clear any of these counters.  Eg.
+		# echo 0 > gpe11
+
+		All counters can be cleared by clearing the total "sci":
+		# echo 0 > sci
+
+		None of these counters has an effect on the function
+		of the system, they are simply statistics.
+
+		Besides this, user can also write specific strings to these files
+		to enable/disable/clear ACPI interrupts in user space, which can be
+		used to debug some ACPI interrupt storm issues.
+
+		Note that only writting to VALID GPE/Fixed Event is allowed,
+		i.e. user can only change the status of runtime GPE and
+		Fixed Event with event handler installed.
+
+		Let's take power button fixed event for example, please kill acpid
+		and other user space applications so that the machine won't shutdown
+		when pressing the power button.
+		# cat ff_pwr_btn
+		0	enabled
+		# press the power button for 3 times;
+		# cat ff_pwr_btn
+		3	enabled
+		# echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
+		# cat ff_pwr_btn
+		3	disabled
+		# press the power button for 3 times;
+		# cat ff_pwr_btn
+		3	disabled
+		# echo enable > ff_pwr_btn
+		# cat ff_pwr_btn
+		4	enabled
+		/*
+		 * this is because the status bit is set even if the enable bit is cleared,
+		 * and it triggers an ACPI fixed event when the enable bit is set again
+		 */
+		# press the power button for 3 times;
+		# cat ff_pwr_btn
+		7	enabled
+		# echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
+		# press the power button for 3 times;
+		# echo clear > ff_pwr_btn	/* clear the status bit */
+		# echo disable > ff_pwr_btn
+		# cat ff_pwr_btn
+		7	enabled
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eca0d65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-memmap
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+What:		/sys/firmware/memmap/
+Date:		June 2008
+Contact:	Bernhard Walle <bernhard.walle@gmx.de>
+Description:
+		On all platforms, the firmware provides a memory map which the
+		kernel reads. The resources from that memory map are registered
+		in the kernel resource tree and exposed to userspace via
+		/proc/iomem (together with other resources).
+
+		However, on most architectures that firmware-provided memory
+		map is modified afterwards by the kernel itself, either because
+		the kernel merges that memory map with other information or
+		just because the user overwrites that memory map via command
+		line.
+
+		kexec needs the raw firmware-provided memory map to setup the
+		parameter segment of the kernel that should be booted with
+		kexec. Also, the raw memory map is useful for debugging. For
+		that reason, /sys/firmware/memmap is an interface that provides
+		the raw memory map to userspace.
+
+		The structure is as follows: Under /sys/firmware/memmap there
+		are subdirectories with the number of the entry as their name:
+
+			/sys/firmware/memmap/0
+			/sys/firmware/memmap/1
+			/sys/firmware/memmap/2
+			/sys/firmware/memmap/3
+			...
+
+		The maximum depends on the number of memory map entries provided
+		by the firmware. The order is just the order that the firmware
+		provides.
+
+		Each directory contains three files:
+
+		start	: The start address (as hexadecimal number with the
+			  '0x' prefix).
+		end	: The end address, inclusive (regardless whether the
+			  firmware provides inclusive or exclusive ranges).
+		type	: Type of the entry as string. See below for a list of
+			  valid types.
+
+		So, for example:
+
+			/sys/firmware/memmap/0/start
+			/sys/firmware/memmap/0/end
+			/sys/firmware/memmap/0/type
+			/sys/firmware/memmap/1/start
+			...
+
+		Currently following types exist:
+
+		  - System RAM
+		  - ACPI Tables
+		  - ACPI Non-volatile Storage
+		  - reserved
+
+		Following shell snippet can be used to display that memory
+		map in a human-readable format:
+
+		-------------------- 8< ----------------------------------------
+		  #!/bin/bash
+		  cd /sys/firmware/memmap
+		  for dir in * ; do
+		      start=$(cat $dir/start)
+		      end=$(cat $dir/end)
+		      type=$(cat $dir/type)
+		      printf "%016x-%016x (%s)\n" $start $[ $end +1] "$type"
+		  done
+		-------------------- >8 ----------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4be7d44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sfi
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+What:		/sys/firmware/sfi/tables/
+Date:		May 2010
+Contact:	Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
+Description:
+		SFI defines a number of small static memory tables
+		so the kernel can get platform information from firmware.
+
+		The tables are defined in the latest SFI specification:
+		http://simplefirmware.org/documentation
+
+		While the tables are used by the kernel, user-space
+		can observe them this way:
+
+		# cd /sys/firmware/sfi/tables
+		# cat $TABLENAME > $TABLENAME.bin
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4573fd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-sgi_uv
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+What:		/sys/firmware/sgi_uv/
+Date:		August 2008
+Contact:	Russ Anderson <rja@sgi.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/firmware/sgi_uv directory contains information
+		about the SGI UV platform.
+
+		Under that directory are a number of files:
+
+			partition_id
+			coherence_id
+
+		The partition_id entry contains the partition id.
+		SGI UV systems can be partitioned into multiple physical
+		machines, which each partition running a unique copy
+		of the operating system.  Each partition will have a unique
+		partition id.  To display the partition id, use the command:
+
+			cat /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/partition_id
+
+		The coherence_id entry contains the coherence id.
+		A partitioned SGI UV system can have one or more coherence
+		domain.  The coherence id indicates which coherence domain
+		this partition is in.  To display the coherence id, use the
+		command:
+
+			cat /sys/firmware/sgi_uv/coherence_id
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fb7099
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-ext4
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+What:		/sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_stats
+Date:		March 2008
+Contact:	"Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+		 Controls whether the multiblock allocator should
+		 collect statistics, which are shown during the unmount.
+		 1 means to collect statistics, 0 means not to collect
+		 statistics
+
+What:		/sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_group_prealloc
+Date:		March 2008
+Contact:	"Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+		The multiblock allocator will round up allocation
+		requests to a multiple of this tuning parameter if the
+		stripe size is not set in the ext4 superblock
+
+What:		/sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_max_to_scan
+Date:		March 2008
+Contact:	"Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+		The maximum number of extents the multiblock allocator
+		will search to find the best extent
+
+What:		/sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_min_to_scan
+Date:		March 2008
+Contact:	"Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+		The minimum number of extents the multiblock allocator
+		will search to find the best extent
+
+What:		/sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_order2_req
+Date:		March 2008
+Contact:	"Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+		Tuning parameter which controls the minimum size for 
+		requests (as a power of 2) where the buddy cache is
+		used
+
+What:		/sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/mb_stream_req
+Date:		March 2008
+Contact:	"Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+		Files which have fewer blocks than this tunable
+		parameter will have their blocks allocated out of a
+		block group specific preallocation pool, so that small
+		files are packed closely together.  Each large file
+		 will have its blocks allocated out of its own unique
+		 preallocation pool.
+
+What:		/sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/inode_readahead
+Date:		March 2008
+Contact:	"Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+		Tuning parameter which controls the maximum number of
+		inode table blocks that ext4's inode table readahead
+		algorithm will pre-read into the buffer cache
+
+What:		/sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/delayed_allocation_blocks
+Date:		March 2008
+Contact:	"Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+		This file is read-only and shows the number of blocks
+		that are dirty in the page cache, but which do not
+		have their location in the filesystem allocated yet.
+
+What:		/sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/lifetime_write_kbytes
+Date:		March 2008
+Contact:	"Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+		This file is read-only and shows the number of kilobytes
+		of data that have been written to this filesystem since it was
+		created.
+
+What:		/sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/session_write_kbytes
+Date:		March 2008
+Contact:	"Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+		This file is read-only and shows the number of
+		kilobytes of data that have been written to this
+		filesystem since it was mounted.
+
+What:		/sys/fs/ext4/<disk>/inode_goal
+Date:		June 2008
+Contact:	"Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
+Description:
+		Tuning parameter which (if non-zero) controls the goal
+		inode used by the inode allocator in p0reference to
+		all other allocation hueristics.  This is intended for
+		debugging use only, and should be 0 on production
+		systems.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-gpio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-gpio
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80f4c94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-gpio
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+What:		/sys/class/gpio/
+Date:		July 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.27
+Contact:	David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
+Description:
+
+  As a Kconfig option, individual GPIO signals may be accessed from
+  userspace.  GPIOs are only made available to userspace by an explicit
+  "export" operation.  If a given GPIO is not claimed for use by
+  kernel code, it may be exported by userspace (and unexported later).
+  Kernel code may export it for complete or partial access.
+
+  GPIOs are identified as they are inside the kernel, using integers in
+  the range 0..INT_MAX.  See Documentation/gpio.txt for more information.
+
+    /sys/class/gpio
+	/export ... asks the kernel to export a GPIO to userspace
+	/unexport ... to return a GPIO to the kernel
+	/gpioN ... for each exported GPIO #N
+	    /value ... always readable, writes fail for input GPIOs
+	    /direction ... r/w as: in, out (default low); write: high, low
+	    /edge ... r/w as: none, falling, rising, both
+	/gpiochipN ... for each gpiochip; #N is its first GPIO
+	    /base ... (r/o) same as N
+	    /label ... (r/o) descriptive, not necessarily unique
+	    /ngpio ... (r/o) number of GPIOs; numbered N to N + (ngpio - 1)
+
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ibft b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ibft
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2b7d11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ibft
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+What:		/sys/firmware/ibft/initiator
+Date:		November 2007
+Contact:	Konrad Rzeszutek <ketuzsezr@darnok.org>
+Description:	The /sys/firmware/ibft/initiator directory will contain
+		files that expose the iSCSI Boot Firmware Table initiator data.
+		Usually this contains the Initiator name.
+
+What:		/sys/firmware/ibft/targetX
+Date:		November 2007
+Contact:	Konrad Rzeszutek <ketuzsezr@darnok.org>
+Description:	The /sys/firmware/ibft/targetX directory will contain
+		files that expose the iSCSI Boot Firmware Table target data.
+		Usually this contains the target's IP address, boot LUN,
+		target name, and what NIC it is associated with. It can also
+		contain the CHAP name (and password), the reverse CHAP
+		name (and password)
+
+What:		/sys/firmware/ibft/ethernetX
+Date:		November 2007
+Contact:	Konrad Rzeszutek <ketuzsezr@darnok.org>
+Description:	The /sys/firmware/ibft/ethernetX directory will contain
+		files that expose the iSCSI Boot Firmware Table NIC data.
+		This can this can the IP address, MAC, and gateway of the NIC.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..190d523
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+What:		/sys/kernel/mm
+Date:		July 2008
+Contact:	Nishanth Aravamudan <nacc@us.ibm.com>, VM maintainers
+Description:
+		/sys/kernel/mm/ should contain any and all VM
+		related information in /sys/kernel/.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e21c005
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-hugepages
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+What:		/sys/kernel/mm/hugepages/
+Date:		June 2008
+Contact:	Nishanth Aravamudan <nacc@us.ibm.com>, hugetlb maintainers
+Description:
+		/sys/kernel/mm/hugepages/ contains a number of subdirectories
+		of the form hugepages-<size>kB, where <size> is the page size
+		of the hugepages supported by the kernel/CPU combination.
+
+		Under these directories are a number of files:
+			nr_hugepages
+			nr_overcommit_hugepages
+			free_hugepages
+			surplus_hugepages
+			resv_hugepages
+		See Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt for details.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b093f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-slab
@@ -0,0 +1,486 @@
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The /sys/kernel/slab directory contains a snapshot of the
+		internal state of the SLUB allocator for each cache.  Certain
+		files may be modified to change the behavior of the cache (and
+		any cache it aliases, if any).
+Users:		kernel memory tuning tools
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/aliases
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The aliases file is read-only and specifies how many caches
+		have merged into this cache.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/align
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The align file is read-only and specifies the cache's object
+		alignment in bytes.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_calls
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The alloc_calls file is read-only and lists the kernel code
+		locations from which allocations for this cache were performed.
+		The alloc_calls file only contains information if debugging is
+		enabled for that cache (see Documentation/vm/slub.txt).
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_fastpath
+Date:		February 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.25
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The alloc_fastpath file shows how many objects have been
+		allocated using the fast path.  It can be written to clear the
+		current count.
+		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_from_partial
+Date:		February 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.25
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The alloc_from_partial file shows how many times a cpu slab has
+		been full and it has been refilled by using a slab from the list
+		of partially used slabs.  It can be written to clear the current
+		count.
+		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_refill
+Date:		February 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.25
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The alloc_refill file shows how many times the per-cpu freelist
+		was empty but there were objects available as the result of
+		remote cpu frees.  It can be written to clear the current count.
+		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_slab
+Date:		February 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.25
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The alloc_slab file is shows how many times a new slab had to
+		be allocated from the page allocator.  It can be written to
+		clear the current count.
+		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/alloc_slowpath
+Date:		February 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.25
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The alloc_slowpath file shows how many objects have been
+		allocated using the slow path because of a refill or
+		allocation from a partial or new slab.  It can be written to
+		clear the current count.
+		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/cache_dma
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The cache_dma file is read-only and specifies whether objects
+		are from ZONE_DMA.
+		Available when CONFIG_ZONE_DMA is enabled.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/cpu_slabs
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The cpu_slabs file is read-only and displays how many cpu slabs
+		are active and their NUMA locality.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/cpuslab_flush
+Date:		April 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.31
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The file cpuslab_flush shows how many times a cache's cpu slabs
+		have been flushed as the result of destroying or shrinking a
+		cache, a cpu going offline, or as the result of forcing an
+		allocation from a certain node.  It can be written to clear the
+		current count.
+		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/ctor
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The ctor file is read-only and specifies the cache's object
+		constructor function, which is invoked for each object when a
+		new slab is allocated.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_empty
+Date:		February 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.25
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The deactivate_empty file shows how many times an empty cpu slab
+		was deactivated.  It can be written to clear the current count.
+		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_full
+Date:		February 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.25
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The deactivate_full file shows how many times a full cpu slab
+		was deactivated.  It can be written to clear the current count.
+		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_remote_frees
+Date:		February 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.25
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The deactivate_remote_frees file shows how many times a cpu slab
+		has been deactivated and contained free objects that were freed
+		remotely.  It can be written to clear the current count.
+		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_to_head
+Date:		February 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.25
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The deactivate_to_head file shows how many times a partial cpu
+		slab was deactivated and added to the head of its node's partial
+		list.  It can be written to clear the current count.
+		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/deactivate_to_tail
+Date:		February 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.25
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The deactivate_to_tail file shows how many times a partial cpu
+		slab was deactivated and added to the tail of its node's partial
+		list.  It can be written to clear the current count.
+		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/destroy_by_rcu
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The destroy_by_rcu file is read-only and specifies whether
+		slabs (not objects) are freed by rcu.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_add_partial
+Date:		February 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.25
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The free_add_partial file shows how many times an object has
+		been freed in a full slab so that it had to added to its node's
+		partial list.  It can be written to clear the current count.
+		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_calls
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The free_calls file is read-only and lists the locations of
+		object frees if slab debugging is enabled (see
+		Documentation/vm/slub.txt).
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_fastpath
+Date:		February 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.25
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The free_fastpath file shows how many objects have been freed
+		using the fast path because it was an object from the cpu slab.
+		It can be written to clear the current count.
+		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_frozen
+Date:		February 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.25
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The free_frozen file shows how many objects have been freed to
+		a frozen slab (i.e. a remote cpu slab).  It can be written to
+		clear the current count.
+		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_remove_partial
+Date:		February 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.25
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The free_remove_partial file shows how many times an object has
+		been freed to a now-empty slab so that it had to be removed from
+		its node's partial list.  It can be written to clear the current
+		count.
+		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_slab
+Date:		February 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.25
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The free_slab file shows how many times an empty slab has been
+		freed back to the page allocator.  It can be written to clear
+		the current count.
+		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/free_slowpath
+Date:		February 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.25
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The free_slowpath file shows how many objects have been freed
+		using the slow path (i.e. to a full or partial slab).  It can
+		be written to clear the current count.
+		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/hwcache_align
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The hwcache_align file is read-only and specifies whether
+		objects are aligned on cachelines.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/min_partial
+Date:		February 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.30
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
+Description:
+		The min_partial file specifies how many empty slabs shall
+		remain on a node's partial list to avoid the overhead of
+		allocating new slabs.  Such slabs may be reclaimed by utilizing
+		the shrink file.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/object_size
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The object_size file is read-only and specifies the cache's
+		object size.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/objects
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The objects file is read-only and displays how many objects are
+		active and from which nodes they are from.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/objects_partial
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The objects_partial file is read-only and displays how many
+		objects are on partial slabs and from which nodes they are
+		from.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/objs_per_slab
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The file objs_per_slab is read-only and specifies how many
+		objects may be allocated from a single slab of the order
+		specified in /sys/kernel/slab/cache/order.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/order
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The order file specifies the page order at which new slabs are
+		allocated.  It is writable and can be changed to increase the
+		number of objects per slab.  If a slab cannot be allocated
+		because of fragmentation, SLUB will retry with the minimum order
+		possible depending on its characteristics.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/order_fallback
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The order_fallback file shows how many times an allocation of a
+		new slab has not been possible at the cache's order and instead
+		fallen back to its minimum possible order.  It can be written to
+		clear the current count.
+		Available when CONFIG_SLUB_STATS is enabled.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/partial
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The partial file is read-only and displays how long many
+		partial slabs there are and how long each node's list is.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/poison
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The poison file specifies whether objects should be poisoned
+		when a new slab is allocated.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/reclaim_account
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The reclaim_account file specifies whether the cache's objects
+		are reclaimable (and grouped by their mobility).
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/red_zone
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The red_zone file specifies whether the cache's objects are red
+		zoned.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/remote_node_defrag_ratio
+Date:		January 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.25
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The file remote_node_defrag_ratio specifies the percentage of
+		times SLUB will attempt to refill the cpu slab with a partial
+		slab from a remote node as opposed to allocating a new slab on
+		the local node.  This reduces the amount of wasted memory over
+		the entire system but can be expensive.
+		Available when CONFIG_NUMA is enabled.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/sanity_checks
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The sanity_checks file specifies whether expensive checks
+		should be performed on free and, at minimum, enables double free
+		checks.  Caches that enable sanity_checks cannot be merged with
+		caches that do not.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/shrink
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The shrink file is written when memory should be reclaimed from
+		a cache.  Empty partial slabs are freed and the partial list is
+		sorted so the slabs with the fewest available objects are used
+		first.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/slab_size
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The slab_size file is read-only and specifies the object size
+		with metadata (debugging information and alignment) in bytes.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/slabs
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The slabs file is read-only and displays how long many slabs
+		there are (both cpu and partial) and from which nodes they are
+		from.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/store_user
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The store_user file specifies whether the location of
+		allocation or free should be tracked for a cache.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/total_objects
+Date:		April 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The total_objects file is read-only and displays how many total
+		objects a cache has and from which nodes they are from.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/trace
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		The trace file specifies whether object allocations and frees
+		should be traced.
+
+What:		/sys/kernel/slab/cache/validate
+Date:		May 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.22
+Contact:	Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>,
+		Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
+Description:
+		Writing to the validate file causes SLUB to traverse all of its
+		cache's objects and check the validity of metadata.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-uids b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-uids
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28f1469
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-uids
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What:		/sys/kernel/uids/<uid>/cpu_shares
+Date:		December 2007
+Contact:	Dhaval Giani <dhaval@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
+		Srivatsa Vaddagiri <vatsa@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
+Description:
+		The /sys/kernel/uids/<uid>/cpu_shares tunable is used
+		to set the cpu bandwidth a user is allowed. This is a
+		propotional value. What that means is that if there
+		are two users logged in, each with an equal number of
+		shares, then they will get equal CPU bandwidth. Another
+		example would be, if User A has shares = 1024 and user
+		B has shares = 2048, User B will get twice the CPU
+		bandwidth user A will. For more details refer
+		Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e14703f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-memory-page-offline
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/system/memory/soft_offline_page
+Date:		Sep 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.33
+Contact:	andi@firstfloor.org
+Description:
+		Soft-offline the memory page containing the physical address
+		written into this file. Input is a hex number specifying the
+		physical address of the page. The kernel will then attempt
+		to soft-offline it, by moving the contents elsewhere or
+		dropping it if possible. The kernel will then be placed
+		on the bad page list and never be reused.
+
+		The offlining is done in kernel specific granuality.
+		Normally it's the base page size of the kernel, but
+		this might change.
+
+		The page must be still accessible, not poisoned. The
+		kernel will never kill anything for this, but rather
+		fail the offline.  Return value is the size of the
+		number, or a error when the offlining failed.  Reading
+		the file is not allowed.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/memory/hard_offline_page
+Date:		Sep 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.33
+Contact:	andi@firstfloor.org
+Description:
+		Hard-offline the memory page containing the physical
+		address written into this file. Input is a hex number
+		specifying the physical address of the page. The
+		kernel will then attempt to hard-offline the page, by
+		trying to drop the page or killing any owner or
+		triggering IO errors if needed.  Note this may kill
+		any processes owning the page. The kernel will avoid
+		to access this page assuming it's poisoned by the
+		hardware.
+
+		The offlining is done in kernel specific granuality.
+		Normally it's the base page size of the kernel, but
+		this might change.
+
+		Return value is the size of the number, or a error when
+		the offlining failed.
+		Reading the file is not allowed.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7cc516
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-ocfs2
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+What:		/sys/fs/ocfs2/
+Date:		April 2008
+Contact:	ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
+Description:
+		The /sys/fs/ocfs2 directory contains knobs used by the
+		ocfs2-tools to interact with the filesystem.
+
+What:		/sys/fs/ocfs2/max_locking_protocol
+Date:		April 2008
+Contact:	ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
+Description:
+		The /sys/fs/ocfs2/max_locking_protocol file displays version
+		of ocfs2 locking supported by the filesystem.  This version
+		covers how ocfs2 uses distributed locking between cluster
+		nodes.
+
+		The protocol version has a major and minor number.  Two
+		cluster nodes can interoperate if they have an identical
+		major number and an overlapping minor number - thus,
+		a node with version 1.10 can interoperate with a node
+		sporting version 1.8, as long as both use the 1.8 protocol.
+
+		Reading from this file returns a single line, the major
+		number and minor number joined by a period, eg "1.10".
+
+		This file is read-only.  The value is compiled into the
+		driver.
+
+What:		/sys/fs/ocfs2/loaded_cluster_plugins
+Date:		April 2008
+Contact:	ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
+Description:
+		The /sys/fs/ocfs2/loaded_cluster_plugins file describes
+		the available plugins to support ocfs2 cluster operation.
+		A cluster plugin is required to use ocfs2 in a cluster.
+		There are currently two available plugins:
+
+		* 'o2cb' - The classic o2cb cluster stack that ocfs2 has
+			used since its inception.
+		* 'user' - A plugin supporting userspace cluster software
+			in conjunction with fs/dlm.
+
+		Reading from this file returns the names of all loaded
+		plugins, one per line.
+
+		This file is read-only.  Its contents may change as
+		plugins are loaded or removed.
+
+What:		/sys/fs/ocfs2/active_cluster_plugin
+Date:		April 2008
+Contact:	ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
+Description:
+		The /sys/fs/ocfs2/active_cluster_plugin displays which
+		cluster plugin is currently in use by the filesystem.
+		The active plugin will appear in the loaded_cluster_plugins
+		file as well.  Only one plugin can be used at a time.
+
+		Reading from this file returns the name of the active plugin
+		on a single line.
+
+		This file is read-only.  Which plugin is active depends on
+		the cluster stack in use.  The contents may change
+		when all filesystems are unmounted and the cluster stack
+		is changed.
+
+What:		/sys/fs/ocfs2/cluster_stack
+Date:		April 2008
+Contact:	ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
+Description:
+		The /sys/fs/ocfs2/cluster_stack file contains the name
+		of current ocfs2 cluster stack.  This value is set by
+		userspace tools when bringing the cluster stack online.
+
+		Cluster stack names are 4 characters in length.
+
+		When the 'o2cb' cluster stack is used, the 'o2cb' cluster
+		plugin is active.  All other cluster stacks use the 'user'
+		cluster plugin.
+
+		Reading from this file returns the name of the current
+		cluster stack on a single line.
+
+		Writing a new stack name to this file changes the current
+		cluster stack unless there are mounted ocfs2 filesystems.
+		If there are mounted filesystems, attempts to change the
+		stack return an error.
+
+Users:
+	ocfs2-tools <ocfs2-tools-devel@oss.oracle.com>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d77539
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-asus-laptop
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/display
+Date:		January 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.20
+Contact:	"Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+		This file allows display switching. The value
+		is composed by 4 bits and defined as follow:
+		4321
+		|||`- LCD
+		||`-- CRT
+		|`--- TV
+		`---- DVI
+		Ex: - 0 (0000b) means no display
+		    - 3 (0011b) CRT+LCD.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/gps
+Date:		January 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.20
+Contact:	"Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+		Control the gps device. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+Users:		Lapsus
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/ledd
+Date:		January 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.20
+Contact:	"Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+		Some models like the W1N have a LED display that can be
+		used to display several informations.
+		To control the LED display, use the following :
+		    echo 0x0T000DDD > /sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/
+		where T control the 3 letters display, and DDD the 3 digits display.
+		The DDD table can be found in Documentation/laptops/asus-laptop.txt
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/bluetooth
+Date:		January 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.20
+Contact:	"Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+		Control the bluetooth device. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+		This may control the led, the device or both.
+Users:		Lapsus
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/asus_laptop/wlan
+Date:		January 2007
+KernelVersion:	2.6.20
+Contact:	"Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+		Control the bluetooth device. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+		This may control the led, the device or both.
+Users:		Lapsus
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b026c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-platform-eeepc-laptop
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/eeepc/disp
+Date:		May 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	"Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+		This file allows display switching.
+		- 1 = LCD
+		- 2 = CRT
+		- 3 = LCD+CRT
+		If you run X11, you should use xrandr instead.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/eeepc/camera
+Date:		May 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	"Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+		Control the camera. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/eeepc/cardr
+Date:		May 2008
+KernelVersion:	2.6.26
+Contact:	"Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+		Control the card reader. 1 means on, 0 means off.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/eeepc/cpufv
+Date:		Jun 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.31
+Contact:	"Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+		Change CPU clock configuration.
+		On the Eee PC 1000H there are three available clock configuration:
+		    * 0 -> Super Performance Mode
+		    * 1 -> High Performance Mode
+		    * 2 -> Power Saving Mode
+		On Eee PC 701 there is only 2 available clock configurations.
+		Available configuration are listed in available_cpufv file.
+		Reading this file will show the raw hexadecimal value which
+		is defined as follow:
+		| 8 bit | 8 bit |
+		    |       `---- Current mode
+		    `------------ Availables modes
+		For example, 0x301 means: mode 1 selected, 3 available modes.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/platform/eeepc/available_cpufv
+Date:		Jun 2009
+KernelVersion:	2.6.31
+Contact:	"Corentin Chary" <corentincj@iksaif.net>
+Description:
+		List available cpufv modes.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6a801f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+What:		/sys/power/
+Date:		August 2006
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+		The /sys/power directory will contain files that will
+		provide a unified interface to the power management
+		subsystem.
+
+What:		/sys/power/state
+Date:		August 2006
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+		The /sys/power/state file controls the system power state.
+		Reading from this file returns what states are supported,
+		which is hard-coded to 'standby' (Power-On Suspend), 'mem'
+		(Suspend-to-RAM), and 'disk' (Suspend-to-Disk).
+
+		Writing to this file one of these strings causes the system to
+		transition into that state. Please see the file
+		Documentation/power/states.txt for a description of each of
+		these states.
+
+What:		/sys/power/disk
+Date:		September 2006
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+		The /sys/power/disk file controls the operating mode of the
+		suspend-to-disk mechanism.  Reading from this file returns
+		the name of the method by which the system will be put to
+		sleep on the next suspend.  There are four methods supported:
+		'firmware' - means that the memory image will be saved to disk
+		by some firmware, in which case we also assume that the
+		firmware will handle the system suspend.
+		'platform' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and
+		the system will be put to sleep by the platform driver (e.g.
+		ACPI or other PM registers).
+		'shutdown' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and
+		the system will be powered off.
+		'reboot' - the memory image will be saved by the kernel and
+		the system will be rebooted.
+
+		Additionally, /sys/power/disk can be used to turn on one of the
+		two testing modes of the suspend-to-disk mechanism: 'testproc'
+		or 'test'.  If the suspend-to-disk mechanism is in the
+		'testproc' mode, writing 'disk' to /sys/power/state will cause
+		the kernel to disable nonboot CPUs and freeze tasks, wait for 5
+		seconds, unfreeze tasks and enable nonboot CPUs.  If it is in
+		the 'test' mode, writing 'disk' to /sys/power/state will cause
+		the kernel to disable nonboot CPUs and freeze tasks, shrink
+		memory, suspend devices, wait for 5 seconds, resume devices,
+		unfreeze tasks and enable nonboot CPUs.  Then, we are able to
+		look in the log messages and work out, for example, which code
+		is being slow and which device drivers are misbehaving.
+
+		The suspend-to-disk method may be chosen by writing to this
+		file one of the accepted strings:
+
+		'firmware'
+		'platform'
+		'shutdown'
+		'reboot'
+		'testproc'
+		'test'
+
+		It will only change to 'firmware' or 'platform' if the system
+		supports that.
+
+What:		/sys/power/image_size
+Date:		August 2006
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+		The /sys/power/image_size file controls the size of the image
+		created by the suspend-to-disk mechanism.  It can be written a
+		string representing a non-negative integer that will be used
+		as an upper limit of the image size, in bytes.  The kernel's
+		suspend-to-disk code will do its best to ensure the image size
+		will not exceed this number.  However, if it turns out to be
+		impossible, the kernel will try to suspend anyway using the
+		smallest image possible.  In particular, if "0" is written to
+		this file, the suspend image will be as small as possible.
+
+		Reading from this file will display the current image size
+		limit, which is set to 500 MB by default.
+
+What:		/sys/power/pm_trace
+Date:		August 2006
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+		The /sys/power/pm_trace file controls the code which saves the
+		last PM event point in the RTC across reboots, so that you can
+		debug a machine that just hangs during suspend (or more
+		commonly, during resume).  Namely, the RTC is only used to save
+		the last PM event point if this file contains '1'.  Initially
+		it contains '0' which may be changed to '1' by writing a
+		string representing a nonzero integer into it.
+
+		To use this debugging feature you should attempt to suspend
+		the machine, then reboot it and run
+
+		dmesg -s 1000000 | grep 'hash matches'
+
+		CAUTION: Using it will cause your machine's real-time (CMOS)
+		clock to be set to a random invalid time after a resume.
+
+What:		/sys/power/pm_async
+Date:		January 2009
+Contact:	Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
+Description:
+		The /sys/power/pm_async file controls the switch allowing the
+		user space to enable or disable asynchronous suspend and resume
+		of devices.  If enabled, this feature will cause some device
+		drivers' suspend and resume callbacks to be executed in parallel
+		with each other and with the main suspend thread.  It is enabled
+		if this file contains "1", which is the default.  It may be
+		disabled by writing "0" to this file, in which case all devices
+		will be suspended and resumed synchronously.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25028c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-pps
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+What:		/sys/class/pps/
+Date:		February 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/pps/ directory will contain files and
+		directories that will provide a unified interface to
+		the PPS sources.
+
+What:		/sys/class/pps/ppsX/
+Date:		February 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/ directory is related to X-th
+		PPS source into the system. Each directory will
+		contain files to manage and control its PPS source.
+
+What:		/sys/class/pps/ppsX/assert
+Date:		February 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/assert file reports the assert events
+		and the assert sequence number of the X-th source in the form:
+
+			<secs>.<nsec>#<sequence>
+
+		If the source has no assert events the content of this file
+		is empty.
+
+What:		/sys/class/pps/ppsX/clear
+Date:		February 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/clear file reports the clear events
+		and the clear sequence number of the X-th source in the form:
+
+			<secs>.<nsec>#<sequence>
+
+		If the source has no clear events the content of this file
+		is empty.
+
+What:		/sys/class/pps/ppsX/mode
+Date:		February 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/mode file reports the functioning
+		mode of the X-th source in hexadecimal encoding.
+
+		Please, refer to linux/include/linux/pps.h for further
+		info.
+
+What:		/sys/class/pps/ppsX/echo
+Date:		February 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/echo file reports if the X-th does
+		or does not support an "echo" function.
+
+What:		/sys/class/pps/ppsX/name
+Date:		February 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/name file reports the name of the
+		X-th source.
+
+What:		/sys/class/pps/ppsX/path
+Date:		February 2008
+Contact:	Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/pps/ppsX/path file reports the path name of
+		the device connected with the X-th source.
+
+		If the source is not connected with any device the content
+		of this file is empty.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b02d8b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-profiling
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+What:		/sys/kernel/profile
+Date:		September 2008
+Contact:	Dave Hansen <dave@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
+Description:
+		/sys/kernel/profile is the runtime equivalent
+		of the boot-time profile= option.
+
+		You can get the same effect running:
+
+			echo 2 > /sys/kernel/profile
+
+		as you would by issuing profile=2 on the boot
+		command line.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wacom b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wacom
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1517976
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wacom
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+What:		/sys/class/hidraw/hidraw*/device/speed
+Date:		April 2010
+Kernel Version:	2.6.35
+Contact:	linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		The /sys/class/hidraw/hidraw*/device/speed file controls
+		reporting speed of wacom bluetooth tablet. Reading from
+		this file returns 1 if tablet reports in high speed mode
+		or 0 otherwise. Writing to this file one of these values
+		switches reporting speed.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a99c5f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-wusb_cbaf
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+What:           /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_*
+Date:           August 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+                Various files for managing Cable Based Association of
+                (wireless) USB devices.
+
+                The sequence of operations should be:
+
+                1. Device is plugged in.
+
+                2. The connection manager (CM) sees a device with CBA capability.
+                   (the wusb_chid etc. files in /sys/devices/blah/OURDEVICE).
+
+                3. The CM writes the host name, supported band groups,
+                   and the CHID (host ID) into the wusb_host_name,
+                   wusb_host_band_groups and wusb_chid files. These
+                   get sent to the device and the CDID (if any) for
+                   this host is requested.
+
+                4. The CM can verify that the device's supported band
+                   groups (wusb_device_band_groups) are compatible
+                   with the host.
+
+                5. The CM reads the wusb_cdid file.
+
+                6. The CM looks it up its database.
+
+                   - If it has a matching CHID,CDID entry, the device
+                     has been authorized before and nothing further
+                     needs to be done.
+
+                   - If the CDID is zero (or the CM doesn't find a
+                     matching CDID in its database), the device is
+                     assumed to be not known.  The CM may associate
+                     the host with device by: writing a randomly
+                     generated CDID to wusb_cdid and then a random CK
+                     to wusb_ck (this uploads the new CC to the
+                     device).
+
+                     CMD may choose to prompt the user before
+                     associating with a new device.
+
+                7. Device is unplugged.
+
+                References:
+                  [WUSB-AM] Association Models Supplement to the
+                            Certified Wireless Universal Serial Bus
+                            Specification, version 1.0.
+
+What:           /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_chid
+Date:           August 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+                The CHID of the host formatted as 16 space-separated
+                hex octets.
+
+                Writes fetches device's supported band groups and the
+                the CDID for any existing association with this host.
+
+What:           /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_host_name
+Date:           August 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+                A friendly name for the host as a UTF-8 encoded string.
+
+What:           /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_host_band_groups
+Date:           August 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+                The band groups supported by the host, in the format
+                defined in [WUSB-AM].
+
+What:           /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_device_band_groups
+Date:           August 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+                The band groups supported by the device, in the format
+                defined in [WUSB-AM].
+
+What:           /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_cdid
+Date:           August 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+                The device's CDID formatted as 16 space-separated hex
+                octets.
+
+What:           /sys/bus/usb/drivers/wusb_cbaf/.../wusb_ck
+Date:           August 2008
+KernelVersion:  2.6.27
+Contact:        David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
+Description:
+                Write 16 space-separated random, hex octets to
+                associate with the device.
diff --git a/Documentation/BUG-HUNTING b/Documentation/BUG-HUNTING
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65022a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/BUG-HUNTING
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+Table of contents
+=================
+
+Last updated: 20 December 2005
+
+Contents
+========
+
+- Introduction
+- Devices not appearing
+- Finding patch that caused a bug
+-- Finding using git-bisect
+-- Finding it the old way
+- Fixing the bug
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+Always try the latest kernel from kernel.org and build from source. If you are
+not confident in doing that please report the bug to your distribution vendor
+instead of to a kernel developer.
+
+Finding bugs is not always easy. Have a go though. If you can't find it don't
+give up. Report as much as you have found to the relevant maintainer. See
+MAINTAINERS for who that is for the subsystem you have worked on.
+
+Before you submit a bug report read REPORTING-BUGS.
+
+Devices not appearing
+=====================
+
+Often this is caused by udev. Check that first before blaming it on the
+kernel.
+
+Finding patch that caused a bug
+===============================
+
+
+
+Finding using git-bisect
+------------------------
+
+Using the provided tools with git makes finding bugs easy provided the bug is
+reproducible.
+
+Steps to do it:
+- start using git for the kernel source
+- read the man page for git-bisect
+- have fun
+
+Finding it the old way
+----------------------
+
+[Sat Mar  2 10:32:33 PST 1996 KERNEL_BUG-HOWTO lm@sgi.com (Larry McVoy)]
+
+This is how to track down a bug if you know nothing about kernel hacking.
+It's a brute force approach but it works pretty well.
+
+You need:
+
+        . A reproducible bug - it has to happen predictably (sorry)
+        . All the kernel tar files from a revision that worked to the
+          revision that doesn't
+
+You will then do:
+
+        . Rebuild a revision that you believe works, install, and verify that.
+        . Do a binary search over the kernels to figure out which one
+          introduced the bug.  I.e., suppose 1.3.28 didn't have the bug, but
+          you know that 1.3.69 does.  Pick a kernel in the middle and build
+          that, like 1.3.50.  Build & test; if it works, pick the mid point
+          between .50 and .69, else the mid point between .28 and .50.
+        . You'll narrow it down to the kernel that introduced the bug.  You
+          can probably do better than this but it gets tricky.
+
+        . Narrow it down to a subdirectory
+
+          - Copy kernel that works into "test".  Let's say that 3.62 works,
+            but 3.63 doesn't.  So you diff -r those two kernels and come
+            up with a list of directories that changed.  For each of those
+            directories:
+
+                Copy the non-working directory next to the working directory
+                as "dir.63".
+                One directory at time, try moving the working directory to
+                "dir.62" and mv dir.63 dir"time, try
+
+                        mv dir dir.62
+                        mv dir.63 dir
+                        find dir -name '*.[oa]' -print | xargs rm -f
+
+                And then rebuild and retest.  Assuming that all related
+                changes were contained in the sub directory, this should
+                isolate the change to a directory.
+
+                Problems: changes in header files may have occurred; I've
+                found in my case that they were self explanatory - you may
+                or may not want to give up when that happens.
+
+        . Narrow it down to a file
+
+          - You can apply the same technique to each file in the directory,
+            hoping that the changes in that file are self contained.
+
+        . Narrow it down to a routine
+
+          - You can take the old file and the new file and manually create
+            a merged file that has
+
+                #ifdef VER62
+                routine()
+                {
+                        ...
+                }
+                #else
+                routine()
+                {
+                        ...
+                }
+                #endif
+
+            And then walk through that file, one routine at a time and
+            prefix it with
+
+                #define VER62
+                /* both routines here */
+                #undef VER62
+
+            Then recompile, retest, move the ifdefs until you find the one
+            that makes the difference.
+
+Finally, you take all the info that you have, kernel revisions, bug
+description, the extent to which you have narrowed it down, and pass
+that off to whomever you believe is the maintainer of that section.
+A post to linux.dev.kernel isn't such a bad idea if you've done some
+work to narrow it down.
+
+If you get it down to a routine, you'll probably get a fix in 24 hours.
+
+My apologies to Linus and the other kernel hackers for describing this
+brute force approach, it's hardly what a kernel hacker would do.  However,
+it does work and it lets non-hackers help fix bugs.  And it is cool
+because Linux snapshots will let you do this - something that you can't
+do with vendor supplied releases.
+
+Fixing the bug
+==============
+
+Nobody is going to tell you how to fix bugs. Seriously. You need to work it
+out. But below are some hints on how to use the tools.
+
+To debug a kernel, use objdump and look for the hex offset from the crash
+output to find the valid line of code/assembler. Without debug symbols, you
+will see the assembler code for the routine shown, but if your kernel has
+debug symbols the C code will also be available. (Debug symbols can be enabled
+in the kernel hacking menu of the menu configuration.) For example:
+
+    objdump -r -S -l --disassemble net/dccp/ipv4.o
+
+NB.: you need to be at the top level of the kernel tree for this to pick up
+your C files.
+
+If you don't have access to the code you can also debug on some crash dumps
+e.g. crash dump output as shown by Dave Miller.
+
+>    EIP is at ip_queue_xmit+0x14/0x4c0
+>     ...
+>    Code: 44 24 04 e8 6f 05 00 00 e9 e8 fe ff ff 8d 76 00 8d bc 27 00 00
+>    00 00 55 57  56 53 81 ec bc 00 00 00 8b ac 24 d0 00 00 00 8b 5d 08
+>    <8b> 83 3c 01 00 00 89 44  24 14 8b 45 28 85 c0 89 44 24 18 0f 85
+>
+>    Put the bytes into a "foo.s" file like this:
+>
+>           .text
+>           .globl foo
+>    foo:
+>           .byte  .... /* bytes from Code: part of OOPS dump */
+>
+>    Compile it with "gcc -c -o foo.o foo.s" then look at the output of
+>    "objdump --disassemble foo.o".
+>
+>    Output:
+>
+>    ip_queue_xmit:
+>        push       %ebp
+>        push       %edi
+>        push       %esi
+>        push       %ebx
+>        sub        $0xbc, %esp
+>        mov        0xd0(%esp), %ebp        ! %ebp = arg0 (skb)
+>        mov        0x8(%ebp), %ebx         ! %ebx = skb->sk
+>        mov        0x13c(%ebx), %eax       ! %eax = inet_sk(sk)->opt
+
+In addition, you can use GDB to figure out the exact file and line
+number of the OOPS from the vmlinux file. If you have
+CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO enabled, you can simply copy the EIP value from the
+OOPS:
+
+ EIP:    0060:[<c021e50e>]    Not tainted VLI
+
+And use GDB to translate that to human-readable form:
+
+  gdb vmlinux
+  (gdb) l *0xc021e50e
+
+If you don't have CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO enabled, you use the function
+offset from the OOPS:
+
+ EIP is at vt_ioctl+0xda8/0x1482
+
+And recompile the kernel with CONFIG_DEBUG_INFO enabled:
+
+  make vmlinux
+  gdb vmlinux
+  (gdb) p vt_ioctl
+  (gdb) l *(0x<address of vt_ioctl> + 0xda8)
+or, as one command
+  (gdb) l *(vt_ioctl + 0xda8)
+
+If you have a call trace, such as :-
+>Call Trace:
+> [<ffffffff8802c8e9>] :jbd:log_wait_commit+0xa3/0xf5
+> [<ffffffff810482d9>] autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x2e
+> [<ffffffff8802770b>] :jbd:journal_stop+0x1be/0x1ee
+> ...
+this shows the problem in the :jbd: module. You can load that module in gdb
+and list the relevant code.
+  gdb fs/jbd/jbd.ko
+  (gdb) p log_wait_commit
+  (gdb) l *(0x<address> + 0xa3)
+or
+  (gdb) l *(log_wait_commit + 0xa3)
+
+
+Another very useful option of the Kernel Hacking section in menuconfig is
+Debug memory allocations. This will help you see whether data has been
+initialised and not set before use etc. To see the values that get assigned
+with this look at mm/slab.c and search for POISON_INUSE. When using this an
+Oops will often show the poisoned data instead of zero which is the default.
+
+Once you have worked out a fix please submit it upstream. After all open
+source is about sharing what you do and don't you want to be recognised for
+your genius?
+
+Please do read Documentation/SubmittingPatches though to help your code get
+accepted.
diff --git a/Documentation/Changes b/Documentation/Changes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eca9f6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/Changes
@@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
+Intro
+=====
+
+This document is designed to provide a list of the minimum levels of
+software necessary to run the 2.6 kernels, as well as provide brief
+instructions regarding any other "Gotchas" users may encounter when
+trying life on the Bleeding Edge.  If upgrading from a pre-2.4.x
+kernel, please consult the Changes file included with 2.4.x kernels for
+additional information; most of that information will not be repeated
+here.  Basically, this document assumes that your system is already
+functional and running at least 2.4.x kernels.
+
+This document is originally based on my "Changes" file for 2.0.x kernels
+and therefore owes credit to the same people as that file (Jared Mauch,
+Axel Boldt, Alessandro Sigala, and countless other users all over the
+'net).
+
+Current Minimal Requirements
+============================
+
+Upgrade to at *least* these software revisions before thinking you've
+encountered a bug!  If you're unsure what version you're currently
+running, the suggested command should tell you.
+
+Again, keep in mind that this list assumes you are already
+functionally running a Linux 2.4 kernel.  Also, not all tools are
+necessary on all systems; obviously, if you don't have any ISDN
+hardware, for example, you probably needn't concern yourself with
+isdn4k-utils.
+
+o  Gnu C                  3.2                     # gcc --version
+o  Gnu make               3.80                    # make --version
+o  binutils               2.12                    # ld -v
+o  util-linux             2.10o                   # fdformat --version
+o  module-init-tools      0.9.10                  # depmod -V
+o  e2fsprogs              1.41.4                  # e2fsck -V
+o  jfsutils               1.1.3                   # fsck.jfs -V
+o  reiserfsprogs          3.6.3                   # reiserfsck -V 2>&1|grep reiserfsprogs
+o  xfsprogs               2.6.0                   # xfs_db -V
+o  squashfs-tools         4.0                     # mksquashfs -version
+o  btrfs-progs            0.18                    # btrfsck
+o  pcmciautils            004                     # pccardctl -V
+o  quota-tools            3.09                    # quota -V
+o  PPP                    2.4.0                   # pppd --version
+o  isdn4k-utils           3.1pre1                 # isdnctrl 2>&1|grep version
+o  nfs-utils              1.0.5                   # showmount --version
+o  procps                 3.2.0                   # ps --version
+o  oprofile               0.9                     # oprofiled --version
+o  udev                   081                     # udevinfo -V
+o  grub                   0.93                    # grub --version
+o  mcelog		  0.6
+o  iptables               1.4.2                   # iptables -V
+
+
+Kernel compilation
+==================
+
+GCC
+---
+
+The gcc version requirements may vary depending on the type of CPU in your
+computer.
+
+Make
+----
+
+You will need Gnu make 3.80 or later to build the kernel.
+
+Binutils
+--------
+
+Linux on IA-32 has recently switched from using as86 to using gas for
+assembling the 16-bit boot code, removing the need for as86 to compile
+your kernel.  This change does, however, mean that you need a recent
+release of binutils.
+
+Perl
+----
+
+You will need perl 5 and the following modules: Getopt::Long, Getopt::Std,
+File::Basename, and File::Find to build the kernel.
+
+
+System utilities
+================
+
+Architectural changes
+---------------------
+
+DevFS has been obsoleted in favour of udev
+(http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/kernel/hotplug/)
+
+32-bit UID support is now in place.  Have fun!
+
+Linux documentation for functions is transitioning to inline
+documentation via specially-formatted comments near their
+definitions in the source.  These comments can be combined with the
+SGML templates in the Documentation/DocBook directory to make DocBook
+files, which can then be converted by DocBook stylesheets to PostScript,
+HTML, PDF files, and several other formats.  In order to convert from
+DocBook format to a format of your choice, you'll need to install Jade as
+well as the desired DocBook stylesheets.
+
+Util-linux
+----------
+
+New versions of util-linux provide *fdisk support for larger disks,
+support new options to mount, recognize more supported partition
+types, have a fdformat which works with 2.4 kernels, and similar goodies.
+You'll probably want to upgrade.
+
+Ksymoops
+--------
+
+If the unthinkable happens and your kernel oopses, you may need the
+ksymoops tool to decode it, but in most cases you don't.
+In the 2.6 kernel it is generally preferred to build the kernel with
+CONFIG_KALLSYMS so that it produces readable dumps that can be used as-is
+(this also produces better output than ksymoops).
+If for some reason your kernel is not build with CONFIG_KALLSYMS and
+you have no way to rebuild and reproduce the Oops with that option, then
+you can still decode that Oops with ksymoops.
+
+Module-Init-Tools
+-----------------
+
+A new module loader is now in the kernel that requires module-init-tools
+to use.  It is backward compatible with the 2.4.x series kernels.
+
+Mkinitrd
+--------
+
+These changes to the /lib/modules file tree layout also require that
+mkinitrd be upgraded.
+
+E2fsprogs
+---------
+
+The latest version of e2fsprogs fixes several bugs in fsck and
+debugfs.  Obviously, it's a good idea to upgrade.
+
+JFSutils
+--------
+
+The jfsutils package contains the utilities for the file system.
+The following utilities are available:
+o fsck.jfs - initiate replay of the transaction log, and check
+  and repair a JFS formatted partition.
+o mkfs.jfs - create a JFS formatted partition.
+o other file system utilities are also available in this package.
+
+Reiserfsprogs
+-------------
+
+The reiserfsprogs package should be used for reiserfs-3.6.x
+(Linux kernels 2.4.x). It is a combined package and contains working
+versions of mkreiserfs, resize_reiserfs, debugreiserfs and
+reiserfsck. These utils work on both i386 and alpha platforms.
+
+Xfsprogs
+--------
+
+The latest version of xfsprogs contains mkfs.xfs, xfs_db, and the
+xfs_repair utilities, among others, for the XFS filesystem.  It is
+architecture independent and any version from 2.0.0 onward should
+work correctly with this version of the XFS kernel code (2.6.0 or
+later is recommended, due to some significant improvements).
+
+PCMCIAutils
+-----------
+
+PCMCIAutils replaces pcmcia-cs (see below). It properly sets up
+PCMCIA sockets at system startup and loads the appropriate modules
+for 16-bit PCMCIA devices if the kernel is modularized and the hotplug
+subsystem is used.
+
+Pcmcia-cs
+---------
+
+PCMCIA (PC Card) support is now partially implemented in the main
+kernel source. The "pcmciautils" package (see above) replaces pcmcia-cs
+for newest kernels.
+
+Quota-tools
+-----------
+
+Support for 32 bit uid's and gid's is required if you want to use
+the newer version 2 quota format.  Quota-tools version 3.07 and
+newer has this support.  Use the recommended version or newer
+from the table above.
+
+Intel IA32 microcode
+--------------------
+
+A driver has been added to allow updating of Intel IA32 microcode,
+accessible as a normal (misc) character device.  If you are not using
+udev you may need to:
+
+mkdir /dev/cpu
+mknod /dev/cpu/microcode c 10 184
+chmod 0644 /dev/cpu/microcode
+
+as root before you can use this.  You'll probably also want to
+get the user-space microcode_ctl utility to use with this.
+
+Powertweak
+----------
+
+If you are running v0.1.17 or earlier, you should upgrade to
+version v0.99.0 or higher. Running old versions may cause problems
+with programs using shared memory.
+
+udev
+----
+udev is a userspace application for populating /dev dynamically with
+only entries for devices actually present.  udev replaces the basic
+functionality of devfs, while allowing persistent device naming for
+devices.
+
+FUSE
+----
+
+Needs libfuse 2.4.0 or later.  Absolute minimum is 2.3.0 but mount
+options 'direct_io' and 'kernel_cache' won't work.
+
+Networking
+==========
+
+General changes
+---------------
+
+If you have advanced network configuration needs, you should probably
+consider using the network tools from ip-route2.
+
+Packet Filter / NAT
+-------------------
+The packet filtering and NAT code uses the same tools like the previous 2.4.x
+kernel series (iptables).  It still includes backwards-compatibility modules
+for 2.2.x-style ipchains and 2.0.x-style ipfwadm.
+
+PPP
+---
+
+The PPP driver has been restructured to support multilink and to
+enable it to operate over diverse media layers.  If you use PPP,
+upgrade pppd to at least 2.4.0.
+
+If you are not using udev, you must have the device file /dev/ppp
+which can be made by:
+
+mknod /dev/ppp c 108 0
+
+as root.
+
+Isdn4k-utils
+------------
+
+Due to changes in the length of the phone number field, isdn4k-utils
+needs to be recompiled or (preferably) upgraded.
+
+NFS-utils
+---------
+
+In 2.4 and earlier kernels, the nfs server needed to know about any
+client that expected to be able to access files via NFS.  This
+information would be given to the kernel by "mountd" when the client
+mounted the filesystem, or by "exportfs" at system startup.  exportfs
+would take information about active clients from /var/lib/nfs/rmtab.
+
+This approach is quite fragile as it depends on rmtab being correct
+which is not always easy, particularly when trying to implement
+fail-over.  Even when the system is working well, rmtab suffers from
+getting lots of old entries that never get removed.
+
+With 2.6 we have the option of having the kernel tell mountd when it
+gets a request from an unknown host, and mountd can give appropriate
+export information to the kernel.  This removes the dependency on
+rmtab and means that the kernel only needs to know about currently
+active clients.
+
+To enable this new functionality, you need to:
+
+  mount -t nfsd nfsd /proc/fs/nfsd
+
+before running exportfs or mountd.  It is recommended that all NFS
+services be protected from the internet-at-large by a firewall where
+that is possible.
+
+mcelog
+------
+
+In Linux 2.6.31+ the i386 kernel needs to run the mcelog utility
+as a regular cronjob similar to the x86-64 kernel to process and log
+machine check events when CONFIG_X86_NEW_MCE is enabled. Machine check
+events are errors reported by the CPU. Processing them is strongly encouraged.
+All x86-64 kernels since 2.6.4 require the mcelog utility to
+process machine checks.
+
+Getting updated software
+========================
+
+Kernel compilation
+******************
+
+gcc
+---
+o  <ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gcc/>
+
+Make
+----
+o  <ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/make/>
+
+Binutils
+--------
+o  <ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/devel/binutils/>
+
+System utilities
+****************
+
+Util-linux
+----------
+o  <ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/>
+
+Ksymoops
+--------
+o  <ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/kernel/ksymoops/v2.4/>
+
+Module-Init-Tools
+-----------------
+o  <ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/rusty/modules/>
+
+Mkinitrd
+--------
+o  <ftp://rawhide.redhat.com/pub/rawhide/SRPMS/SRPMS/>
+
+E2fsprogs
+---------
+o  <http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/e2fsprogs/e2fsprogs-1.29.tar.gz>
+
+JFSutils
+--------
+o  <http://jfs.sourceforge.net/>
+
+Reiserfsprogs
+-------------
+o  <http://www.namesys.com/pub/reiserfsprogs/reiserfsprogs-3.6.3.tar.gz>
+
+Xfsprogs
+--------
+o  <ftp://oss.sgi.com/projects/xfs/download/>
+
+Pcmciautils
+-----------
+o  <ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/kernel/pcmcia/>
+
+Pcmcia-cs
+---------
+o  <http://pcmcia-cs.sourceforge.net/>
+
+Quota-tools
+----------
+o  <http://sourceforge.net/projects/linuxquota/>
+
+DocBook Stylesheets
+-------------------
+o  <http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl/>
+
+XMLTO XSLT Frontend
+-------------------
+o  <http://cyberelk.net/tim/xmlto/>
+
+Intel P6 microcode
+------------------
+o  <http://www.urbanmyth.org/microcode/>
+
+Powertweak
+----------
+o  <http://powertweak.sourceforge.net/>
+
+udev
+----
+o <http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/kernel/hotplug/udev.html>
+
+FUSE
+----
+o <http://sourceforge.net/projects/fuse>
+
+mcelog
+------
+o <ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cpu/mce/mcelog/>
+
+Networking
+**********
+
+PPP
+---
+o  <ftp://ftp.samba.org/pub/ppp/ppp-2.4.0.tar.gz>
+
+Isdn4k-utils
+------------
+o  <ftp://ftp.isdn4linux.de/pub/isdn4linux/utils/isdn4k-utils.v3.1pre1.tar.gz>
+
+NFS-utils
+---------
+o  <http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=14>
+
+Iptables
+--------
+o  <http://www.iptables.org/downloads.html>
+
+Ip-route2
+---------
+o  <ftp://ftp.tux.org/pub/net/ip-routing/iproute2-2.2.4-now-ss991023.tar.gz>
+
+OProfile
+--------
+o  <http://oprofile.sf.net/download/>
+
+NFS-Utils
+---------
+o  <http://nfs.sourceforge.net/>
+
diff --git a/Documentation/CodingStyle b/Documentation/CodingStyle
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8bb3723
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/CodingStyle
@@ -0,0 +1,824 @@
+
+		Linux kernel coding style
+
+This is a short document describing the preferred coding style for the
+linux kernel.  Coding style is very personal, and I won't _force_ my
+views on anybody, but this is what goes for anything that I have to be
+able to maintain, and I'd prefer it for most other things too.  Please
+at least consider the points made here.
+
+First off, I'd suggest printing out a copy of the GNU coding standards,
+and NOT read it.  Burn them, it's a great symbolic gesture.
+
+Anyway, here goes:
+
+
+	 	Chapter 1: Indentation
+
+Tabs are 8 characters, and thus indentations are also 8 characters.
+There are heretic movements that try to make indentations 4 (or even 2!)
+characters deep, and that is akin to trying to define the value of PI to
+be 3.
+
+Rationale: The whole idea behind indentation is to clearly define where
+a block of control starts and ends.  Especially when you've been looking
+at your screen for 20 straight hours, you'll find it a lot easier to see
+how the indentation works if you have large indentations.
+
+Now, some people will claim that having 8-character indentations makes
+the code move too far to the right, and makes it hard to read on a
+80-character terminal screen.  The answer to that is that if you need
+more than 3 levels of indentation, you're screwed anyway, and should fix
+your program.
+
+In short, 8-char indents make things easier to read, and have the added
+benefit of warning you when you're nesting your functions too deep.
+Heed that warning.
+
+The preferred way to ease multiple indentation levels in a switch statement is
+to align the "switch" and its subordinate "case" labels in the same column
+instead of "double-indenting" the "case" labels.  E.g.:
+
+	switch (suffix) {
+	case 'G':
+	case 'g':
+		mem <<= 30;
+		break;
+	case 'M':
+	case 'm':
+		mem <<= 20;
+		break;
+	case 'K':
+	case 'k':
+		mem <<= 10;
+		/* fall through */
+	default:
+		break;
+	}
+
+
+Don't put multiple statements on a single line unless you have
+something to hide:
+
+	if (condition) do_this;
+	  do_something_everytime;
+
+Don't put multiple assignments on a single line either.  Kernel coding style
+is super simple.  Avoid tricky expressions.
+
+Outside of comments, documentation and except in Kconfig, spaces are never
+used for indentation, and the above example is deliberately broken.
+
+Get a decent editor and don't leave whitespace at the end of lines.
+
+
+		Chapter 2: Breaking long lines and strings
+
+Coding style is all about readability and maintainability using commonly
+available tools.
+
+The limit on the length of lines is 80 columns and this is a strongly
+preferred limit.
+
+Statements longer than 80 columns will be broken into sensible chunks.
+Descendants are always substantially shorter than the parent and are placed
+substantially to the right. The same applies to function headers with a long
+argument list. Long strings are as well broken into shorter strings. The
+only exception to this is where exceeding 80 columns significantly increases
+readability and does not hide information.
+
+void fun(int a, int b, int c)
+{
+	if (condition)
+		printk(KERN_WARNING "Warning this is a long printk with "
+						"3 parameters a: %u b: %u "
+						"c: %u \n", a, b, c);
+	else
+		next_statement;
+}
+
+		Chapter 3: Placing Braces and Spaces
+
+The other issue that always comes up in C styling is the placement of
+braces.  Unlike the indent size, there are few technical reasons to
+choose one placement strategy over the other, but the preferred way, as
+shown to us by the prophets Kernighan and Ritchie, is to put the opening
+brace last on the line, and put the closing brace first, thusly:
+
+	if (x is true) {
+		we do y
+	}
+
+This applies to all non-function statement blocks (if, switch, for,
+while, do).  E.g.:
+
+	switch (action) {
+	case KOBJ_ADD:
+		return "add";
+	case KOBJ_REMOVE:
+		return "remove";
+	case KOBJ_CHANGE:
+		return "change";
+	default:
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+However, there is one special case, namely functions: they have the
+opening brace at the beginning of the next line, thus:
+
+	int function(int x)
+	{
+		body of function
+	}
+
+Heretic people all over the world have claimed that this inconsistency
+is ...  well ...  inconsistent, but all right-thinking people know that
+(a) K&R are _right_ and (b) K&R are right.  Besides, functions are
+special anyway (you can't nest them in C).
+
+Note that the closing brace is empty on a line of its own, _except_ in
+the cases where it is followed by a continuation of the same statement,
+ie a "while" in a do-statement or an "else" in an if-statement, like
+this:
+
+	do {
+		body of do-loop
+	} while (condition);
+
+and
+
+	if (x == y) {
+		..
+	} else if (x > y) {
+		...
+	} else {
+		....
+	}
+
+Rationale: K&R.
+
+Also, note that this brace-placement also minimizes the number of empty
+(or almost empty) lines, without any loss of readability.  Thus, as the
+supply of new-lines on your screen is not a renewable resource (think
+25-line terminal screens here), you have more empty lines to put
+comments on.
+
+Do not unnecessarily use braces where a single statement will do.
+
+if (condition)
+	action();
+
+This does not apply if one branch of a conditional statement is a single
+statement. Use braces in both branches.
+
+if (condition) {
+	do_this();
+	do_that();
+} else {
+	otherwise();
+}
+
+		3.1:  Spaces
+
+Linux kernel style for use of spaces depends (mostly) on
+function-versus-keyword usage.  Use a space after (most) keywords.  The
+notable exceptions are sizeof, typeof, alignof, and __attribute__, which look
+somewhat like functions (and are usually used with parentheses in Linux,
+although they are not required in the language, as in: "sizeof info" after
+"struct fileinfo info;" is declared).
+
+So use a space after these keywords:
+	if, switch, case, for, do, while
+but not with sizeof, typeof, alignof, or __attribute__.  E.g.,
+	s = sizeof(struct file);
+
+Do not add spaces around (inside) parenthesized expressions.  This example is
+*bad*:
+
+	s = sizeof( struct file );
+
+When declaring pointer data or a function that returns a pointer type, the
+preferred use of '*' is adjacent to the data name or function name and not
+adjacent to the type name.  Examples:
+
+	char *linux_banner;
+	unsigned long long memparse(char *ptr, char **retptr);
+	char *match_strdup(substring_t *s);
+
+Use one space around (on each side of) most binary and ternary operators,
+such as any of these:
+
+	=  +  -  <  >  *  /  %  |  &  ^  <=  >=  ==  !=  ?  :
+
+but no space after unary operators:
+	&  *  +  -  ~  !  sizeof  typeof  alignof  __attribute__  defined
+
+no space before the postfix increment & decrement unary operators:
+	++  --
+
+no space after the prefix increment & decrement unary operators:
+	++  --
+
+and no space around the '.' and "->" structure member operators.
+
+Do not leave trailing whitespace at the ends of lines.  Some editors with
+"smart" indentation will insert whitespace at the beginning of new lines as
+appropriate, so you can start typing the next line of code right away.
+However, some such editors do not remove the whitespace if you end up not
+putting a line of code there, such as if you leave a blank line.  As a result,
+you end up with lines containing trailing whitespace.
+
+Git will warn you about patches that introduce trailing whitespace, and can
+optionally strip the trailing whitespace for you; however, if applying a series
+of patches, this may make later patches in the series fail by changing their
+context lines.
+
+
+		Chapter 4: Naming
+
+C is a Spartan language, and so should your naming be.  Unlike Modula-2
+and Pascal programmers, C programmers do not use cute names like
+ThisVariableIsATemporaryCounter.  A C programmer would call that
+variable "tmp", which is much easier to write, and not the least more
+difficult to understand.
+
+HOWEVER, while mixed-case names are frowned upon, descriptive names for
+global variables are a must.  To call a global function "foo" is a
+shooting offense.
+
+GLOBAL variables (to be used only if you _really_ need them) need to
+have descriptive names, as do global functions.  If you have a function
+that counts the number of active users, you should call that
+"count_active_users()" or similar, you should _not_ call it "cntusr()".
+
+Encoding the type of a function into the name (so-called Hungarian
+notation) is brain damaged - the compiler knows the types anyway and can
+check those, and it only confuses the programmer.  No wonder MicroSoft
+makes buggy programs.
+
+LOCAL variable names should be short, and to the point.  If you have
+some random integer loop counter, it should probably be called "i".
+Calling it "loop_counter" is non-productive, if there is no chance of it
+being mis-understood.  Similarly, "tmp" can be just about any type of
+variable that is used to hold a temporary value.
+
+If you are afraid to mix up your local variable names, you have another
+problem, which is called the function-growth-hormone-imbalance syndrome.
+See chapter 6 (Functions).
+
+
+		Chapter 5: Typedefs
+
+Please don't use things like "vps_t".
+
+It's a _mistake_ to use typedef for structures and pointers. When you see a
+
+	vps_t a;
+
+in the source, what does it mean?
+
+In contrast, if it says
+
+	struct virtual_container *a;
+
+you can actually tell what "a" is.
+
+Lots of people think that typedefs "help readability". Not so. They are
+useful only for:
+
+ (a) totally opaque objects (where the typedef is actively used to _hide_
+     what the object is).
+
+     Example: "pte_t" etc. opaque objects that you can only access using
+     the proper accessor functions.
+
+     NOTE! Opaqueness and "accessor functions" are not good in themselves.
+     The reason we have them for things like pte_t etc. is that there
+     really is absolutely _zero_ portably accessible information there.
+
+ (b) Clear integer types, where the abstraction _helps_ avoid confusion
+     whether it is "int" or "long".
+
+     u8/u16/u32 are perfectly fine typedefs, although they fit into
+     category (d) better than here.
+
+     NOTE! Again - there needs to be a _reason_ for this. If something is
+     "unsigned long", then there's no reason to do
+
+	typedef unsigned long myflags_t;
+
+     but if there is a clear reason for why it under certain circumstances
+     might be an "unsigned int" and under other configurations might be
+     "unsigned long", then by all means go ahead and use a typedef.
+
+ (c) when you use sparse to literally create a _new_ type for
+     type-checking.
+
+ (d) New types which are identical to standard C99 types, in certain
+     exceptional circumstances.
+
+     Although it would only take a short amount of time for the eyes and
+     brain to become accustomed to the standard types like 'uint32_t',
+     some people object to their use anyway.
+
+     Therefore, the Linux-specific 'u8/u16/u32/u64' types and their
+     signed equivalents which are identical to standard types are
+     permitted -- although they are not mandatory in new code of your
+     own.
+
+     When editing existing code which already uses one or the other set
+     of types, you should conform to the existing choices in that code.
+
+ (e) Types safe for use in userspace.
+
+     In certain structures which are visible to userspace, we cannot
+     require C99 types and cannot use the 'u32' form above. Thus, we
+     use __u32 and similar types in all structures which are shared
+     with userspace.
+
+Maybe there are other cases too, but the rule should basically be to NEVER
+EVER use a typedef unless you can clearly match one of those rules.
+
+In general, a pointer, or a struct that has elements that can reasonably
+be directly accessed should _never_ be a typedef.
+
+
+		Chapter 6: Functions
+
+Functions should be short and sweet, and do just one thing.  They should
+fit on one or two screenfuls of text (the ISO/ANSI screen size is 80x24,
+as we all know), and do one thing and do that well.
+
+The maximum length of a function is inversely proportional to the
+complexity and indentation level of that function.  So, if you have a
+conceptually simple function that is just one long (but simple)
+case-statement, where you have to do lots of small things for a lot of
+different cases, it's OK to have a longer function.
+
+However, if you have a complex function, and you suspect that a
+less-than-gifted first-year high-school student might not even
+understand what the function is all about, you should adhere to the
+maximum limits all the more closely.  Use helper functions with
+descriptive names (you can ask the compiler to in-line them if you think
+it's performance-critical, and it will probably do a better job of it
+than you would have done).
+
+Another measure of the function is the number of local variables.  They
+shouldn't exceed 5-10, or you're doing something wrong.  Re-think the
+function, and split it into smaller pieces.  A human brain can
+generally easily keep track of about 7 different things, anything more
+and it gets confused.  You know you're brilliant, but maybe you'd like
+to understand what you did 2 weeks from now.
+
+In source files, separate functions with one blank line.  If the function is
+exported, the EXPORT* macro for it should follow immediately after the closing
+function brace line.  E.g.:
+
+int system_is_up(void)
+{
+	return system_state == SYSTEM_RUNNING;
+}
+EXPORT_SYMBOL(system_is_up);
+
+In function prototypes, include parameter names with their data types.
+Although this is not required by the C language, it is preferred in Linux
+because it is a simple way to add valuable information for the reader.
+
+
+		Chapter 7: Centralized exiting of functions
+
+Albeit deprecated by some people, the equivalent of the goto statement is
+used frequently by compilers in form of the unconditional jump instruction.
+
+The goto statement comes in handy when a function exits from multiple
+locations and some common work such as cleanup has to be done.
+
+The rationale is:
+
+- unconditional statements are easier to understand and follow
+- nesting is reduced
+- errors by not updating individual exit points when making
+    modifications are prevented
+- saves the compiler work to optimize redundant code away ;)
+
+int fun(int a)
+{
+	int result = 0;
+	char *buffer = kmalloc(SIZE);
+
+	if (buffer == NULL)
+		return -ENOMEM;
+
+	if (condition1) {
+		while (loop1) {
+			...
+		}
+		result = 1;
+		goto out;
+	}
+	...
+out:
+	kfree(buffer);
+	return result;
+}
+
+		Chapter 8: Commenting
+
+Comments are good, but there is also a danger of over-commenting.  NEVER
+try to explain HOW your code works in a comment: it's much better to
+write the code so that the _working_ is obvious, and it's a waste of
+time to explain badly written code.
+
+Generally, you want your comments to tell WHAT your code does, not HOW.
+Also, try to avoid putting comments inside a function body: if the
+function is so complex that you need to separately comment parts of it,
+you should probably go back to chapter 6 for a while.  You can make
+small comments to note or warn about something particularly clever (or
+ugly), but try to avoid excess.  Instead, put the comments at the head
+of the function, telling people what it does, and possibly WHY it does
+it.
+
+When commenting the kernel API functions, please use the kernel-doc format.
+See the files Documentation/kernel-doc-nano-HOWTO.txt and scripts/kernel-doc
+for details.
+
+Linux style for comments is the C89 "/* ... */" style.
+Don't use C99-style "// ..." comments.
+
+The preferred style for long (multi-line) comments is:
+
+	/*
+	 * This is the preferred style for multi-line
+	 * comments in the Linux kernel source code.
+	 * Please use it consistently.
+	 *
+	 * Description:  A column of asterisks on the left side,
+	 * with beginning and ending almost-blank lines.
+	 */
+
+It's also important to comment data, whether they are basic types or derived
+types.  To this end, use just one data declaration per line (no commas for
+multiple data declarations).  This leaves you room for a small comment on each
+item, explaining its use.
+
+
+		Chapter 9: You've made a mess of it
+
+That's OK, we all do.  You've probably been told by your long-time Unix
+user helper that "GNU emacs" automatically formats the C sources for
+you, and you've noticed that yes, it does do that, but the defaults it
+uses are less than desirable (in fact, they are worse than random
+typing - an infinite number of monkeys typing into GNU emacs would never
+make a good program).
+
+So, you can either get rid of GNU emacs, or change it to use saner
+values.  To do the latter, you can stick the following in your .emacs file:
+
+(defun c-lineup-arglist-tabs-only (ignored)
+  "Line up argument lists by tabs, not spaces"
+  (let* ((anchor (c-langelem-pos c-syntactic-element))
+	 (column (c-langelem-2nd-pos c-syntactic-element))
+	 (offset (- (1+ column) anchor))
+	 (steps (floor offset c-basic-offset)))
+    (* (max steps 1)
+       c-basic-offset)))
+
+(add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook
+          (lambda ()
+            ;; Add kernel style
+            (c-add-style
+             "linux-tabs-only"
+             '("linux" (c-offsets-alist
+                        (arglist-cont-nonempty
+                         c-lineup-gcc-asm-reg
+                         c-lineup-arglist-tabs-only))))))
+
+(add-hook 'c-mode-hook
+          (lambda ()
+            (let ((filename (buffer-file-name)))
+              ;; Enable kernel mode for the appropriate files
+              (when (and filename
+                         (string-match (expand-file-name "~/src/linux-trees")
+                                       filename))
+                (setq indent-tabs-mode t)
+                (c-set-style "linux-tabs-only")))))
+
+This will make emacs go better with the kernel coding style for C
+files below ~/src/linux-trees.
+
+But even if you fail in getting emacs to do sane formatting, not
+everything is lost: use "indent".
+
+Now, again, GNU indent has the same brain-dead settings that GNU emacs
+has, which is why you need to give it a few command line options.
+However, that's not too bad, because even the makers of GNU indent
+recognize the authority of K&R (the GNU people aren't evil, they are
+just severely misguided in this matter), so you just give indent the
+options "-kr -i8" (stands for "K&R, 8 character indents"), or use
+"scripts/Lindent", which indents in the latest style.
+
+"indent" has a lot of options, and especially when it comes to comment
+re-formatting you may want to take a look at the man page.  But
+remember: "indent" is not a fix for bad programming.
+
+
+		Chapter 10: Kconfig configuration files
+
+For all of the Kconfig* configuration files throughout the source tree,
+the indentation is somewhat different.  Lines under a "config" definition
+are indented with one tab, while help text is indented an additional two
+spaces.  Example:
+
+config AUDIT
+	bool "Auditing support"
+	depends on NET
+	help
+	  Enable auditing infrastructure that can be used with another
+	  kernel subsystem, such as SELinux (which requires this for
+	  logging of avc messages output).  Does not do system-call
+	  auditing without CONFIG_AUDITSYSCALL.
+
+Features that might still be considered unstable should be defined as
+dependent on "EXPERIMENTAL":
+
+config SLUB
+	depends on EXPERIMENTAL && !ARCH_USES_SLAB_PAGE_STRUCT
+	bool "SLUB (Unqueued Allocator)"
+	...
+
+while seriously dangerous features (such as write support for certain
+filesystems) should advertise this prominently in their prompt string:
+
+config ADFS_FS_RW
+	bool "ADFS write support (DANGEROUS)"
+	depends on ADFS_FS
+	...
+
+For full documentation on the configuration files, see the file
+Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt.
+
+
+		Chapter 11: Data structures
+
+Data structures that have visibility outside the single-threaded
+environment they are created and destroyed in should always have
+reference counts.  In the kernel, garbage collection doesn't exist (and
+outside the kernel garbage collection is slow and inefficient), which
+means that you absolutely _have_ to reference count all your uses.
+
+Reference counting means that you can avoid locking, and allows multiple
+users to have access to the data structure in parallel - and not having
+to worry about the structure suddenly going away from under them just
+because they slept or did something else for a while.
+
+Note that locking is _not_ a replacement for reference counting.
+Locking is used to keep data structures coherent, while reference
+counting is a memory management technique.  Usually both are needed, and
+they are not to be confused with each other.
+
+Many data structures can indeed have two levels of reference counting,
+when there are users of different "classes".  The subclass count counts
+the number of subclass users, and decrements the global count just once
+when the subclass count goes to zero.
+
+Examples of this kind of "multi-level-reference-counting" can be found in
+memory management ("struct mm_struct": mm_users and mm_count), and in
+filesystem code ("struct super_block": s_count and s_active).
+
+Remember: if another thread can find your data structure, and you don't
+have a reference count on it, you almost certainly have a bug.
+
+
+		Chapter 12: Macros, Enums and RTL
+
+Names of macros defining constants and labels in enums are capitalized.
+
+#define CONSTANT 0x12345
+
+Enums are preferred when defining several related constants.
+
+CAPITALIZED macro names are appreciated but macros resembling functions
+may be named in lower case.
+
+Generally, inline functions are preferable to macros resembling functions.
+
+Macros with multiple statements should be enclosed in a do - while block:
+
+#define macrofun(a, b, c) 			\
+	do {					\
+		if (a == 5)			\
+			do_this(b, c);		\
+	} while (0)
+
+Things to avoid when using macros:
+
+1) macros that affect control flow:
+
+#define FOO(x)					\
+	do {					\
+		if (blah(x) < 0)		\
+			return -EBUGGERED;	\
+	} while(0)
+
+is a _very_ bad idea.  It looks like a function call but exits the "calling"
+function; don't break the internal parsers of those who will read the code.
+
+2) macros that depend on having a local variable with a magic name:
+
+#define FOO(val) bar(index, val)
+
+might look like a good thing, but it's confusing as hell when one reads the
+code and it's prone to breakage from seemingly innocent changes.
+
+3) macros with arguments that are used as l-values: FOO(x) = y; will
+bite you if somebody e.g. turns FOO into an inline function.
+
+4) forgetting about precedence: macros defining constants using expressions
+must enclose the expression in parentheses. Beware of similar issues with
+macros using parameters.
+
+#define CONSTANT 0x4000
+#define CONSTEXP (CONSTANT | 3)
+
+The cpp manual deals with macros exhaustively. The gcc internals manual also
+covers RTL which is used frequently with assembly language in the kernel.
+
+
+		Chapter 13: Printing kernel messages
+
+Kernel developers like to be seen as literate. Do mind the spelling
+of kernel messages to make a good impression. Do not use crippled
+words like "dont"; use "do not" or "don't" instead.  Make the messages
+concise, clear, and unambiguous.
+
+Kernel messages do not have to be terminated with a period.
+
+Printing numbers in parentheses (%d) adds no value and should be avoided.
+
+There are a number of driver model diagnostic macros in <linux/device.h>
+which you should use to make sure messages are matched to the right device
+and driver, and are tagged with the right level:  dev_err(), dev_warn(),
+dev_info(), and so forth.  For messages that aren't associated with a
+particular device, <linux/kernel.h> defines pr_debug() and pr_info().
+
+Coming up with good debugging messages can be quite a challenge; and once
+you have them, they can be a huge help for remote troubleshooting.  Such
+messages should be compiled out when the DEBUG symbol is not defined (that
+is, by default they are not included).  When you use dev_dbg() or pr_debug(),
+that's automatic.  Many subsystems have Kconfig options to turn on -DDEBUG.
+A related convention uses VERBOSE_DEBUG to add dev_vdbg() messages to the
+ones already enabled by DEBUG.
+
+
+		Chapter 14: Allocating memory
+
+The kernel provides the following general purpose memory allocators:
+kmalloc(), kzalloc(), kcalloc(), and vmalloc().  Please refer to the API
+documentation for further information about them.
+
+The preferred form for passing a size of a struct is the following:
+
+	p = kmalloc(sizeof(*p), ...);
+
+The alternative form where struct name is spelled out hurts readability and
+introduces an opportunity for a bug when the pointer variable type is changed
+but the corresponding sizeof that is passed to a memory allocator is not.
+
+Casting the return value which is a void pointer is redundant. The conversion
+from void pointer to any other pointer type is guaranteed by the C programming
+language.
+
+
+		Chapter 15: The inline disease
+
+There appears to be a common misperception that gcc has a magic "make me
+faster" speedup option called "inline". While the use of inlines can be
+appropriate (for example as a means of replacing macros, see Chapter 12), it
+very often is not. Abundant use of the inline keyword leads to a much bigger
+kernel, which in turn slows the system as a whole down, due to a bigger
+icache footprint for the CPU and simply because there is less memory
+available for the pagecache. Just think about it; a pagecache miss causes a
+disk seek, which easily takes 5 milliseconds. There are a LOT of cpu cycles
+that can go into these 5 milliseconds.
+
+A reasonable rule of thumb is to not put inline at functions that have more
+than 3 lines of code in them. An exception to this rule are the cases where
+a parameter is known to be a compiletime constant, and as a result of this
+constantness you *know* the compiler will be able to optimize most of your
+function away at compile time. For a good example of this later case, see
+the kmalloc() inline function.
+
+Often people argue that adding inline to functions that are static and used
+only once is always a win since there is no space tradeoff. While this is
+technically correct, gcc is capable of inlining these automatically without
+help, and the maintenance issue of removing the inline when a second user
+appears outweighs the potential value of the hint that tells gcc to do
+something it would have done anyway.
+
+
+		Chapter 16: Function return values and names
+
+Functions can return values of many different kinds, and one of the
+most common is a value indicating whether the function succeeded or
+failed.  Such a value can be represented as an error-code integer
+(-Exxx = failure, 0 = success) or a "succeeded" boolean (0 = failure,
+non-zero = success).
+
+Mixing up these two sorts of representations is a fertile source of
+difficult-to-find bugs.  If the C language included a strong distinction
+between integers and booleans then the compiler would find these mistakes
+for us... but it doesn't.  To help prevent such bugs, always follow this
+convention:
+
+	If the name of a function is an action or an imperative command,
+	the function should return an error-code integer.  If the name
+	is a predicate, the function should return a "succeeded" boolean.
+
+For example, "add work" is a command, and the add_work() function returns 0
+for success or -EBUSY for failure.  In the same way, "PCI device present" is
+a predicate, and the pci_dev_present() function returns 1 if it succeeds in
+finding a matching device or 0 if it doesn't.
+
+All EXPORTed functions must respect this convention, and so should all
+public functions.  Private (static) functions need not, but it is
+recommended that they do.
+
+Functions whose return value is the actual result of a computation, rather
+than an indication of whether the computation succeeded, are not subject to
+this rule.  Generally they indicate failure by returning some out-of-range
+result.  Typical examples would be functions that return pointers; they use
+NULL or the ERR_PTR mechanism to report failure.
+
+
+		Chapter 17:  Don't re-invent the kernel macros
+
+The header file include/linux/kernel.h contains a number of macros that
+you should use, rather than explicitly coding some variant of them yourself.
+For example, if you need to calculate the length of an array, take advantage
+of the macro
+
+  #define ARRAY_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof((x)[0]))
+
+Similarly, if you need to calculate the size of some structure member, use
+
+  #define FIELD_SIZEOF(t, f) (sizeof(((t*)0)->f))
+
+There are also min() and max() macros that do strict type checking if you
+need them.  Feel free to peruse that header file to see what else is already
+defined that you shouldn't reproduce in your code.
+
+
+		Chapter 18:  Editor modelines and other cruft
+
+Some editors can interpret configuration information embedded in source files,
+indicated with special markers.  For example, emacs interprets lines marked
+like this:
+
+-*- mode: c -*-
+
+Or like this:
+
+/*
+Local Variables:
+compile-command: "gcc -DMAGIC_DEBUG_FLAG foo.c"
+End:
+*/
+
+Vim interprets markers that look like this:
+
+/* vim:set sw=8 noet */
+
+Do not include any of these in source files.  People have their own personal
+editor configurations, and your source files should not override them.  This
+includes markers for indentation and mode configuration.  People may use their
+own custom mode, or may have some other magic method for making indentation
+work correctly.
+
+
+
+		Appendix I: References
+
+The C Programming Language, Second Edition
+by Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie.
+Prentice Hall, Inc., 1988.
+ISBN 0-13-110362-8 (paperback), 0-13-110370-9 (hardback).
+URL: http://cm.bell-labs.com/cm/cs/cbook/
+
+The Practice of Programming
+by Brian W. Kernighan and Rob Pike.
+Addison-Wesley, Inc., 1999.
+ISBN 0-201-61586-X.
+URL: http://cm.bell-labs.com/cm/cs/tpop/
+
+GNU manuals - where in compliance with K&R and this text - for cpp, gcc,
+gcc internals and indent, all available from http://www.gnu.org/manual/
+
+WG14 is the international standardization working group for the programming
+language C, URL: http://www.open-std.org/JTC1/SC22/WG14/
+
+Kernel CodingStyle, by greg@kroah.com at OLS 2002:
+http://www.kroah.com/linux/talks/ols_2002_kernel_codingstyle_talk/html/
+
+--
+Last updated on 2007-July-13.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98ce517
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,771 @@
+		     Dynamic DMA mapping Guide
+		     =========================
+
+		 David S. Miller <davem@redhat.com>
+		 Richard Henderson <rth@cygnus.com>
+		  Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com>
+
+This is a guide to device driver writers on how to use the DMA API
+with example pseudo-code.  For a concise description of the API, see
+DMA-API.txt.
+
+Most of the 64bit platforms have special hardware that translates bus
+addresses (DMA addresses) into physical addresses.  This is similar to
+how page tables and/or a TLB translates virtual addresses to physical
+addresses on a CPU.  This is needed so that e.g. PCI devices can
+access with a Single Address Cycle (32bit DMA address) any page in the
+64bit physical address space.  Previously in Linux those 64bit
+platforms had to set artificial limits on the maximum RAM size in the
+system, so that the virt_to_bus() static scheme works (the DMA address
+translation tables were simply filled on bootup to map each bus
+address to the physical page __pa(bus_to_virt())).
+
+So that Linux can use the dynamic DMA mapping, it needs some help from the
+drivers, namely it has to take into account that DMA addresses should be
+mapped only for the time they are actually used and unmapped after the DMA
+transfer.
+
+The following API will work of course even on platforms where no such
+hardware exists.
+
+Note that the DMA API works with any bus independent of the underlying
+microprocessor architecture. You should use the DMA API rather than
+the bus specific DMA API (e.g. pci_dma_*).
+
+First of all, you should make sure
+
+#include <linux/dma-mapping.h>
+
+is in your driver. This file will obtain for you the definition of the
+dma_addr_t (which can hold any valid DMA address for the platform)
+type which should be used everywhere you hold a DMA (bus) address
+returned from the DMA mapping functions.
+
+			 What memory is DMA'able?
+
+The first piece of information you must know is what kernel memory can
+be used with the DMA mapping facilities.  There has been an unwritten
+set of rules regarding this, and this text is an attempt to finally
+write them down.
+
+If you acquired your memory via the page allocator
+(i.e. __get_free_page*()) or the generic memory allocators
+(i.e. kmalloc() or kmem_cache_alloc()) then you may DMA to/from
+that memory using the addresses returned from those routines.
+
+This means specifically that you may _not_ use the memory/addresses
+returned from vmalloc() for DMA.  It is possible to DMA to the
+_underlying_ memory mapped into a vmalloc() area, but this requires
+walking page tables to get the physical addresses, and then
+translating each of those pages back to a kernel address using
+something like __va().  [ EDIT: Update this when we integrate
+Gerd Knorr's generic code which does this. ]
+
+This rule also means that you may use neither kernel image addresses
+(items in data/text/bss segments), nor module image addresses, nor
+stack addresses for DMA.  These could all be mapped somewhere entirely
+different than the rest of physical memory.  Even if those classes of
+memory could physically work with DMA, you'd need to ensure the I/O
+buffers were cacheline-aligned.  Without that, you'd see cacheline
+sharing problems (data corruption) on CPUs with DMA-incoherent caches.
+(The CPU could write to one word, DMA would write to a different one
+in the same cache line, and one of them could be overwritten.)
+
+Also, this means that you cannot take the return of a kmap()
+call and DMA to/from that.  This is similar to vmalloc().
+
+What about block I/O and networking buffers?  The block I/O and
+networking subsystems make sure that the buffers they use are valid
+for you to DMA from/to.
+
+			DMA addressing limitations
+
+Does your device have any DMA addressing limitations?  For example, is
+your device only capable of driving the low order 24-bits of address?
+If so, you need to inform the kernel of this fact.
+
+By default, the kernel assumes that your device can address the full
+32-bits.  For a 64-bit capable device, this needs to be increased.
+And for a device with limitations, as discussed in the previous
+paragraph, it needs to be decreased.
+
+Special note about PCI: PCI-X specification requires PCI-X devices to
+support 64-bit addressing (DAC) for all transactions.  And at least
+one platform (SGI SN2) requires 64-bit consistent allocations to
+operate correctly when the IO bus is in PCI-X mode.
+
+For correct operation, you must interrogate the kernel in your device
+probe routine to see if the DMA controller on the machine can properly
+support the DMA addressing limitation your device has.  It is good
+style to do this even if your device holds the default setting,
+because this shows that you did think about these issues wrt. your
+device.
+
+The query is performed via a call to dma_set_mask():
+
+	int dma_set_mask(struct device *dev, u64 mask);
+
+The query for consistent allocations is performed via a call to
+dma_set_coherent_mask():
+
+	int dma_set_coherent_mask(struct device *dev, u64 mask);
+
+Here, dev is a pointer to the device struct of your device, and mask
+is a bit mask describing which bits of an address your device
+supports.  It returns zero if your card can perform DMA properly on
+the machine given the address mask you provided.  In general, the
+device struct of your device is embedded in the bus specific device
+struct of your device.  For example, a pointer to the device struct of
+your PCI device is pdev->dev (pdev is a pointer to the PCI device
+struct of your device).
+
+If it returns non-zero, your device cannot perform DMA properly on
+this platform, and attempting to do so will result in undefined
+behavior.  You must either use a different mask, or not use DMA.
+
+This means that in the failure case, you have three options:
+
+1) Use another DMA mask, if possible (see below).
+2) Use some non-DMA mode for data transfer, if possible.
+3) Ignore this device and do not initialize it.
+
+It is recommended that your driver print a kernel KERN_WARNING message
+when you end up performing either #2 or #3.  In this manner, if a user
+of your driver reports that performance is bad or that the device is not
+even detected, you can ask them for the kernel messages to find out
+exactly why.
+
+The standard 32-bit addressing device would do something like this:
+
+	if (dma_set_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32))) {
+		printk(KERN_WARNING
+		       "mydev: No suitable DMA available.\n");
+		goto ignore_this_device;
+	}
+
+Another common scenario is a 64-bit capable device.  The approach here
+is to try for 64-bit addressing, but back down to a 32-bit mask that
+should not fail.  The kernel may fail the 64-bit mask not because the
+platform is not capable of 64-bit addressing.  Rather, it may fail in
+this case simply because 32-bit addressing is done more efficiently
+than 64-bit addressing.  For example, Sparc64 PCI SAC addressing is
+more efficient than DAC addressing.
+
+Here is how you would handle a 64-bit capable device which can drive
+all 64-bits when accessing streaming DMA:
+
+	int using_dac;
+
+	if (!dma_set_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(64))) {
+		using_dac = 1;
+	} else if (!dma_set_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32))) {
+		using_dac = 0;
+	} else {
+		printk(KERN_WARNING
+		       "mydev: No suitable DMA available.\n");
+		goto ignore_this_device;
+	}
+
+If a card is capable of using 64-bit consistent allocations as well,
+the case would look like this:
+
+	int using_dac, consistent_using_dac;
+
+	if (!dma_set_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(64))) {
+		using_dac = 1;
+	   	consistent_using_dac = 1;
+		dma_set_coherent_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(64));
+	} else if (!dma_set_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32))) {
+		using_dac = 0;
+		consistent_using_dac = 0;
+		dma_set_coherent_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(32));
+	} else {
+		printk(KERN_WARNING
+		       "mydev: No suitable DMA available.\n");
+		goto ignore_this_device;
+	}
+
+dma_set_coherent_mask() will always be able to set the same or a
+smaller mask as dma_set_mask(). However for the rare case that a
+device driver only uses consistent allocations, one would have to
+check the return value from dma_set_coherent_mask().
+
+Finally, if your device can only drive the low 24-bits of
+address you might do something like:
+
+	if (dma_set_mask(dev, DMA_BIT_MASK(24))) {
+		printk(KERN_WARNING
+		       "mydev: 24-bit DMA addressing not available.\n");
+		goto ignore_this_device;
+	}
+
+When dma_set_mask() is successful, and returns zero, the kernel saves
+away this mask you have provided.  The kernel will use this
+information later when you make DMA mappings.
+
+There is a case which we are aware of at this time, which is worth
+mentioning in this documentation.  If your device supports multiple
+functions (for example a sound card provides playback and record
+functions) and the various different functions have _different_
+DMA addressing limitations, you may wish to probe each mask and
+only provide the functionality which the machine can handle.  It
+is important that the last call to dma_set_mask() be for the
+most specific mask.
+
+Here is pseudo-code showing how this might be done:
+
+	#define PLAYBACK_ADDRESS_BITS	DMA_BIT_MASK(32)
+	#define RECORD_ADDRESS_BITS	DMA_BIT_MASK(24)
+
+	struct my_sound_card *card;
+	struct device *dev;
+
+	...
+	if (!dma_set_mask(dev, PLAYBACK_ADDRESS_BITS)) {
+		card->playback_enabled = 1;
+	} else {
+		card->playback_enabled = 0;
+		printk(KERN_WARNING "%s: Playback disabled due to DMA limitations.\n",
+		       card->name);
+	}
+	if (!dma_set_mask(dev, RECORD_ADDRESS_BITS)) {
+		card->record_enabled = 1;
+	} else {
+		card->record_enabled = 0;
+		printk(KERN_WARNING "%s: Record disabled due to DMA limitations.\n",
+		       card->name);
+	}
+
+A sound card was used as an example here because this genre of PCI
+devices seems to be littered with ISA chips given a PCI front end,
+and thus retaining the 16MB DMA addressing limitations of ISA.
+
+			Types of DMA mappings
+
+There are two types of DMA mappings:
+
+- Consistent DMA mappings which are usually mapped at driver
+  initialization, unmapped at the end and for which the hardware should
+  guarantee that the device and the CPU can access the data
+  in parallel and will see updates made by each other without any
+  explicit software flushing.
+
+  Think of "consistent" as "synchronous" or "coherent".
+
+  The current default is to return consistent memory in the low 32
+  bits of the bus space.  However, for future compatibility you should
+  set the consistent mask even if this default is fine for your
+  driver.
+
+  Good examples of what to use consistent mappings for are:
+
+	- Network card DMA ring descriptors.
+	- SCSI adapter mailbox command data structures.
+	- Device firmware microcode executed out of
+	  main memory.
+
+  The invariant these examples all require is that any CPU store
+  to memory is immediately visible to the device, and vice
+  versa.  Consistent mappings guarantee this.
+
+  IMPORTANT: Consistent DMA memory does not preclude the usage of
+             proper memory barriers.  The CPU may reorder stores to
+	     consistent memory just as it may normal memory.  Example:
+	     if it is important for the device to see the first word
+	     of a descriptor updated before the second, you must do
+	     something like:
+
+		desc->word0 = address;
+		wmb();
+		desc->word1 = DESC_VALID;
+
+             in order to get correct behavior on all platforms.
+
+	     Also, on some platforms your driver may need to flush CPU write
+	     buffers in much the same way as it needs to flush write buffers
+	     found in PCI bridges (such as by reading a register's value
+	     after writing it).
+
+- Streaming DMA mappings which are usually mapped for one DMA
+  transfer, unmapped right after it (unless you use dma_sync_* below)
+  and for which hardware can optimize for sequential accesses.
+
+  This of "streaming" as "asynchronous" or "outside the coherency
+  domain".
+
+  Good examples of what to use streaming mappings for are:
+
+	- Networking buffers transmitted/received by a device.
+	- Filesystem buffers written/read by a SCSI device.
+
+  The interfaces for using this type of mapping were designed in
+  such a way that an implementation can make whatever performance
+  optimizations the hardware allows.  To this end, when using
+  such mappings you must be explicit about what you want to happen.
+
+Neither type of DMA mapping has alignment restrictions that come from
+the underlying bus, although some devices may have such restrictions.
+Also, systems with caches that aren't DMA-coherent will work better
+when the underlying buffers don't share cache lines with other data.
+
+
+		 Using Consistent DMA mappings.
+
+To allocate and map large (PAGE_SIZE or so) consistent DMA regions,
+you should do:
+
+	dma_addr_t dma_handle;
+
+	cpu_addr = dma_alloc_coherent(dev, size, &dma_handle, gfp);
+
+where device is a struct device *. This may be called in interrupt
+context with the GFP_ATOMIC flag.
+
+Size is the length of the region you want to allocate, in bytes.
+
+This routine will allocate RAM for that region, so it acts similarly to
+__get_free_pages (but takes size instead of a page order).  If your
+driver needs regions sized smaller than a page, you may prefer using
+the dma_pool interface, described below.
+
+The consistent DMA mapping interfaces, for non-NULL dev, will by
+default return a DMA address which is 32-bit addressable.  Even if the
+device indicates (via DMA mask) that it may address the upper 32-bits,
+consistent allocation will only return > 32-bit addresses for DMA if
+the consistent DMA mask has been explicitly changed via
+dma_set_coherent_mask().  This is true of the dma_pool interface as
+well.
+
+dma_alloc_coherent returns two values: the virtual address which you
+can use to access it from the CPU and dma_handle which you pass to the
+card.
+
+The cpu return address and the DMA bus master address are both
+guaranteed to be aligned to the smallest PAGE_SIZE order which
+is greater than or equal to the requested size.  This invariant
+exists (for example) to guarantee that if you allocate a chunk
+which is smaller than or equal to 64 kilobytes, the extent of the
+buffer you receive will not cross a 64K boundary.
+
+To unmap and free such a DMA region, you call:
+
+	dma_free_coherent(dev, size, cpu_addr, dma_handle);
+
+where dev, size are the same as in the above call and cpu_addr and
+dma_handle are the values dma_alloc_coherent returned to you.
+This function may not be called in interrupt context.
+
+If your driver needs lots of smaller memory regions, you can write
+custom code to subdivide pages returned by dma_alloc_coherent,
+or you can use the dma_pool API to do that.  A dma_pool is like
+a kmem_cache, but it uses dma_alloc_coherent not __get_free_pages.
+Also, it understands common hardware constraints for alignment,
+like queue heads needing to be aligned on N byte boundaries.
+
+Create a dma_pool like this:
+
+	struct dma_pool *pool;
+
+	pool = dma_pool_create(name, dev, size, align, alloc);
+
+The "name" is for diagnostics (like a kmem_cache name); dev and size
+are as above.  The device's hardware alignment requirement for this
+type of data is "align" (which is expressed in bytes, and must be a
+power of two).  If your device has no boundary crossing restrictions,
+pass 0 for alloc; passing 4096 says memory allocated from this pool
+must not cross 4KByte boundaries (but at that time it may be better to
+go for dma_alloc_coherent directly instead).
+
+Allocate memory from a dma pool like this:
+
+	cpu_addr = dma_pool_alloc(pool, flags, &dma_handle);
+
+flags are SLAB_KERNEL if blocking is permitted (not in_interrupt nor
+holding SMP locks), SLAB_ATOMIC otherwise.  Like dma_alloc_coherent,
+this returns two values, cpu_addr and dma_handle.
+
+Free memory that was allocated from a dma_pool like this:
+
+	dma_pool_free(pool, cpu_addr, dma_handle);
+
+where pool is what you passed to dma_pool_alloc, and cpu_addr and
+dma_handle are the values dma_pool_alloc returned. This function
+may be called in interrupt context.
+
+Destroy a dma_pool by calling:
+
+	dma_pool_destroy(pool);
+
+Make sure you've called dma_pool_free for all memory allocated
+from a pool before you destroy the pool. This function may not
+be called in interrupt context.
+
+			DMA Direction
+
+The interfaces described in subsequent portions of this document
+take a DMA direction argument, which is an integer and takes on
+one of the following values:
+
+ DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL
+ DMA_TO_DEVICE
+ DMA_FROM_DEVICE
+ DMA_NONE
+
+One should provide the exact DMA direction if you know it.
+
+DMA_TO_DEVICE means "from main memory to the device"
+DMA_FROM_DEVICE means "from the device to main memory"
+It is the direction in which the data moves during the DMA
+transfer.
+
+You are _strongly_ encouraged to specify this as precisely
+as you possibly can.
+
+If you absolutely cannot know the direction of the DMA transfer,
+specify DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL.  It means that the DMA can go in
+either direction.  The platform guarantees that you may legally
+specify this, and that it will work, but this may be at the
+cost of performance for example.
+
+The value DMA_NONE is to be used for debugging.  One can
+hold this in a data structure before you come to know the
+precise direction, and this will help catch cases where your
+direction tracking logic has failed to set things up properly.
+
+Another advantage of specifying this value precisely (outside of
+potential platform-specific optimizations of such) is for debugging.
+Some platforms actually have a write permission boolean which DMA
+mappings can be marked with, much like page protections in the user
+program address space.  Such platforms can and do report errors in the
+kernel logs when the DMA controller hardware detects violation of the
+permission setting.
+
+Only streaming mappings specify a direction, consistent mappings
+implicitly have a direction attribute setting of
+DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL.
+
+The SCSI subsystem tells you the direction to use in the
+'sc_data_direction' member of the SCSI command your driver is
+working on.
+
+For Networking drivers, it's a rather simple affair.  For transmit
+packets, map/unmap them with the DMA_TO_DEVICE direction
+specifier.  For receive packets, just the opposite, map/unmap them
+with the DMA_FROM_DEVICE direction specifier.
+
+		  Using Streaming DMA mappings
+
+The streaming DMA mapping routines can be called from interrupt
+context.  There are two versions of each map/unmap, one which will
+map/unmap a single memory region, and one which will map/unmap a
+scatterlist.
+
+To map a single region, you do:
+
+	struct device *dev = &my_dev->dev;
+	dma_addr_t dma_handle;
+	void *addr = buffer->ptr;
+	size_t size = buffer->len;
+
+	dma_handle = dma_map_single(dev, addr, size, direction);
+
+and to unmap it:
+
+	dma_unmap_single(dev, dma_handle, size, direction);
+
+You should call dma_unmap_single when the DMA activity is finished, e.g.
+from the interrupt which told you that the DMA transfer is done.
+
+Using cpu pointers like this for single mappings has a disadvantage,
+you cannot reference HIGHMEM memory in this way.  Thus, there is a
+map/unmap interface pair akin to dma_{map,unmap}_single.  These
+interfaces deal with page/offset pairs instead of cpu pointers.
+Specifically:
+
+	struct device *dev = &my_dev->dev;
+	dma_addr_t dma_handle;
+	struct page *page = buffer->page;
+	unsigned long offset = buffer->offset;
+	size_t size = buffer->len;
+
+	dma_handle = dma_map_page(dev, page, offset, size, direction);
+
+	...
+
+	dma_unmap_page(dev, dma_handle, size, direction);
+
+Here, "offset" means byte offset within the given page.
+
+With scatterlists, you map a region gathered from several regions by:
+
+	int i, count = dma_map_sg(dev, sglist, nents, direction);
+	struct scatterlist *sg;
+
+	for_each_sg(sglist, sg, count, i) {
+		hw_address[i] = sg_dma_address(sg);
+		hw_len[i] = sg_dma_len(sg);
+	}
+
+where nents is the number of entries in the sglist.
+
+The implementation is free to merge several consecutive sglist entries
+into one (e.g. if DMA mapping is done with PAGE_SIZE granularity, any
+consecutive sglist entries can be merged into one provided the first one
+ends and the second one starts on a page boundary - in fact this is a huge
+advantage for cards which either cannot do scatter-gather or have very
+limited number of scatter-gather entries) and returns the actual number
+of sg entries it mapped them to. On failure 0 is returned.
+
+Then you should loop count times (note: this can be less than nents times)
+and use sg_dma_address() and sg_dma_len() macros where you previously
+accessed sg->address and sg->length as shown above.
+
+To unmap a scatterlist, just call:
+
+	dma_unmap_sg(dev, sglist, nents, direction);
+
+Again, make sure DMA activity has already finished.
+
+PLEASE NOTE:  The 'nents' argument to the dma_unmap_sg call must be
+              the _same_ one you passed into the dma_map_sg call,
+	      it should _NOT_ be the 'count' value _returned_ from the
+              dma_map_sg call.
+
+Every dma_map_{single,sg} call should have its dma_unmap_{single,sg}
+counterpart, because the bus address space is a shared resource (although
+in some ports the mapping is per each BUS so less devices contend for the
+same bus address space) and you could render the machine unusable by eating
+all bus addresses.
+
+If you need to use the same streaming DMA region multiple times and touch
+the data in between the DMA transfers, the buffer needs to be synced
+properly in order for the cpu and device to see the most uptodate and
+correct copy of the DMA buffer.
+
+So, firstly, just map it with dma_map_{single,sg}, and after each DMA
+transfer call either:
+
+	dma_sync_single_for_cpu(dev, dma_handle, size, direction);
+
+or:
+
+	dma_sync_sg_for_cpu(dev, sglist, nents, direction);
+
+as appropriate.
+
+Then, if you wish to let the device get at the DMA area again,
+finish accessing the data with the cpu, and then before actually
+giving the buffer to the hardware call either:
+
+	dma_sync_single_for_device(dev, dma_handle, size, direction);
+
+or:
+
+	dma_sync_sg_for_device(dev, sglist, nents, direction);
+
+as appropriate.
+
+After the last DMA transfer call one of the DMA unmap routines
+dma_unmap_{single,sg}. If you don't touch the data from the first dma_map_*
+call till dma_unmap_*, then you don't have to call the dma_sync_*
+routines at all.
+
+Here is pseudo code which shows a situation in which you would need
+to use the dma_sync_*() interfaces.
+
+	my_card_setup_receive_buffer(struct my_card *cp, char *buffer, int len)
+	{
+		dma_addr_t mapping;
+
+		mapping = dma_map_single(cp->dev, buffer, len, DMA_FROM_DEVICE);
+
+		cp->rx_buf = buffer;
+		cp->rx_len = len;
+		cp->rx_dma = mapping;
+
+		give_rx_buf_to_card(cp);
+	}
+
+	...
+
+	my_card_interrupt_handler(int irq, void *devid, struct pt_regs *regs)
+	{
+		struct my_card *cp = devid;
+
+		...
+		if (read_card_status(cp) == RX_BUF_TRANSFERRED) {
+			struct my_card_header *hp;
+
+			/* Examine the header to see if we wish
+			 * to accept the data.  But synchronize
+			 * the DMA transfer with the CPU first
+			 * so that we see updated contents.
+			 */
+			dma_sync_single_for_cpu(&cp->dev, cp->rx_dma,
+						cp->rx_len,
+						DMA_FROM_DEVICE);
+
+			/* Now it is safe to examine the buffer. */
+			hp = (struct my_card_header *) cp->rx_buf;
+			if (header_is_ok(hp)) {
+				dma_unmap_single(&cp->dev, cp->rx_dma, cp->rx_len,
+						 DMA_FROM_DEVICE);
+				pass_to_upper_layers(cp->rx_buf);
+				make_and_setup_new_rx_buf(cp);
+			} else {
+				/* Just sync the buffer and give it back
+				 * to the card.
+				 */
+				dma_sync_single_for_device(&cp->dev,
+							   cp->rx_dma,
+							   cp->rx_len,
+							   DMA_FROM_DEVICE);
+				give_rx_buf_to_card(cp);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+Drivers converted fully to this interface should not use virt_to_bus any
+longer, nor should they use bus_to_virt. Some drivers have to be changed a
+little bit, because there is no longer an equivalent to bus_to_virt in the
+dynamic DMA mapping scheme - you have to always store the DMA addresses
+returned by the dma_alloc_coherent, dma_pool_alloc, and dma_map_single
+calls (dma_map_sg stores them in the scatterlist itself if the platform
+supports dynamic DMA mapping in hardware) in your driver structures and/or
+in the card registers.
+
+All drivers should be using these interfaces with no exceptions.  It
+is planned to completely remove virt_to_bus() and bus_to_virt() as
+they are entirely deprecated.  Some ports already do not provide these
+as it is impossible to correctly support them.
+
+			Handling Errors
+
+DMA address space is limited on some architectures and an allocation
+failure can be determined by:
+
+- checking if dma_alloc_coherent returns NULL or dma_map_sg returns 0
+
+- checking the returned dma_addr_t of dma_map_single and dma_map_page
+  by using dma_mapping_error():
+
+	dma_addr_t dma_handle;
+
+	dma_handle = dma_map_single(dev, addr, size, direction);
+	if (dma_mapping_error(dev, dma_handle)) {
+		/*
+		 * reduce current DMA mapping usage,
+		 * delay and try again later or
+		 * reset driver.
+		 */
+	}
+
+Networking drivers must call dev_kfree_skb to free the socket buffer
+and return NETDEV_TX_OK if the DMA mapping fails on the transmit hook
+(ndo_start_xmit). This means that the socket buffer is just dropped in
+the failure case.
+
+SCSI drivers must return SCSI_MLQUEUE_HOST_BUSY if the DMA mapping
+fails in the queuecommand hook. This means that the SCSI subsystem
+passes the command to the driver again later.
+
+		Optimizing Unmap State Space Consumption
+
+On many platforms, dma_unmap_{single,page}() is simply a nop.
+Therefore, keeping track of the mapping address and length is a waste
+of space.  Instead of filling your drivers up with ifdefs and the like
+to "work around" this (which would defeat the whole purpose of a
+portable API) the following facilities are provided.
+
+Actually, instead of describing the macros one by one, we'll
+transform some example code.
+
+1) Use DEFINE_DMA_UNMAP_{ADDR,LEN} in state saving structures.
+   Example, before:
+
+	struct ring_state {
+		struct sk_buff *skb;
+		dma_addr_t mapping;
+		__u32 len;
+	};
+
+   after:
+
+	struct ring_state {
+		struct sk_buff *skb;
+		DEFINE_DMA_UNMAP_ADDR(mapping);
+		DEFINE_DMA_UNMAP_LEN(len);
+	};
+
+2) Use dma_unmap_{addr,len}_set to set these values.
+   Example, before:
+
+	ringp->mapping = FOO;
+	ringp->len = BAR;
+
+   after:
+
+	dma_unmap_addr_set(ringp, mapping, FOO);
+	dma_unmap_len_set(ringp, len, BAR);
+
+3) Use dma_unmap_{addr,len} to access these values.
+   Example, before:
+
+	dma_unmap_single(dev, ringp->mapping, ringp->len,
+			 DMA_FROM_DEVICE);
+
+   after:
+
+	dma_unmap_single(dev,
+			 dma_unmap_addr(ringp, mapping),
+			 dma_unmap_len(ringp, len),
+			 DMA_FROM_DEVICE);
+
+It really should be self-explanatory.  We treat the ADDR and LEN
+separately, because it is possible for an implementation to only
+need the address in order to perform the unmap operation.
+
+			Platform Issues
+
+If you are just writing drivers for Linux and do not maintain
+an architecture port for the kernel, you can safely skip down
+to "Closing".
+
+1) Struct scatterlist requirements.
+
+   Don't invent the architecture specific struct scatterlist; just use
+   <asm-generic/scatterlist.h>. You need to enable
+   CONFIG_NEED_SG_DMA_LENGTH if the architecture supports IOMMUs
+   (including software IOMMU).
+
+2) ARCH_KMALLOC_MINALIGN
+
+   Architectures must ensure that kmalloc'ed buffer is
+   DMA-safe. Drivers and subsystems depend on it. If an architecture
+   isn't fully DMA-coherent (i.e. hardware doesn't ensure that data in
+   the CPU cache is identical to data in main memory),
+   ARCH_KMALLOC_MINALIGN must be set so that the memory allocator
+   makes sure that kmalloc'ed buffer doesn't share a cache line with
+   the others. See arch/arm/include/asm/cache.h as an example.
+
+   Note that ARCH_KMALLOC_MINALIGN is about DMA memory alignment
+   constraints. You don't need to worry about the architecture data
+   alignment constraints (e.g. the alignment constraints about 64-bit
+   objects).
+
+			   Closing
+
+This document, and the API itself, would not be in its current
+form without the feedback and suggestions from numerous individuals.
+We would like to specifically mention, in no particular order, the
+following people:
+
+	Russell King <rmk@arm.linux.org.uk>
+	Leo Dagum <dagum@barrel.engr.sgi.com>
+	Ralf Baechle <ralf@oss.sgi.com>
+	Grant Grundler <grundler@cup.hp.com>
+	Jay Estabrook <Jay.Estabrook@compaq.com>
+	Thomas Sailer <sailer@ife.ee.ethz.ch>
+	Andrea Arcangeli <andrea@suse.de>
+	Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
+	David Mosberger-Tang <davidm@hpl.hp.com>
diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-API.txt b/Documentation/DMA-API.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05e2ae2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DMA-API.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,679 @@
+               Dynamic DMA mapping using the generic device
+               ============================================
+
+        James E.J. Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
+
+This document describes the DMA API.  For a more gentle introduction
+of the API (and actual examples) see
+Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt.
+
+This API is split into two pieces.  Part I describes the API.  Part II
+describes the extensions to the API for supporting non-consistent
+memory machines.  Unless you know that your driver absolutely has to
+support non-consistent platforms (this is usually only legacy
+platforms) you should only use the API described in part I.
+
+Part I - dma_ API
+-------------------------------------
+
+To get the dma_ API, you must #include <linux/dma-mapping.h>
+
+
+Part Ia - Using large dma-coherent buffers
+------------------------------------------
+
+void *
+dma_alloc_coherent(struct device *dev, size_t size,
+			     dma_addr_t *dma_handle, gfp_t flag)
+
+Consistent memory is memory for which a write by either the device or
+the processor can immediately be read by the processor or device
+without having to worry about caching effects.  (You may however need
+to make sure to flush the processor's write buffers before telling
+devices to read that memory.)
+
+This routine allocates a region of <size> bytes of consistent memory.
+It also returns a <dma_handle> which may be cast to an unsigned
+integer the same width as the bus and used as the physical address
+base of the region.
+
+Returns: a pointer to the allocated region (in the processor's virtual
+address space) or NULL if the allocation failed.
+
+Note: consistent memory can be expensive on some platforms, and the
+minimum allocation length may be as big as a page, so you should
+consolidate your requests for consistent memory as much as possible.
+The simplest way to do that is to use the dma_pool calls (see below).
+
+The flag parameter (dma_alloc_coherent only) allows the caller to
+specify the GFP_ flags (see kmalloc) for the allocation (the
+implementation may choose to ignore flags that affect the location of
+the returned memory, like GFP_DMA).
+
+void
+dma_free_coherent(struct device *dev, size_t size, void *cpu_addr,
+			   dma_addr_t dma_handle)
+
+Free the region of consistent memory you previously allocated.  dev,
+size and dma_handle must all be the same as those passed into the
+consistent allocate.  cpu_addr must be the virtual address returned by
+the consistent allocate.
+
+Note that unlike their sibling allocation calls, these routines
+may only be called with IRQs enabled.
+
+
+Part Ib - Using small dma-coherent buffers
+------------------------------------------
+
+To get this part of the dma_ API, you must #include <linux/dmapool.h>
+
+Many drivers need lots of small dma-coherent memory regions for DMA
+descriptors or I/O buffers.  Rather than allocating in units of a page
+or more using dma_alloc_coherent(), you can use DMA pools.  These work
+much like a struct kmem_cache, except that they use the dma-coherent allocator,
+not __get_free_pages().  Also, they understand common hardware constraints
+for alignment, like queue heads needing to be aligned on N-byte boundaries.
+
+
+	struct dma_pool *
+	dma_pool_create(const char *name, struct device *dev,
+			size_t size, size_t align, size_t alloc);
+
+The pool create() routines initialize a pool of dma-coherent buffers
+for use with a given device.  It must be called in a context which
+can sleep.
+
+The "name" is for diagnostics (like a struct kmem_cache name); dev and size
+are like what you'd pass to dma_alloc_coherent().  The device's hardware
+alignment requirement for this type of data is "align" (which is expressed
+in bytes, and must be a power of two).  If your device has no boundary
+crossing restrictions, pass 0 for alloc; passing 4096 says memory allocated
+from this pool must not cross 4KByte boundaries.
+
+
+	void *dma_pool_alloc(struct dma_pool *pool, gfp_t gfp_flags,
+			dma_addr_t *dma_handle);
+
+This allocates memory from the pool; the returned memory will meet the size
+and alignment requirements specified at creation time.  Pass GFP_ATOMIC to
+prevent blocking, or if it's permitted (not in_interrupt, not holding SMP locks),
+pass GFP_KERNEL to allow blocking.  Like dma_alloc_coherent(), this returns
+two values:  an address usable by the cpu, and the dma address usable by the
+pool's device.
+
+
+	void dma_pool_free(struct dma_pool *pool, void *vaddr,
+			dma_addr_t addr);
+
+This puts memory back into the pool.  The pool is what was passed to
+the pool allocation routine; the cpu (vaddr) and dma addresses are what
+were returned when that routine allocated the memory being freed.
+
+
+	void dma_pool_destroy(struct dma_pool *pool);
+
+The pool destroy() routines free the resources of the pool.  They must be
+called in a context which can sleep.  Make sure you've freed all allocated
+memory back to the pool before you destroy it.
+
+
+Part Ic - DMA addressing limitations
+------------------------------------
+
+int
+dma_supported(struct device *dev, u64 mask)
+
+Checks to see if the device can support DMA to the memory described by
+mask.
+
+Returns: 1 if it can and 0 if it can't.
+
+Notes: This routine merely tests to see if the mask is possible.  It
+won't change the current mask settings.  It is more intended as an
+internal API for use by the platform than an external API for use by
+driver writers.
+
+int
+dma_set_mask(struct device *dev, u64 mask)
+
+Checks to see if the mask is possible and updates the device
+parameters if it is.
+
+Returns: 0 if successful and a negative error if not.
+
+int
+dma_set_coherent_mask(struct device *dev, u64 mask)
+
+Checks to see if the mask is possible and updates the device
+parameters if it is.
+
+Returns: 0 if successful and a negative error if not.
+
+u64
+dma_get_required_mask(struct device *dev)
+
+This API returns the mask that the platform requires to
+operate efficiently.  Usually this means the returned mask
+is the minimum required to cover all of memory.  Examining the
+required mask gives drivers with variable descriptor sizes the
+opportunity to use smaller descriptors as necessary.
+
+Requesting the required mask does not alter the current mask.  If you
+wish to take advantage of it, you should issue a dma_set_mask()
+call to set the mask to the value returned.
+
+
+Part Id - Streaming DMA mappings
+--------------------------------
+
+dma_addr_t
+dma_map_single(struct device *dev, void *cpu_addr, size_t size,
+		      enum dma_data_direction direction)
+
+Maps a piece of processor virtual memory so it can be accessed by the
+device and returns the physical handle of the memory.
+
+The direction for both api's may be converted freely by casting.
+However the dma_ API uses a strongly typed enumerator for its
+direction:
+
+DMA_NONE		no direction (used for debugging)
+DMA_TO_DEVICE		data is going from the memory to the device
+DMA_FROM_DEVICE		data is coming from the device to the memory
+DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL	direction isn't known
+
+Notes:  Not all memory regions in a machine can be mapped by this
+API.  Further, regions that appear to be physically contiguous in
+kernel virtual space may not be contiguous as physical memory.  Since
+this API does not provide any scatter/gather capability, it will fail
+if the user tries to map a non-physically contiguous piece of memory.
+For this reason, it is recommended that memory mapped by this API be
+obtained only from sources which guarantee it to be physically contiguous
+(like kmalloc).
+
+Further, the physical address of the memory must be within the
+dma_mask of the device (the dma_mask represents a bit mask of the
+addressable region for the device.  I.e., if the physical address of
+the memory anded with the dma_mask is still equal to the physical
+address, then the device can perform DMA to the memory).  In order to
+ensure that the memory allocated by kmalloc is within the dma_mask,
+the driver may specify various platform-dependent flags to restrict
+the physical memory range of the allocation (e.g. on x86, GFP_DMA
+guarantees to be within the first 16Mb of available physical memory,
+as required by ISA devices).
+
+Note also that the above constraints on physical contiguity and
+dma_mask may not apply if the platform has an IOMMU (a device which
+supplies a physical to virtual mapping between the I/O memory bus and
+the device).  However, to be portable, device driver writers may *not*
+assume that such an IOMMU exists.
+
+Warnings:  Memory coherency operates at a granularity called the cache
+line width.  In order for memory mapped by this API to operate
+correctly, the mapped region must begin exactly on a cache line
+boundary and end exactly on one (to prevent two separately mapped
+regions from sharing a single cache line).  Since the cache line size
+may not be known at compile time, the API will not enforce this
+requirement.  Therefore, it is recommended that driver writers who
+don't take special care to determine the cache line size at run time
+only map virtual regions that begin and end on page boundaries (which
+are guaranteed also to be cache line boundaries).
+
+DMA_TO_DEVICE synchronisation must be done after the last modification
+of the memory region by the software and before it is handed off to
+the driver.  Once this primitive is used, memory covered by this
+primitive should be treated as read-only by the device.  If the device
+may write to it at any point, it should be DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL (see
+below).
+
+DMA_FROM_DEVICE synchronisation must be done before the driver
+accesses data that may be changed by the device.  This memory should
+be treated as read-only by the driver.  If the driver needs to write
+to it at any point, it should be DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL (see below).
+
+DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL requires special handling: it means that the driver
+isn't sure if the memory was modified before being handed off to the
+device and also isn't sure if the device will also modify it.  Thus,
+you must always sync bidirectional memory twice: once before the
+memory is handed off to the device (to make sure all memory changes
+are flushed from the processor) and once before the data may be
+accessed after being used by the device (to make sure any processor
+cache lines are updated with data that the device may have changed).
+
+void
+dma_unmap_single(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr, size_t size,
+		 enum dma_data_direction direction)
+
+Unmaps the region previously mapped.  All the parameters passed in
+must be identical to those passed in (and returned) by the mapping
+API.
+
+dma_addr_t
+dma_map_page(struct device *dev, struct page *page,
+		    unsigned long offset, size_t size,
+		    enum dma_data_direction direction)
+void
+dma_unmap_page(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_address, size_t size,
+	       enum dma_data_direction direction)
+
+API for mapping and unmapping for pages.  All the notes and warnings
+for the other mapping APIs apply here.  Also, although the <offset>
+and <size> parameters are provided to do partial page mapping, it is
+recommended that you never use these unless you really know what the
+cache width is.
+
+int
+dma_mapping_error(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr)
+
+In some circumstances dma_map_single and dma_map_page will fail to create
+a mapping. A driver can check for these errors by testing the returned
+dma address with dma_mapping_error(). A non-zero return value means the mapping
+could not be created and the driver should take appropriate action (e.g.
+reduce current DMA mapping usage or delay and try again later).
+
+	int
+	dma_map_sg(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg,
+		int nents, enum dma_data_direction direction)
+
+Returns: the number of physical segments mapped (this may be shorter
+than <nents> passed in if some elements of the scatter/gather list are
+physically or virtually adjacent and an IOMMU maps them with a single
+entry).
+
+Please note that the sg cannot be mapped again if it has been mapped once.
+The mapping process is allowed to destroy information in the sg.
+
+As with the other mapping interfaces, dma_map_sg can fail. When it
+does, 0 is returned and a driver must take appropriate action. It is
+critical that the driver do something, in the case of a block driver
+aborting the request or even oopsing is better than doing nothing and
+corrupting the filesystem.
+
+With scatterlists, you use the resulting mapping like this:
+
+	int i, count = dma_map_sg(dev, sglist, nents, direction);
+	struct scatterlist *sg;
+
+	for_each_sg(sglist, sg, count, i) {
+		hw_address[i] = sg_dma_address(sg);
+		hw_len[i] = sg_dma_len(sg);
+	}
+
+where nents is the number of entries in the sglist.
+
+The implementation is free to merge several consecutive sglist entries
+into one (e.g. with an IOMMU, or if several pages just happen to be
+physically contiguous) and returns the actual number of sg entries it
+mapped them to. On failure 0, is returned.
+
+Then you should loop count times (note: this can be less than nents times)
+and use sg_dma_address() and sg_dma_len() macros where you previously
+accessed sg->address and sg->length as shown above.
+
+	void
+	dma_unmap_sg(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg,
+		int nhwentries, enum dma_data_direction direction)
+
+Unmap the previously mapped scatter/gather list.  All the parameters
+must be the same as those and passed in to the scatter/gather mapping
+API.
+
+Note: <nents> must be the number you passed in, *not* the number of
+physical entries returned.
+
+void
+dma_sync_single_for_cpu(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_handle, size_t size,
+			enum dma_data_direction direction)
+void
+dma_sync_single_for_device(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_handle, size_t size,
+			   enum dma_data_direction direction)
+void
+dma_sync_sg_for_cpu(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg, int nelems,
+		    enum dma_data_direction direction)
+void
+dma_sync_sg_for_device(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sg, int nelems,
+		       enum dma_data_direction direction)
+
+Synchronise a single contiguous or scatter/gather mapping for the cpu
+and device. With the sync_sg API, all the parameters must be the same
+as those passed into the single mapping API. With the sync_single API,
+you can use dma_handle and size parameters that aren't identical to
+those passed into the single mapping API to do a partial sync.
+
+Notes:  You must do this:
+
+- Before reading values that have been written by DMA from the device
+  (use the DMA_FROM_DEVICE direction)
+- After writing values that will be written to the device using DMA
+  (use the DMA_TO_DEVICE) direction
+- before *and* after handing memory to the device if the memory is
+  DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL
+
+See also dma_map_single().
+
+dma_addr_t
+dma_map_single_attrs(struct device *dev, void *cpu_addr, size_t size,
+		     enum dma_data_direction dir,
+		     struct dma_attrs *attrs)
+
+void
+dma_unmap_single_attrs(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr,
+		       size_t size, enum dma_data_direction dir,
+		       struct dma_attrs *attrs)
+
+int
+dma_map_sg_attrs(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sgl,
+		 int nents, enum dma_data_direction dir,
+		 struct dma_attrs *attrs)
+
+void
+dma_unmap_sg_attrs(struct device *dev, struct scatterlist *sgl,
+		   int nents, enum dma_data_direction dir,
+		   struct dma_attrs *attrs)
+
+The four functions above are just like the counterpart functions
+without the _attrs suffixes, except that they pass an optional
+struct dma_attrs*.
+
+struct dma_attrs encapsulates a set of "dma attributes". For the
+definition of struct dma_attrs see linux/dma-attrs.h.
+
+The interpretation of dma attributes is architecture-specific, and
+each attribute should be documented in Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt.
+
+If struct dma_attrs* is NULL, the semantics of each of these
+functions is identical to those of the corresponding function
+without the _attrs suffix. As a result dma_map_single_attrs()
+can generally replace dma_map_single(), etc.
+
+As an example of the use of the *_attrs functions, here's how
+you could pass an attribute DMA_ATTR_FOO when mapping memory
+for DMA:
+
+#include <linux/dma-attrs.h>
+/* DMA_ATTR_FOO should be defined in linux/dma-attrs.h and
+ * documented in Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt */
+...
+
+	DEFINE_DMA_ATTRS(attrs);
+	dma_set_attr(DMA_ATTR_FOO, &attrs);
+	....
+	n = dma_map_sg_attrs(dev, sg, nents, DMA_TO_DEVICE, &attr);
+	....
+
+Architectures that care about DMA_ATTR_FOO would check for its
+presence in their implementations of the mapping and unmapping
+routines, e.g.:
+
+void whizco_dma_map_sg_attrs(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_addr,
+			     size_t size, enum dma_data_direction dir,
+			     struct dma_attrs *attrs)
+{
+	....
+	int foo =  dma_get_attr(DMA_ATTR_FOO, attrs);
+	....
+	if (foo)
+		/* twizzle the frobnozzle */
+	....
+
+
+Part II - Advanced dma_ usage
+-----------------------------
+
+Warning: These pieces of the DMA API should not be used in the
+majority of cases, since they cater for unlikely corner cases that
+don't belong in usual drivers.
+
+If you don't understand how cache line coherency works between a
+processor and an I/O device, you should not be using this part of the
+API at all.
+
+void *
+dma_alloc_noncoherent(struct device *dev, size_t size,
+			       dma_addr_t *dma_handle, gfp_t flag)
+
+Identical to dma_alloc_coherent() except that the platform will
+choose to return either consistent or non-consistent memory as it sees
+fit.  By using this API, you are guaranteeing to the platform that you
+have all the correct and necessary sync points for this memory in the
+driver should it choose to return non-consistent memory.
+
+Note: where the platform can return consistent memory, it will
+guarantee that the sync points become nops.
+
+Warning:  Handling non-consistent memory is a real pain.  You should
+only ever use this API if you positively know your driver will be
+required to work on one of the rare (usually non-PCI) architectures
+that simply cannot make consistent memory.
+
+void
+dma_free_noncoherent(struct device *dev, size_t size, void *cpu_addr,
+			      dma_addr_t dma_handle)
+
+Free memory allocated by the nonconsistent API.  All parameters must
+be identical to those passed in (and returned by
+dma_alloc_noncoherent()).
+
+int
+dma_is_consistent(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t dma_handle)
+
+Returns true if the device dev is performing consistent DMA on the memory
+area pointed to by the dma_handle.
+
+int
+dma_get_cache_alignment(void)
+
+Returns the processor cache alignment.  This is the absolute minimum
+alignment *and* width that you must observe when either mapping
+memory or doing partial flushes.
+
+Notes: This API may return a number *larger* than the actual cache
+line, but it will guarantee that one or more cache lines fit exactly
+into the width returned by this call.  It will also always be a power
+of two for easy alignment.
+
+void
+dma_cache_sync(struct device *dev, void *vaddr, size_t size,
+	       enum dma_data_direction direction)
+
+Do a partial sync of memory that was allocated by
+dma_alloc_noncoherent(), starting at virtual address vaddr and
+continuing on for size.  Again, you *must* observe the cache line
+boundaries when doing this.
+
+int
+dma_declare_coherent_memory(struct device *dev, dma_addr_t bus_addr,
+			    dma_addr_t device_addr, size_t size, int
+			    flags)
+
+Declare region of memory to be handed out by dma_alloc_coherent when
+it's asked for coherent memory for this device.
+
+bus_addr is the physical address to which the memory is currently
+assigned in the bus responding region (this will be used by the
+platform to perform the mapping).
+
+device_addr is the physical address the device needs to be programmed
+with actually to address this memory (this will be handed out as the
+dma_addr_t in dma_alloc_coherent()).
+
+size is the size of the area (must be multiples of PAGE_SIZE).
+
+flags can be or'd together and are:
+
+DMA_MEMORY_MAP - request that the memory returned from
+dma_alloc_coherent() be directly writable.
+
+DMA_MEMORY_IO - request that the memory returned from
+dma_alloc_coherent() be addressable using read/write/memcpy_toio etc.
+
+One or both of these flags must be present.
+
+DMA_MEMORY_INCLUDES_CHILDREN - make the declared memory be allocated by
+dma_alloc_coherent of any child devices of this one (for memory residing
+on a bridge).
+
+DMA_MEMORY_EXCLUSIVE - only allocate memory from the declared regions. 
+Do not allow dma_alloc_coherent() to fall back to system memory when
+it's out of memory in the declared region.
+
+The return value will be either DMA_MEMORY_MAP or DMA_MEMORY_IO and
+must correspond to a passed in flag (i.e. no returning DMA_MEMORY_IO
+if only DMA_MEMORY_MAP were passed in) for success or zero for
+failure.
+
+Note, for DMA_MEMORY_IO returns, all subsequent memory returned by
+dma_alloc_coherent() may no longer be accessed directly, but instead
+must be accessed using the correct bus functions.  If your driver
+isn't prepared to handle this contingency, it should not specify
+DMA_MEMORY_IO in the input flags.
+
+As a simplification for the platforms, only *one* such region of
+memory may be declared per device.
+
+For reasons of efficiency, most platforms choose to track the declared
+region only at the granularity of a page.  For smaller allocations,
+you should use the dma_pool() API.
+
+void
+dma_release_declared_memory(struct device *dev)
+
+Remove the memory region previously declared from the system.  This
+API performs *no* in-use checking for this region and will return
+unconditionally having removed all the required structures.  It is the
+driver's job to ensure that no parts of this memory region are
+currently in use.
+
+void *
+dma_mark_declared_memory_occupied(struct device *dev,
+				  dma_addr_t device_addr, size_t size)
+
+This is used to occupy specific regions of the declared space
+(dma_alloc_coherent() will hand out the first free region it finds).
+
+device_addr is the *device* address of the region requested.
+
+size is the size (and should be a page-sized multiple).
+
+The return value will be either a pointer to the processor virtual
+address of the memory, or an error (via PTR_ERR()) if any part of the
+region is occupied.
+
+Part III - Debug drivers use of the DMA-API
+-------------------------------------------
+
+The DMA-API as described above as some constraints. DMA addresses must be
+released with the corresponding function with the same size for example. With
+the advent of hardware IOMMUs it becomes more and more important that drivers
+do not violate those constraints. In the worst case such a violation can
+result in data corruption up to destroyed filesystems.
+
+To debug drivers and find bugs in the usage of the DMA-API checking code can
+be compiled into the kernel which will tell the developer about those
+violations. If your architecture supports it you can select the "Enable
+debugging of DMA-API usage" option in your kernel configuration. Enabling this
+option has a performance impact. Do not enable it in production kernels.
+
+If you boot the resulting kernel will contain code which does some bookkeeping
+about what DMA memory was allocated for which device. If this code detects an
+error it prints a warning message with some details into your kernel log. An
+example warning message may look like this:
+
+------------[ cut here ]------------
+WARNING: at /data2/repos/linux-2.6-iommu/lib/dma-debug.c:448
+	check_unmap+0x203/0x490()
+Hardware name:
+forcedeth 0000:00:08.0: DMA-API: device driver frees DMA memory with wrong
+	function [device address=0x00000000640444be] [size=66 bytes] [mapped as
+single] [unmapped as page]
+Modules linked in: nfsd exportfs bridge stp llc r8169
+Pid: 0, comm: swapper Tainted: G        W  2.6.28-dmatest-09289-g8bb99c0 #1
+Call Trace:
+ <IRQ>  [<ffffffff80240b22>] warn_slowpath+0xf2/0x130
+ [<ffffffff80647b70>] _spin_unlock+0x10/0x30
+ [<ffffffff80537e75>] usb_hcd_link_urb_to_ep+0x75/0xc0
+ [<ffffffff80647c22>] _spin_unlock_irqrestore+0x12/0x40
+ [<ffffffff8055347f>] ohci_urb_enqueue+0x19f/0x7c0
+ [<ffffffff80252f96>] queue_work+0x56/0x60
+ [<ffffffff80237e10>] enqueue_task_fair+0x20/0x50
+ [<ffffffff80539279>] usb_hcd_submit_urb+0x379/0xbc0
+ [<ffffffff803b78c3>] cpumask_next_and+0x23/0x40
+ [<ffffffff80235177>] find_busiest_group+0x207/0x8a0
+ [<ffffffff8064784f>] _spin_lock_irqsave+0x1f/0x50
+ [<ffffffff803c7ea3>] check_unmap+0x203/0x490
+ [<ffffffff803c8259>] debug_dma_unmap_page+0x49/0x50
+ [<ffffffff80485f26>] nv_tx_done_optimized+0xc6/0x2c0
+ [<ffffffff80486c13>] nv_nic_irq_optimized+0x73/0x2b0
+ [<ffffffff8026df84>] handle_IRQ_event+0x34/0x70
+ [<ffffffff8026ffe9>] handle_edge_irq+0xc9/0x150
+ [<ffffffff8020e3ab>] do_IRQ+0xcb/0x1c0
+ [<ffffffff8020c093>] ret_from_intr+0x0/0xa
+ <EOI> <4>---[ end trace f6435a98e2a38c0e ]---
+
+The driver developer can find the driver and the device including a stacktrace
+of the DMA-API call which caused this warning.
+
+Per default only the first error will result in a warning message. All other
+errors will only silently counted. This limitation exist to prevent the code
+from flooding your kernel log. To support debugging a device driver this can
+be disabled via debugfs. See the debugfs interface documentation below for
+details.
+
+The debugfs directory for the DMA-API debugging code is called dma-api/. In
+this directory the following files can currently be found:
+
+	dma-api/all_errors	This file contains a numeric value. If this
+				value is not equal to zero the debugging code
+				will print a warning for every error it finds
+				into the kernel log. Be careful with this
+				option, as it can easily flood your logs.
+
+	dma-api/disabled	This read-only file contains the character 'Y'
+				if the debugging code is disabled. This can
+				happen when it runs out of memory or if it was
+				disabled at boot time
+
+	dma-api/error_count	This file is read-only and shows the total
+				numbers of errors found.
+
+	dma-api/num_errors	The number in this file shows how many
+				warnings will be printed to the kernel log
+				before it stops. This number is initialized to
+				one at system boot and be set by writing into
+				this file
+
+	dma-api/min_free_entries
+				This read-only file can be read to get the
+				minimum number of free dma_debug_entries the
+				allocator has ever seen. If this value goes
+				down to zero the code will disable itself
+				because it is not longer reliable.
+
+	dma-api/num_free_entries
+				The current number of free dma_debug_entries
+				in the allocator.
+
+	dma-api/driver-filter
+				You can write a name of a driver into this file
+				to limit the debug output to requests from that
+				particular driver. Write an empty string to
+				that file to disable the filter and see
+				all errors again.
+
+If you have this code compiled into your kernel it will be enabled by default.
+If you want to boot without the bookkeeping anyway you can provide
+'dma_debug=off' as a boot parameter. This will disable DMA-API debugging.
+Notice that you can not enable it again at runtime. You have to reboot to do
+so.
+
+If you want to see debug messages only for a special device driver you can
+specify the dma_debug_driver=<drivername> parameter. This will enable the
+driver filter at boot time. The debug code will only print errors for that
+driver afterwards. This filter can be disabled or changed later using debugfs.
+
+When the code disables itself at runtime this is most likely because it ran
+out of dma_debug_entries. These entries are preallocated at boot. The number
+of preallocated entries is defined per architecture. If it is too low for you
+boot with 'dma_debug_entries=<your_desired_number>' to overwrite the
+architectural default.
diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-ISA-LPC.txt b/Documentation/DMA-ISA-LPC.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e767805
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DMA-ISA-LPC.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+                        DMA with ISA and LPC devices
+                        ============================
+
+                      Pierre Ossman <drzeus@drzeus.cx>
+
+This document describes how to do DMA transfers using the old ISA DMA
+controller. Even though ISA is more or less dead today the LPC bus
+uses the same DMA system so it will be around for quite some time.
+
+Part I - Headers and dependencies
+---------------------------------
+
+To do ISA style DMA you need to include two headers:
+
+#include <linux/dma-mapping.h>
+#include <asm/dma.h>
+
+The first is the generic DMA API used to convert virtual addresses to
+physical addresses (see Documentation/DMA-API.txt for details).
+
+The second contains the routines specific to ISA DMA transfers. Since
+this is not present on all platforms make sure you construct your
+Kconfig to be dependent on ISA_DMA_API (not ISA) so that nobody tries
+to build your driver on unsupported platforms.
+
+Part II - Buffer allocation
+---------------------------
+
+The ISA DMA controller has some very strict requirements on which
+memory it can access so extra care must be taken when allocating
+buffers.
+
+(You usually need a special buffer for DMA transfers instead of
+transferring directly to and from your normal data structures.)
+
+The DMA-able address space is the lowest 16 MB of _physical_ memory.
+Also the transfer block may not cross page boundaries (which are 64
+or 128 KiB depending on which channel you use).
+
+In order to allocate a piece of memory that satisfies all these
+requirements you pass the flag GFP_DMA to kmalloc.
+
+Unfortunately the memory available for ISA DMA is scarce so unless you
+allocate the memory during boot-up it's a good idea to also pass
+__GFP_REPEAT and __GFP_NOWARN to make the allocater try a bit harder.
+
+(This scarcity also means that you should allocate the buffer as
+early as possible and not release it until the driver is unloaded.)
+
+Part III - Address translation
+------------------------------
+
+To translate the virtual address to a physical use the normal DMA
+API. Do _not_ use isa_virt_to_phys() even though it does the same
+thing. The reason for this is that the function isa_virt_to_phys()
+will require a Kconfig dependency to ISA, not just ISA_DMA_API which
+is really all you need. Remember that even though the DMA controller
+has its origins in ISA it is used elsewhere.
+
+Note: x86_64 had a broken DMA API when it came to ISA but has since
+been fixed. If your arch has problems then fix the DMA API instead of
+reverting to the ISA functions.
+
+Part IV - Channels
+------------------
+
+A normal ISA DMA controller has 8 channels. The lower four are for
+8-bit transfers and the upper four are for 16-bit transfers.
+
+(Actually the DMA controller is really two separate controllers where
+channel 4 is used to give DMA access for the second controller (0-3).
+This means that of the four 16-bits channels only three are usable.)
+
+You allocate these in a similar fashion as all basic resources:
+
+extern int request_dma(unsigned int dmanr, const char * device_id);
+extern void free_dma(unsigned int dmanr);
+
+The ability to use 16-bit or 8-bit transfers is _not_ up to you as a
+driver author but depends on what the hardware supports. Check your
+specs or test different channels.
+
+Part V - Transfer data
+----------------------
+
+Now for the good stuff, the actual DMA transfer. :)
+
+Before you use any ISA DMA routines you need to claim the DMA lock
+using claim_dma_lock(). The reason is that some DMA operations are
+not atomic so only one driver may fiddle with the registers at a
+time.
+
+The first time you use the DMA controller you should call
+clear_dma_ff(). This clears an internal register in the DMA
+controller that is used for the non-atomic operations. As long as you
+(and everyone else) uses the locking functions then you only need to
+reset this once.
+
+Next, you tell the controller in which direction you intend to do the
+transfer using set_dma_mode(). Currently you have the options
+DMA_MODE_READ and DMA_MODE_WRITE.
+
+Set the address from where the transfer should start (this needs to
+be 16-bit aligned for 16-bit transfers) and how many bytes to
+transfer. Note that it's _bytes_. The DMA routines will do all the
+required translation to values that the DMA controller understands.
+
+The final step is enabling the DMA channel and releasing the DMA
+lock.
+
+Once the DMA transfer is finished (or timed out) you should disable
+the channel again. You should also check get_dma_residue() to make
+sure that all data has been transferred.
+
+Example:
+
+int flags, residue;
+
+flags = claim_dma_lock();
+
+clear_dma_ff();
+
+set_dma_mode(channel, DMA_MODE_WRITE);
+set_dma_addr(channel, phys_addr);
+set_dma_count(channel, num_bytes);
+
+dma_enable(channel);
+
+release_dma_lock(flags);
+
+while (!device_done());
+
+flags = claim_dma_lock();
+
+dma_disable(channel);
+
+residue = dma_get_residue(channel);
+if (residue != 0)
+	printk(KERN_ERR "driver: Incomplete DMA transfer!"
+		" %d bytes left!\n", residue);
+
+release_dma_lock(flags);
+
+Part VI - Suspend/resume
+------------------------
+
+It is the driver's responsibility to make sure that the machine isn't
+suspended while a DMA transfer is in progress. Also, all DMA settings
+are lost when the system suspends so if your driver relies on the DMA
+controller being in a certain state then you have to restore these
+registers upon resume.
diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt b/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b768cc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+			DMA attributes
+			==============
+
+This document describes the semantics of the DMA attributes that are
+defined in linux/dma-attrs.h.
+
+DMA_ATTR_WRITE_BARRIER
+----------------------
+
+DMA_ATTR_WRITE_BARRIER is a (write) barrier attribute for DMA.  DMA
+to a memory region with the DMA_ATTR_WRITE_BARRIER attribute forces
+all pending DMA writes to complete, and thus provides a mechanism to
+strictly order DMA from a device across all intervening busses and
+bridges.  This barrier is not specific to a particular type of
+interconnect, it applies to the system as a whole, and so its
+implementation must account for the idiosyncracies of the system all
+the way from the DMA device to memory.
+
+As an example of a situation where DMA_ATTR_WRITE_BARRIER would be
+useful, suppose that a device does a DMA write to indicate that data is
+ready and available in memory.  The DMA of the "completion indication"
+could race with data DMA.  Mapping the memory used for completion
+indications with DMA_ATTR_WRITE_BARRIER would prevent the race.
+
+DMA_ATTR_WEAK_ORDERING
+----------------------
+
+DMA_ATTR_WEAK_ORDERING specifies that reads and writes to the mapping
+may be weakly ordered, that is that reads and writes may pass each other.
+
+Since it is optional for platforms to implement DMA_ATTR_WEAK_ORDERING,
+those that do not will simply ignore the attribute and exhibit default
+behavior.
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/.gitignore b/Documentation/DocBook/.gitignore
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6def35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/.gitignore
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+*.xml
+*.ps
+*.pdf
+*.html
+*.9.gz
+*.9
+*.aux
+*.dvi
+*.log
+*.out
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7e5dc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+###
+# This makefile is used to generate the kernel documentation,
+# primarily based on in-line comments in various source files.
+# See Documentation/kernel-doc-nano-HOWTO.txt for instruction in how
+# to document the SRC - and how to read it.
+# To add a new book the only step required is to add the book to the
+# list of DOCBOOKS.
+
+DOCBOOKS := z8530book.xml mcabook.xml device-drivers.xml \
+	    kernel-hacking.xml kernel-locking.xml deviceiobook.xml \
+	    writing_usb_driver.xml networking.xml \
+	    kernel-api.xml filesystems.xml lsm.xml usb.xml kgdb.xml \
+	    gadget.xml libata.xml mtdnand.xml librs.xml rapidio.xml \
+	    genericirq.xml s390-drivers.xml uio-howto.xml scsi.xml \
+	    mac80211.xml debugobjects.xml sh.xml regulator.xml \
+	    alsa-driver-api.xml writing-an-alsa-driver.xml \
+	    tracepoint.xml media.xml drm.xml
+
+###
+# The build process is as follows (targets):
+#              (xmldocs) [by docproc]
+# file.tmpl --> file.xml +--> file.ps   (psdocs)   [by db2ps or xmlto]
+#                        +--> file.pdf  (pdfdocs)  [by db2pdf or xmlto]
+#                        +--> DIR=file  (htmldocs) [by xmlto]
+#                        +--> man/      (mandocs)  [by xmlto]
+
+
+# for PDF and PS output you can choose between xmlto and docbook-utils tools
+PDF_METHOD	= $(prefer-db2x)
+PS_METHOD	= $(prefer-db2x)
+
+
+###
+# The targets that may be used.
+PHONY += xmldocs sgmldocs psdocs pdfdocs htmldocs mandocs installmandocs cleandocs xmldoclinks
+
+BOOKS := $(addprefix $(obj)/,$(DOCBOOKS))
+xmldocs: $(BOOKS) xmldoclinks
+sgmldocs: xmldocs
+
+PS := $(patsubst %.xml, %.ps, $(BOOKS))
+psdocs: $(PS)
+
+PDF := $(patsubst %.xml, %.pdf, $(BOOKS))
+pdfdocs: $(PDF)
+
+HTML := $(sort $(patsubst %.xml, %.html, $(BOOKS)))
+htmldocs: $(HTML)
+	$(call build_main_index)
+	$(call build_images)
+
+MAN := $(patsubst %.xml, %.9, $(BOOKS))
+mandocs: $(MAN)
+
+build_images = mkdir -p $(objtree)/Documentation/DocBook/media/ && \
+	       cp $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/*.png $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/v4l/*.gif $(objtree)/Documentation/DocBook/media/
+
+xmldoclinks:
+ifneq ($(objtree),$(srctree))
+	for dep in dvb media-entities.tmpl media-indices.tmpl v4l; do \
+		rm -f $(objtree)/Documentation/DocBook/$$dep \
+		&& ln -s $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/$$dep $(objtree)/Documentation/DocBook/ \
+		|| exit; \
+	done
+endif
+
+installmandocs: mandocs
+	mkdir -p /usr/local/man/man9/
+	install Documentation/DocBook/man/*.9.gz /usr/local/man/man9/
+
+###
+#External programs used
+KERNELDOC = $(srctree)/scripts/kernel-doc
+DOCPROC   = $(objtree)/scripts/basic/docproc
+
+XMLTOFLAGS = -m $(srctree)/Documentation/DocBook/stylesheet.xsl
+XMLTOFLAGS += --skip-validation
+
+###
+# DOCPROC is used for two purposes:
+# 1) To generate a dependency list for a .tmpl file
+# 2) To preprocess a .tmpl file and call kernel-doc with
+#     appropriate parameters.
+# The following rules are used to generate the .xml documentation
+# required to generate the final targets. (ps, pdf, html).
+quiet_cmd_docproc = DOCPROC $@
+      cmd_docproc = SRCTREE=$(srctree)/ $(DOCPROC) doc $< >$@
+define rule_docproc
+	set -e;								\
+        $(if $($(quiet)cmd_$(1)),echo '  $($(quiet)cmd_$(1))';) 	\
+        $(cmd_$(1)); 							\
+        ( 								\
+          echo 'cmd_$@ := $(cmd_$(1))'; 				\
+          echo $@: `SRCTREE=$(srctree) $(DOCPROC) depend $<`; 		\
+        ) > $(dir $@).$(notdir $@).cmd
+endef
+
+%.xml: %.tmpl FORCE
+	$(call if_changed_rule,docproc)
+
+###
+#Read in all saved dependency files 
+cmd_files := $(wildcard $(foreach f,$(BOOKS),$(dir $(f)).$(notdir $(f)).cmd))
+
+ifneq ($(cmd_files),)
+  include $(cmd_files)
+endif
+
+###
+# Changes in kernel-doc force a rebuild of all documentation
+$(BOOKS): $(KERNELDOC)
+
+# Tell kbuild to always build the programs
+always := $(hostprogs-y)
+
+notfoundtemplate = echo "*** You have to install docbook-utils or xmlto ***"; \
+		   exit 1
+db2xtemplate = db2TYPE -o $(dir $@) $<
+xmltotemplate = xmlto TYPE $(XMLTOFLAGS) -o $(dir $@) $<
+
+# determine which methods are available
+ifeq ($(shell which db2ps >/dev/null 2>&1 && echo found),found)
+	use-db2x = db2x
+	prefer-db2x = db2x
+else
+	use-db2x = notfound
+	prefer-db2x = $(use-xmlto)
+endif
+ifeq ($(shell which xmlto >/dev/null 2>&1 && echo found),found)
+	use-xmlto = xmlto
+	prefer-xmlto = xmlto
+else
+	use-xmlto = notfound
+	prefer-xmlto = $(use-db2x)
+endif
+
+# the commands, generated from the chosen template
+quiet_cmd_db2ps = PS      $@
+      cmd_db2ps = $(subst TYPE,ps, $($(PS_METHOD)template))
+%.ps : %.xml
+	$(call cmd,db2ps)
+
+quiet_cmd_db2pdf = PDF     $@
+      cmd_db2pdf = $(subst TYPE,pdf, $($(PDF_METHOD)template))
+%.pdf : %.xml
+	$(call cmd,db2pdf)
+
+
+index = index.html
+main_idx = Documentation/DocBook/$(index)
+build_main_index = rm -rf $(main_idx) && \
+		   echo '<h1>Linux Kernel HTML Documentation</h1>' >> $(main_idx) && \
+		   echo '<h2>Kernel Version: $(KERNELVERSION)</h2>' >> $(main_idx) && \
+		   cat $(HTML) >> $(main_idx)
+
+quiet_cmd_db2html = HTML    $@
+      cmd_db2html = xmlto xhtml $(XMLTOFLAGS) -o $(patsubst %.html,%,$@) $< && \
+		echo '<a HREF="$(patsubst %.html,%,$(notdir $@))/index.html"> \
+        $(patsubst %.html,%,$(notdir $@))</a><p>' > $@
+
+%.html:	%.xml
+	@(which xmlto > /dev/null 2>&1) || \
+	 (echo "*** You need to install xmlto ***"; \
+	  exit 1)
+	@rm -rf $@ $(patsubst %.html,%,$@)
+	$(call cmd,db2html)
+	@if [ ! -z "$(PNG-$(basename $(notdir $@)))" ]; then \
+            cp $(PNG-$(basename $(notdir $@))) $(patsubst %.html,%,$@); fi
+
+quiet_cmd_db2man = MAN     $@
+      cmd_db2man = if grep -q refentry $<; then xmlto man $(XMLTOFLAGS) -o $(obj)/man $< ; gzip -f $(obj)/man/*.9; fi
+%.9 : %.xml
+	@(which xmlto > /dev/null 2>&1) || \
+	 (echo "*** You need to install xmlto ***"; \
+	  exit 1)
+	$(Q)mkdir -p $(obj)/man
+	$(call cmd,db2man)
+	@touch $@
+
+###
+# Rules to generate postscripts and PNG images from .fig format files
+quiet_cmd_fig2eps = FIG2EPS $@
+      cmd_fig2eps = fig2dev -Leps $< $@
+
+%.eps: %.fig
+	@(which fig2dev > /dev/null 2>&1) || \
+	 (echo "*** You need to install transfig ***"; \
+	  exit 1)
+	$(call cmd,fig2eps)
+
+quiet_cmd_fig2png = FIG2PNG $@
+      cmd_fig2png = fig2dev -Lpng $< $@
+
+%.png: %.fig
+	@(which fig2dev > /dev/null 2>&1) || \
+	 (echo "*** You need to install transfig ***"; \
+	  exit 1)
+	$(call cmd,fig2png)
+
+###
+# Rule to convert a .c file to inline XML documentation
+       gen_xml = :
+ quiet_gen_xml = echo '  GEN     $@'
+silent_gen_xml = :
+%.xml: %.c
+	@$($(quiet)gen_xml)
+	@(                            \
+	   echo "<programlisting>";   \
+	   expand --tabs=8 < $< |     \
+	   sed -e "s/&/\\&amp;/g"     \
+	       -e "s/</\\&lt;/g"      \
+	       -e "s/>/\\&gt;/g";     \
+	   echo "</programlisting>")  > $@
+
+###
+# Help targets as used by the top-level makefile
+dochelp:
+	@echo  ' Linux kernel internal documentation in different formats:'
+	@echo  '  htmldocs        - HTML'
+	@echo  '  pdfdocs         - PDF'
+	@echo  '  psdocs          - Postscript'
+	@echo  '  xmldocs         - XML DocBook'
+	@echo  '  mandocs         - man pages'
+	@echo  '  installmandocs  - install man pages generated by mandocs'
+	@echo  '  cleandocs       - clean all generated DocBook files'
+
+###
+# Temporary files left by various tools
+clean-files := $(DOCBOOKS) \
+	$(patsubst %.xml, %.dvi,  $(DOCBOOKS)) \
+	$(patsubst %.xml, %.aux,  $(DOCBOOKS)) \
+	$(patsubst %.xml, %.tex,  $(DOCBOOKS)) \
+	$(patsubst %.xml, %.log,  $(DOCBOOKS)) \
+	$(patsubst %.xml, %.out,  $(DOCBOOKS)) \
+	$(patsubst %.xml, %.ps,   $(DOCBOOKS)) \
+	$(patsubst %.xml, %.pdf,  $(DOCBOOKS)) \
+	$(patsubst %.xml, %.html, $(DOCBOOKS)) \
+	$(patsubst %.xml, %.9,    $(DOCBOOKS)) \
+	$(index)
+
+clean-dirs := $(patsubst %.xml,%,$(DOCBOOKS)) man
+
+cleandocs:
+	$(Q)rm -f $(call objectify, $(clean-files))
+	$(Q)rm -rf $(call objectify, $(clean-dirs))
+
+# Declare the contents of the .PHONY variable as phony.  We keep that
+# information in a variable se we can use it in if_changed and friends.
+
+.PHONY: $(PHONY)
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/alsa-driver-api.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/alsa-driver-api.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0230a96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/alsa-driver-api.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+	"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<!-- ****************************************************** -->
+<!-- Header  -->
+<!-- ****************************************************** -->
+<book id="ALSA-Driver-API">
+  <bookinfo>
+    <title>The ALSA Driver API</title>
+
+    <legalnotice>
+    <para>
+    This document is free; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+    under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version. 
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+    This document is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but <emphasis>WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY</emphasis>; without even the
+    implied warranty of <emphasis>MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+    PARTICULAR PURPOSE</emphasis>. See the GNU General Public License
+    for more details.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+    License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
+    Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+    MA 02111-1307 USA
+    </para>
+    </legalnotice>
+
+  </bookinfo>
+
+<toc></toc>
+
+  <chapter><title>Management of Cards and Devices</title>
+     <sect1><title>Card Management</title>
+!Esound/core/init.c
+     </sect1>
+     <sect1><title>Device Components</title>
+!Esound/core/device.c
+     </sect1>
+     <sect1><title>Module requests and Device File Entries</title>
+!Esound/core/sound.c
+     </sect1>
+     <sect1><title>Memory Management Helpers</title>
+!Esound/core/memory.c
+!Esound/core/memalloc.c
+     </sect1>
+  </chapter>
+  <chapter><title>PCM API</title>
+     <sect1><title>PCM Core</title>
+!Esound/core/pcm.c
+!Esound/core/pcm_lib.c
+!Esound/core/pcm_native.c
+     </sect1>
+     <sect1><title>PCM Format Helpers</title>
+!Esound/core/pcm_misc.c
+     </sect1>
+     <sect1><title>PCM Memory Management</title>
+!Esound/core/pcm_memory.c
+     </sect1>
+  </chapter>
+  <chapter><title>Control/Mixer API</title>
+     <sect1><title>General Control Interface</title>
+!Esound/core/control.c
+     </sect1>
+     <sect1><title>AC97 Codec API</title>
+!Esound/pci/ac97/ac97_codec.c
+!Esound/pci/ac97/ac97_pcm.c
+     </sect1>
+     <sect1><title>Virtual Master Control API</title>
+!Esound/core/vmaster.c
+!Iinclude/sound/control.h
+     </sect1>
+  </chapter>
+  <chapter><title>MIDI API</title>
+     <sect1><title>Raw MIDI API</title>
+!Esound/core/rawmidi.c
+     </sect1>
+     <sect1><title>MPU401-UART API</title>
+!Esound/drivers/mpu401/mpu401_uart.c
+     </sect1>
+  </chapter>
+  <chapter><title>Proc Info API</title>
+     <sect1><title>Proc Info Interface</title>
+!Esound/core/info.c
+     </sect1>
+  </chapter>
+  <chapter><title>Miscellaneous Functions</title>
+     <sect1><title>Hardware-Dependent Devices API</title>
+!Esound/core/hwdep.c
+     </sect1>
+     <sect1><title>Jack Abstraction Layer API</title>
+!Esound/core/jack.c
+     </sect1>
+     <sect1><title>ISA DMA Helpers</title>
+!Esound/core/isadma.c
+     </sect1>
+     <sect1><title>Other Helper Macros</title>
+!Iinclude/sound/core.h
+     </sect1>
+  </chapter>
+
+</book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/debugobjects.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/debugobjects.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08ff908
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/debugobjects.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+	"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="debug-objects-guide">
+ <bookinfo>
+  <title>Debug objects life time</title>
+
+  <authorgroup>
+   <author>
+    <firstname>Thomas</firstname>
+    <surname>Gleixner</surname>
+    <affiliation>
+     <address>
+      <email>tglx@linutronix.de</email>
+     </address>
+    </affiliation>
+   </author>
+  </authorgroup>
+
+  <copyright>
+   <year>2008</year>
+   <holder>Thomas Gleixner</holder>
+  </copyright>
+
+  <legalnotice>
+   <para>
+     This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
+     it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+     License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+   </para>
+
+   <para>
+     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
+     useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+     warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+     See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+   </para>
+
+   <para>
+     You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+     License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
+     Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+     MA 02111-1307 USA
+   </para>
+
+   <para>
+     For more details see the file COPYING in the source
+     distribution of Linux.
+   </para>
+  </legalnotice>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+<toc></toc>
+
+  <chapter id="intro">
+    <title>Introduction</title>
+    <para>
+      debugobjects is a generic infrastructure to track the life time
+      of kernel objects and validate the operations on those.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      debugobjects is useful to check for the following error patterns:
+	<itemizedlist>
+	  <listitem><para>Activation of uninitialized objects</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para>Initialization of active objects</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para>Usage of freed/destroyed objects</para></listitem>
+	</itemizedlist>
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      debugobjects is not changing the data structure of the real
+      object so it can be compiled in with a minimal runtime impact
+      and enabled on demand with a kernel command line option.
+    </para>
+  </chapter>
+
+  <chapter id="howto">
+    <title>Howto use debugobjects</title>
+    <para>
+      A kernel subsystem needs to provide a data structure which
+      describes the object type and add calls into the debug code at
+      appropriate places. The data structure to describe the object
+      type needs at minimum the name of the object type. Optional
+      functions can and should be provided to fixup detected problems
+      so the kernel can continue to work and the debug information can
+      be retrieved from a live system instead of hard core debugging
+      with serial consoles and stack trace transcripts from the
+      monitor.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      The debug calls provided by debugobjects are:
+      <itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>debug_object_init</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>debug_object_init_on_stack</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>debug_object_activate</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>debug_object_deactivate</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>debug_object_destroy</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>debug_object_free</para></listitem>
+      </itemizedlist>
+      Each of these functions takes the address of the real object and
+      a pointer to the object type specific debug description
+      structure.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Each detected error is reported in the statistics and a limited
+      number of errors are printk'ed including a full stack trace.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      The statistics are available via /sys/kernel/debug/debug_objects/stats.
+      They provide information about the number of warnings and the
+      number of successful fixups along with information about the
+      usage of the internal tracking objects and the state of the
+      internal tracking objects pool.
+    </para>
+  </chapter>
+  <chapter id="debugfunctions">
+    <title>Debug functions</title>
+    <sect1 id="prototypes">
+      <title>Debug object function reference</title>
+!Elib/debugobjects.c
+    </sect1>
+    <sect1 id="debug_object_init">
+      <title>debug_object_init</title>
+      <para>
+	This function is called whenever the initialization function
+	of a real object is called.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	When the real object is already tracked by debugobjects it is
+	checked, whether the object can be initialized.  Initializing
+	is not allowed for active and destroyed objects. When
+	debugobjects detects an error, then it calls the fixup_init
+	function of the object type description structure if provided
+	by the caller. The fixup function can correct the problem
+	before the real initialization of the object happens. E.g. it
+	can deactivate an active object in order to prevent damage to
+	the subsystem.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	When the real object is not yet tracked by debugobjects,
+	debugobjects allocates a tracker object for the real object
+	and sets the tracker object state to ODEBUG_STATE_INIT. It
+	verifies that the object is not on the callers stack. If it is
+	on the callers stack then a limited number of warnings
+	including a full stack trace is printk'ed. The calling code
+	must use debug_object_init_on_stack() and remove the object
+	before leaving the function which allocated it. See next
+	section.
+      </para>
+    </sect1>
+
+    <sect1 id="debug_object_init_on_stack">
+      <title>debug_object_init_on_stack</title>
+      <para>
+	This function is called whenever the initialization function
+	of a real object which resides on the stack is called.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	When the real object is already tracked by debugobjects it is
+	checked, whether the object can be initialized. Initializing
+	is not allowed for active and destroyed objects. When
+	debugobjects detects an error, then it calls the fixup_init
+	function of the object type description structure if provided
+	by the caller. The fixup function can correct the problem
+	before the real initialization of the object happens. E.g. it
+	can deactivate an active object in order to prevent damage to
+	the subsystem.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	When the real object is not yet tracked by debugobjects
+	debugobjects allocates a tracker object for the real object
+	and sets the tracker object state to ODEBUG_STATE_INIT. It
+	verifies that the object is on the callers stack.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	An object which is on the stack must be removed from the
+	tracker by calling debug_object_free() before the function
+	which allocates the object returns. Otherwise we keep track of
+	stale objects.
+      </para>
+    </sect1>
+
+    <sect1 id="debug_object_activate">
+      <title>debug_object_activate</title>
+      <para>
+	This function is called whenever the activation function of a
+	real object is called.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	When the real object is already tracked by debugobjects it is
+	checked, whether the object can be activated.  Activating is
+	not allowed for active and destroyed objects. When
+	debugobjects detects an error, then it calls the
+	fixup_activate function of the object type description
+	structure if provided by the caller. The fixup function can
+	correct the problem before the real activation of the object
+	happens. E.g. it can deactivate an active object in order to
+	prevent damage to the subsystem.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	When the real object is not yet tracked by debugobjects then
+	the fixup_activate function is called if available. This is
+	necessary to allow the legitimate activation of statically
+	allocated and initialized objects. The fixup function checks
+	whether the object is valid and calls the debug_objects_init()
+	function to initialize the tracking of this object.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	When the activation is legitimate, then the state of the
+	associated tracker object is set to ODEBUG_STATE_ACTIVE.
+      </para>
+    </sect1>
+
+    <sect1 id="debug_object_deactivate">
+      <title>debug_object_deactivate</title>
+      <para>
+	This function is called whenever the deactivation function of
+	a real object is called.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	When the real object is tracked by debugobjects it is checked,
+	whether the object can be deactivated. Deactivating is not
+	allowed for untracked or destroyed objects.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	When the deactivation is legitimate, then the state of the
+	associated tracker object is set to ODEBUG_STATE_INACTIVE.
+      </para>
+    </sect1>
+
+    <sect1 id="debug_object_destroy">
+      <title>debug_object_destroy</title>
+      <para>
+	This function is called to mark an object destroyed. This is
+	useful to prevent the usage of invalid objects, which are
+	still available in memory: either statically allocated objects
+	or objects which are freed later.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	When the real object is tracked by debugobjects it is checked,
+	whether the object can be destroyed. Destruction is not
+	allowed for active and destroyed objects. When debugobjects
+	detects an error, then it calls the fixup_destroy function of
+	the object type description structure if provided by the
+	caller. The fixup function can correct the problem before the
+	real destruction of the object happens. E.g. it can deactivate
+	an active object in order to prevent damage to the subsystem.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	When the destruction is legitimate, then the state of the
+	associated tracker object is set to ODEBUG_STATE_DESTROYED.
+      </para>
+    </sect1>
+
+    <sect1 id="debug_object_free">
+      <title>debug_object_free</title>
+      <para>
+	This function is called before an object is freed.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	When the real object is tracked by debugobjects it is checked,
+	whether the object can be freed. Free is not allowed for
+	active objects. When debugobjects detects an error, then it
+	calls the fixup_free function of the object type description
+	structure if provided by the caller. The fixup function can
+	correct the problem before the real free of the object
+	happens. E.g. it can deactivate an active object in order to
+	prevent damage to the subsystem.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	Note that debug_object_free removes the object from the
+	tracker. Later usage of the object is detected by the other
+	debug checks.
+      </para>
+    </sect1>
+  </chapter>
+  <chapter id="fixupfunctions">
+    <title>Fixup functions</title>
+    <sect1 id="debug_obj_descr">
+      <title>Debug object type description structure</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/debugobjects.h
+    </sect1>
+    <sect1 id="fixup_init">
+      <title>fixup_init</title>
+      <para>
+	This function is called from the debug code whenever a problem
+	in debug_object_init is detected. The function takes the
+	address of the object and the state which is currently
+	recorded in the tracker.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	Called from debug_object_init when the object state is:
+	<itemizedlist>
+	  <listitem><para>ODEBUG_STATE_ACTIVE</para></listitem>
+	</itemizedlist>
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	The function returns 1 when the fixup was successful,
+	otherwise 0. The return value is used to update the
+	statistics.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	Note, that the function needs to call the debug_object_init()
+	function again, after the damage has been repaired in order to
+	keep the state consistent.
+      </para>
+    </sect1>
+
+    <sect1 id="fixup_activate">
+      <title>fixup_activate</title>
+      <para>
+	This function is called from the debug code whenever a problem
+	in debug_object_activate is detected.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	Called from debug_object_activate when the object state is:
+	<itemizedlist>
+	  <listitem><para>ODEBUG_STATE_NOTAVAILABLE</para></listitem>
+	  <listitem><para>ODEBUG_STATE_ACTIVE</para></listitem>
+	</itemizedlist>
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	The function returns 1 when the fixup was successful,
+	otherwise 0. The return value is used to update the
+	statistics.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	Note that the function needs to call the debug_object_activate()
+	function again after the damage has been repaired in order to
+	keep the state consistent.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	The activation of statically initialized objects is a special
+	case. When debug_object_activate() has no tracked object for
+	this object address then fixup_activate() is called with
+	object state ODEBUG_STATE_NOTAVAILABLE. The fixup function
+	needs to check whether this is a legitimate case of a
+	statically initialized object or not. In case it is it calls
+	debug_object_init() and debug_object_activate() to make the
+	object known to the tracker and marked active. In this case
+	the function should return 0 because this is not a real fixup.
+      </para>
+    </sect1>
+
+    <sect1 id="fixup_destroy">
+      <title>fixup_destroy</title>
+      <para>
+	This function is called from the debug code whenever a problem
+	in debug_object_destroy is detected.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	Called from debug_object_destroy when the object state is:
+	<itemizedlist>
+	  <listitem><para>ODEBUG_STATE_ACTIVE</para></listitem>
+	</itemizedlist>
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	The function returns 1 when the fixup was successful,
+	otherwise 0. The return value is used to update the
+	statistics.
+      </para>
+    </sect1>
+    <sect1 id="fixup_free">
+      <title>fixup_free</title>
+      <para>
+	This function is called from the debug code whenever a problem
+	in debug_object_free is detected. Further it can be called
+	from the debug checks in kfree/vfree, when an active object is
+	detected from the debug_check_no_obj_freed() sanity checks.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	Called from debug_object_free() or debug_check_no_obj_freed()
+	when the object state is:
+	<itemizedlist>
+	  <listitem><para>ODEBUG_STATE_ACTIVE</para></listitem>
+	</itemizedlist>
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	The function returns 1 when the fixup was successful,
+	otherwise 0. The return value is used to update the
+	statistics.
+      </para>
+    </sect1>
+  </chapter>
+  <chapter id="bugs">
+    <title>Known Bugs And Assumptions</title>
+    <para>
+	None (knock on wood).
+    </para>
+  </chapter>
+</book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b2dd4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,431 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+	"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="LinuxDriversAPI">
+ <bookinfo>
+  <title>Linux Device Drivers</title>
+
+  <legalnotice>
+   <para>
+     This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
+     it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+     License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+     version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+     version.
+   </para>
+
+   <para>
+     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
+     useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+     warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+     See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+   </para>
+
+   <para>
+     You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+     License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
+     Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+     MA 02111-1307 USA
+   </para>
+
+   <para>
+     For more details see the file COPYING in the source
+     distribution of Linux.
+   </para>
+  </legalnotice>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+<toc></toc>
+
+  <chapter id="Basics">
+     <title>Driver Basics</title>
+     <sect1><title>Driver Entry and Exit points</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/init.h
+     </sect1>
+
+     <sect1><title>Atomic and pointer manipulation</title>
+!Iarch/x86/include/asm/atomic.h
+!Iarch/x86/include/asm/unaligned.h
+     </sect1>
+
+     <sect1><title>Delaying, scheduling, and timer routines</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/sched.h
+!Ekernel/sched.c
+!Ekernel/timer.c
+     </sect1>
+     <sect1><title>High-resolution timers</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/ktime.h
+!Iinclude/linux/hrtimer.h
+!Ekernel/hrtimer.c
+     </sect1>
+     <sect1><title>Workqueues and Kevents</title>
+!Ekernel/workqueue.c
+     </sect1>
+     <sect1><title>Internal Functions</title>
+!Ikernel/exit.c
+!Ikernel/signal.c
+!Iinclude/linux/kthread.h
+!Ekernel/kthread.c
+     </sect1>
+
+     <sect1><title>Kernel objects manipulation</title>
+<!--
+X!Iinclude/linux/kobject.h
+-->
+!Elib/kobject.c
+     </sect1>
+
+     <sect1><title>Kernel utility functions</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/kernel.h
+!Ekernel/printk.c
+!Ekernel/panic.c
+!Ekernel/sys.c
+!Ekernel/rcupdate.c
+     </sect1>
+
+     <sect1><title>Device Resource Management</title>
+!Edrivers/base/devres.c
+     </sect1>
+
+  </chapter>
+
+  <chapter id="devdrivers">
+     <title>Device drivers infrastructure</title>
+     <sect1><title>Device Drivers Base</title>
+<!--
+X!Iinclude/linux/device.h
+-->
+!Edrivers/base/driver.c
+!Edrivers/base/core.c
+!Edrivers/base/class.c
+!Edrivers/base/firmware_class.c
+!Edrivers/base/transport_class.c
+<!-- Cannot be included, because
+     attribute_container_add_class_device_adapter
+ and attribute_container_classdev_to_container
+     exceed allowed 44 characters maximum
+X!Edrivers/base/attribute_container.c
+-->
+!Edrivers/base/sys.c
+<!--
+X!Edrivers/base/interface.c
+-->
+!Edrivers/base/platform.c
+!Edrivers/base/bus.c
+     </sect1>
+     <sect1><title>Device Drivers Power Management</title>
+!Edrivers/base/power/main.c
+     </sect1>
+     <sect1><title>Device Drivers ACPI Support</title>
+<!-- Internal functions only
+X!Edrivers/acpi/sleep/main.c
+X!Edrivers/acpi/sleep/wakeup.c
+X!Edrivers/acpi/motherboard.c
+X!Edrivers/acpi/bus.c
+-->
+!Edrivers/acpi/scan.c
+!Idrivers/acpi/scan.c
+<!-- No correct structured comments
+X!Edrivers/acpi/pci_bind.c
+-->
+     </sect1>
+     <sect1><title>Device drivers PnP support</title>
+!Idrivers/pnp/core.c
+<!-- No correct structured comments
+X!Edrivers/pnp/system.c
+ -->
+!Edrivers/pnp/card.c
+!Idrivers/pnp/driver.c
+!Edrivers/pnp/manager.c
+!Edrivers/pnp/support.c
+     </sect1>
+     <sect1><title>Userspace IO devices</title>
+!Edrivers/uio/uio.c
+!Iinclude/linux/uio_driver.h
+     </sect1>
+  </chapter>
+
+  <chapter id="parportdev">
+     <title>Parallel Port Devices</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/parport.h
+!Edrivers/parport/ieee1284.c
+!Edrivers/parport/share.c
+!Idrivers/parport/daisy.c
+  </chapter>
+
+  <chapter id="message_devices">
+	<title>Message-based devices</title>
+     <sect1><title>Fusion message devices</title>
+!Edrivers/message/fusion/mptbase.c
+!Idrivers/message/fusion/mptbase.c
+!Edrivers/message/fusion/mptscsih.c
+!Idrivers/message/fusion/mptscsih.c
+!Idrivers/message/fusion/mptctl.c
+!Idrivers/message/fusion/mptspi.c
+!Idrivers/message/fusion/mptfc.c
+!Idrivers/message/fusion/mptlan.c
+     </sect1>
+     <sect1><title>I2O message devices</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/i2o.h
+!Idrivers/message/i2o/core.h
+!Edrivers/message/i2o/iop.c
+!Idrivers/message/i2o/iop.c
+!Idrivers/message/i2o/config-osm.c
+!Edrivers/message/i2o/exec-osm.c
+!Idrivers/message/i2o/exec-osm.c
+!Idrivers/message/i2o/bus-osm.c
+!Edrivers/message/i2o/device.c
+!Idrivers/message/i2o/device.c
+!Idrivers/message/i2o/driver.c
+!Idrivers/message/i2o/pci.c
+!Idrivers/message/i2o/i2o_block.c
+!Idrivers/message/i2o/i2o_scsi.c
+!Idrivers/message/i2o/i2o_proc.c
+     </sect1>
+  </chapter>
+
+  <chapter id="snddev">
+     <title>Sound Devices</title>
+!Iinclude/sound/core.h
+!Esound/sound_core.c
+!Iinclude/sound/pcm.h
+!Esound/core/pcm.c
+!Esound/core/device.c
+!Esound/core/info.c
+!Esound/core/rawmidi.c
+!Esound/core/sound.c
+!Esound/core/memory.c
+!Esound/core/pcm_memory.c
+!Esound/core/init.c
+!Esound/core/isadma.c
+!Esound/core/control.c
+!Esound/core/pcm_lib.c
+!Esound/core/hwdep.c
+!Esound/core/pcm_native.c
+!Esound/core/memalloc.c
+<!-- FIXME: Removed for now since no structured comments in source
+X!Isound/sound_firmware.c
+-->
+  </chapter>
+
+  <chapter id="uart16x50">
+     <title>16x50 UART Driver</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/serial_core.h
+!Edrivers/serial/serial_core.c
+!Edrivers/serial/8250.c
+  </chapter>
+
+  <chapter id="fbdev">
+     <title>Frame Buffer Library</title>
+
+     <para>
+       The frame buffer drivers depend heavily on four data structures.
+       These structures are declared in include/linux/fb.h.  They are
+       fb_info, fb_var_screeninfo, fb_fix_screeninfo and fb_monospecs.
+       The last three can be made available to and from userland.
+     </para>
+
+     <para>
+       fb_info defines the current state of a particular video card.
+       Inside fb_info, there exists a fb_ops structure which is a
+       collection of needed functions to make fbdev and fbcon work.
+       fb_info is only visible to the kernel.
+     </para>
+
+     <para>
+       fb_var_screeninfo is used to describe the features of a video card
+       that are user defined.  With fb_var_screeninfo, things such as
+       depth and the resolution may be defined.
+     </para>
+
+     <para>
+       The next structure is fb_fix_screeninfo. This defines the
+       properties of a card that are created when a mode is set and can't
+       be changed otherwise.  A good example of this is the start of the
+       frame buffer memory.  This "locks" the address of the frame buffer
+       memory, so that it cannot be changed or moved.
+     </para>
+
+     <para>
+       The last structure is fb_monospecs. In the old API, there was
+       little importance for fb_monospecs. This allowed for forbidden things
+       such as setting a mode of 800x600 on a fix frequency monitor. With
+       the new API, fb_monospecs prevents such things, and if used
+       correctly, can prevent a monitor from being cooked.  fb_monospecs
+       will not be useful until kernels 2.5.x.
+     </para>
+
+     <sect1><title>Frame Buffer Memory</title>
+!Edrivers/video/fbmem.c
+     </sect1>
+<!--
+     <sect1><title>Frame Buffer Console</title>
+X!Edrivers/video/console/fbcon.c
+     </sect1>
+-->
+     <sect1><title>Frame Buffer Colormap</title>
+!Edrivers/video/fbcmap.c
+     </sect1>
+<!-- FIXME:
+  drivers/video/fbgen.c has no docs, which stuffs up the sgml.  Comment
+  out until somebody adds docs.  KAO
+     <sect1><title>Frame Buffer Generic Functions</title>
+X!Idrivers/video/fbgen.c
+     </sect1>
+KAO -->
+     <sect1><title>Frame Buffer Video Mode Database</title>
+!Idrivers/video/modedb.c
+!Edrivers/video/modedb.c
+     </sect1>
+     <sect1><title>Frame Buffer Macintosh Video Mode Database</title>
+!Edrivers/video/macmodes.c
+     </sect1>
+     <sect1><title>Frame Buffer Fonts</title>
+        <para>
+           Refer to the file drivers/video/console/fonts.c for more information.
+        </para>
+<!-- FIXME: Removed for now since no structured comments in source
+X!Idrivers/video/console/fonts.c
+-->
+     </sect1>
+  </chapter>
+
+  <chapter id="input_subsystem">
+     <title>Input Subsystem</title>
+     <sect1><title>Input core</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/input.h
+!Edrivers/input/input.c
+!Edrivers/input/ff-core.c
+!Edrivers/input/ff-memless.c
+     </sect1>
+     <sect1><title>Polled input devices</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/input-polldev.h
+!Edrivers/input/input-polldev.c
+     </sect1>
+     <sect1><title>Matrix keyboars/keypads</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/input/matrix_keypad.h
+     </sect1>
+     <sect1><title>Sparse keymap support</title>
+!Iinclude/linux/input/sparse-keymap.h
+!Edrivers/input/sparse-keymap.c
+     </sect1>
+  </chapter>
+
+  <chapter id="spi">
+      <title>Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)</title>
+  <para>
+	SPI is the "Serial Peripheral Interface", widely used with
+	embedded systems because it is a simple and efficient
+	interface:  basically a multiplexed shift register.
+	Its three signal wires hold a clock (SCK, often in the range
+	of 1-20 MHz), a "Master Out, Slave In" (MOSI) data line, and
+	a "Master In, Slave Out" (MISO) data line.
+	SPI is a full duplex protocol; for each bit shifted out the
+	MOSI line (one per clock) another is shifted in on the MISO line.
+	Those bits are assembled into words of various sizes on the
+	way to and from system memory.
+	An additional chipselect line is usually active-low (nCS);
+	four signals are normally used for each peripheral, plus
+	sometimes an interrupt.
+  </para>
+  <para>
+	The SPI bus facilities listed here provide a generalized
+	interface to declare SPI busses and devices, manage them
+	according to the standard Linux driver model, and perform
+	input/output operations.
+	At this time, only "master" side interfaces are supported,
+	where Linux talks to SPI peripherals and does not implement
+	such a peripheral itself.
+	(Interfaces to support implementing SPI slaves would
+	necessarily look different.)
+  </para>
+  <para>
+	The programming interface is structured around two kinds of driver,
+	and two kinds of device.
+	A "Controller Driver" abstracts the controller hardware, which may
+	be as simple as a set of GPIO pins or as complex as a pair of FIFOs
+	connected to dual DMA engines on the other side of the SPI shift
+	register (maximizing throughput).  Such drivers bridge between
+	whatever bus they sit on (often the platform bus) and SPI, and
+	expose the SPI side of their device as a
+	<structname>struct spi_master</structname>.
+	SPI devices are children of that master, represented as a
+	<structname>struct spi_device</structname> and manufactured from
+	<structname>struct spi_board_info</structname> descriptors which
+	are usually provided by board-specific initialization code.
+	A <structname>struct spi_driver</structname> is called a
+	"Protocol Driver", and is bound to a spi_device using normal
+	driver model calls.
+  </para>
+  <para>
+	The I/O model is a set of queued messages.  Protocol drivers
+	submit one or more <structname>struct spi_message</structname>
+	objects, which are processed and completed asynchronously.
+	(There are synchronous wrappers, however.)  Messages are
+	built from one or more <structname>struct spi_transfer</structname>
+	objects, each of which wraps a full duplex SPI transfer.
+	A variety of protocol tweaking options are needed, because
+	different chips adopt very different policies for how they
+	use the bits transferred with SPI.
+  </para>
+!Iinclude/linux/spi/spi.h
+!Fdrivers/spi/spi.c spi_register_board_info
+!Edrivers/spi/spi.c
+  </chapter>
+
+  <chapter id="i2c">
+     <title>I<superscript>2</superscript>C and SMBus Subsystem</title>
+
+     <para>
+	I<superscript>2</superscript>C (or without fancy typography, "I2C")
+	is an acronym for the "Inter-IC" bus, a simple bus protocol which is
+	widely used where low data rate communications suffice.
+	Since it's also a licensed trademark, some vendors use another
+	name (such as "Two-Wire Interface", TWI) for the same bus.
+	I2C only needs two signals (SCL for clock, SDA for data), conserving
+	board real estate and minimizing signal quality issues.
+	Most I2C devices use seven bit addresses, and bus speeds of up
+	to 400 kHz; there's a high speed extension (3.4 MHz) that's not yet
+	found wide use.
+	I2C is a multi-master bus; open drain signaling is used to
+	arbitrate between masters, as well as to handshake and to
+	synchronize clocks from slower clients.
+     </para>
+
+     <para>
+	The Linux I2C programming interfaces support only the master
+	side of bus interactions, not the slave side.
+	The programming interface is structured around two kinds of driver,
+	and two kinds of device.
+	An I2C "Adapter Driver" abstracts the controller hardware; it binds
+	to a physical device (perhaps a PCI device or platform_device) and
+	exposes a <structname>struct i2c_adapter</structname> representing
+	each I2C bus segment it manages.
+	On each I2C bus segment will be I2C devices represented by a
+	<structname>struct i2c_client</structname>.  Those devices will
+	be bound to a <structname>struct i2c_driver</structname>,
+	which should follow the standard Linux driver model.
+	(At this writing, a legacy model is more widely used.)
+	There are functions to perform various I2C protocol operations; at
+	this writing all such functions are usable only from task context.
+     </para>
+
+     <para>
+	The System Management Bus (SMBus) is a sibling protocol.  Most SMBus
+	systems are also I2C conformant.  The electrical constraints are
+	tighter for SMBus, and it standardizes particular protocol messages
+	and idioms.  Controllers that support I2C can also support most
+	SMBus operations, but SMBus controllers don't support all the protocol
+	options that an I2C controller will.
+	There are functions to perform various SMBus protocol operations,
+	either using I2C primitives or by issuing SMBus commands to
+	i2c_adapter devices which don't support those I2C operations.
+     </para>
+
+!Iinclude/linux/i2c.h
+!Fdrivers/i2c/i2c-boardinfo.c i2c_register_board_info
+!Edrivers/i2c/i2c-core.c
+  </chapter>
+
+</book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1ed6a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/deviceiobook.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+	"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="DoingIO">
+ <bookinfo>
+  <title>Bus-Independent Device Accesses</title>
+  
+  <authorgroup>
+   <author>
+    <firstname>Matthew</firstname>
+    <surname>Wilcox</surname>
+    <affiliation>
+     <address>
+      <email>matthew@wil.cx</email>
+     </address>
+    </affiliation>
+   </author>
+  </authorgroup>
+
+  <authorgroup>
+   <author>
+    <firstname>Alan</firstname>
+    <surname>Cox</surname>
+    <affiliation>
+     <address>
+      <email>alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk</email>
+     </address>
+    </affiliation>
+   </author>
+  </authorgroup>
+
+  <copyright>
+   <year>2001</year>
+   <holder>Matthew Wilcox</holder>
+  </copyright>
+
+  <legalnotice>
+   <para>
+     This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
+     it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+     License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+     version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+     version.
+   </para>
+      
+   <para>
+     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
+     useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
+     warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+     See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+   </para>
+      
+   <para>
+     You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+     License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
+     Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
+     MA 02111-1307 USA
+   </para>
+      
+   <para>
+     For more details see the file COPYING in the source
+     distribution of Linux.
+   </para>
+  </legalnotice>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+<toc></toc>
+
+  <chapter id="intro">
+      <title>Introduction</title>
+  <para>
+	Linux provides an API which abstracts performing IO across all busses
+	and devices, allowing device drivers to be written independently of
+	bus type.
+  </para>
+  </chapter>
+
+  <chapter id="bugs">
+     <title>Known Bugs And Assumptions</title>
+  <para>
+	None.	
+  </para>
+  </chapter>
+
+  <chapter id="mmio">
+    <title>Memory Mapped IO</title>
+    <sect1 id="getting_access_to_the_device">
+      <title>Getting Access to the Device</title>
+      <para>
+	The most widely supported form of IO is memory mapped IO.
+	That is, a part of the CPU's address space is interpreted
+	not as accesses to memory, but as accesses to a device.  Some
+	architectures define devices to be at a fixed address, but most
+	have some method of discovering devices.  The PCI bus walk is a
+	good example of such a scheme.	This document does not cover how
+	to receive such an address, but assumes you are starting with one.
+	Physical addresses are of type unsigned long. 
+      </para>
+
+      <para>
+	This address should not be used directly.  Instead, to get an
+	address suitable for passing to the accessor functions described
+	below, you should call <function>ioremap</function>.
+	An address suitable for accessing the device will be returned to you.
+      </para>
+
+      <para>
+	After you've finished using the device (say, in your module's
+	exit routine), call <function>iounmap</function> in order to return
+	the address space to the kernel.  Most architectures allocate new
+	address space each time you call <function>ioremap</function>, and
+	they can run out unless you call <function>iounmap</function>.
+      </para>
+    </sect1>
+
+    <sect1 id="accessing_the_device">
+      <title>Accessing the device</title>
+      <para>
+	The part of the interface most used by drivers is reading and
+	writing memory-mapped registers on the device.	Linux provides
+	interfaces to read and write 8-bit, 16-bit, 32-bit and 64-bit
+	quantities.  Due to a historical accident, these are named byte,
+	word, long and quad accesses.  Both read and write accesses are
+	supported; there is no prefetch support at this time.
+      </para>
+
+      <para>
+	The functions are named <function>readb</function>,
+	<function>readw</function>, <function>readl</function>,
+	<function>readq</function>, <function>readb_relaxed</function>,
+	<function>readw_relaxed</function>, <function>readl_relaxed</function>,
+	<function>readq_relaxed</function>, <function>writeb</function>,
+	<function>writew</function>, <function>writel</function> and
+	<function>writeq</function>.
+      </para>
+
+      <para>
+	Some devices (such as framebuffers) would like to use larger
+	transfers than 8 bytes at a time.  For these devices, the
+	<function>memcpy_toio</function>, <function>memcpy_fromio</function>
+	and <function>memset_io</function> functions are provided.
+	Do not use memset or memcpy on IO addresses; they
+	are not guaranteed to copy data in order.
+      </para>
+
+      <para>
+	The read and write functions are defined to be ordered. That is the
+	compiler is not permitted to reorder the I/O sequence. When the 
+	ordering can be compiler optimised, you can use <function>
+	__readb</function> and friends to indicate the relaxed ordering. Use 
+	this with care.
+      </para>
+
+      <para>
+	While the basic functions are defined to be synchronous with respect
+	to each other and ordered with respect to each other the busses the
+	devices sit on may themselves have asynchronicity. In particular many
+	authors are burned by the fact that PCI bus writes are posted
+	asynchronously. A driver author must issue a read from the same
+	device to ensure that writes have occurred in the specific cases the
+	author cares. This kind of property cannot be hidden from driver
+	writers in the API.  In some cases, the read used to flush the device
+	may be expected to fail (if the card is resetting, for example).  In
+	that case, the read should be done from config space, which is
+	guaranteed to soft-fail if the card doesn't respond.
+      </para>
+
+      <para>
+	The following is an example of flushing a write to a device when
+	the driver would like to ensure the write's effects are visible prior
+	to continuing execution.
+      </para>
+
+<programlisting>
+static inline void
+qla1280_disable_intrs(struct scsi_qla_host *ha)
+{
+	struct device_reg *reg;
+
+	reg = ha->iobase;
+	/* disable risc and host interrupts */
+	WRT_REG_WORD(&amp;reg->ictrl, 0);
+	/*
+	 * The following read will ensure that the above write
+	 * has been received by the device before we return from this
+	 * function.
+	 */
+	RD_REG_WORD(&amp;reg->ictrl);
+	ha->flags.ints_enabled = 0;
+}
+</programlisting>
+
+      <para>
+	In addition to write posting, on some large multiprocessing systems
+	(e.g. SGI Challenge, Origin and Altix machines) posted writes won't
+	be strongly ordered coming from different CPUs.  Thus it's important
+	to properly protect parts of your driver that do memory-mapped writes
+	with locks and use the <function>mmiowb</function> to make sure they
+	arrive in the order intended.  Issuing a regular <function>readX
+	</function> will also ensure write ordering, but should only be used
+	when the driver has to be sure that the write has actually arrived
+	at the device (not that it's simply ordered with respect to other
+	writes), since a full <function>readX</function> is a relatively
+	expensive operation.
+      </para>
+
+      <para>
+	Generally, one should use <function>mmiowb</function> prior to
+	releasing a spinlock that protects regions using <function>writeb
+	</function> or similar functions that aren't surrounded by <function>
+	readb</function> calls, which will ensure ordering and flushing.  The
+	following pseudocode illustrates what might occur if write ordering
+	isn't guaranteed via <function>mmiowb</function> or one of the
+	<function>readX</function> functions.
+      </para>
+
+<programlisting>
+CPU A:  spin_lock_irqsave(&amp;dev_lock, flags)
+CPU A:  ...
+CPU A:  writel(newval, ring_ptr);
+CPU A:  spin_unlock_irqrestore(&amp;dev_lock, flags)
+        ...
+CPU B:  spin_lock_irqsave(&amp;dev_lock, flags)
+CPU B:  writel(newval2, ring_ptr);
+CPU B:  ...
+CPU B:  spin_unlock_irqrestore(&amp;dev_lock, flags)
+</programlisting>
+
+      <para>
+	In the case above, newval2 could be written to ring_ptr before
+	newval.  Fixing it is easy though:
+      </para>
+
+<programlisting>
+CPU A:  spin_lock_irqsave(&amp;dev_lock, flags)
+CPU A:  ...
+CPU A:  writel(newval, ring_ptr);
+CPU A:  mmiowb(); /* ensure no other writes beat us to the device */
+CPU A:  spin_unlock_irqrestore(&amp;dev_lock, flags)
+        ...
+CPU B:  spin_lock_irqsave(&amp;dev_lock, flags)
+CPU B:  writel(newval2, ring_ptr);
+CPU B:  ...
+CPU B:  mmiowb();
+CPU B:  spin_unlock_irqrestore(&amp;dev_lock, flags)
+</programlisting>
+
+      <para>
+	See tg3.c for a real world example of how to use <function>mmiowb
+	</function>
+      </para>
+
+      <para>
+	PCI ordering rules also guarantee that PIO read responses arrive
+	after any outstanding DMA writes from that bus, since for some devices
+	the result of a <function>readb</function> call may signal to the
+	driver that a DMA transaction is complete.  In many cases, however,
+	the driver may want to indicate that the next
+	<function>readb</function> call has no relation to any previous DMA
+	writes performed by the device.  The driver can use
+	<function>readb_relaxed</function> for these cases, although only
+	some platforms will honor the relaxed semantics.  Using the relaxed
+	read functions will provide significant performance benefits on
+	platforms that support it.  The qla2xxx driver provides examples
+	of how to use <function>readX_relaxed</function>.  In many cases,
+	a majority of the driver's <function>readX</function> calls can
+	safely be converted to <function>readX_relaxed</function> calls, since
+	only a few will indicate or depend on DMA completion.
+      </para>
+    </sect1>
+
+  </chapter>
+
+  <chapter id="port_space_accesses">
+    <title>Port Space Accesses</title>
+    <sect1 id="port_space_explained">
+      <title>Port Space Explained</title>
+
+      <para>
+	Another form of IO commonly supported is Port Space.  This is a
+	range of addresses separate to the normal memory address space.
+	Access to these addresses is generally not as fast as accesses
+	to the memory mapped addresses, and it also has a potentially
+	smaller address space.
+      </para>
+
+      <para>
+	Unlike memory mapped IO, no preparation is required
+	to access port space.
+      </para>
+
+    </sect1>
+    <sect1 id="accessing_port_space">
+      <title>Accessing Port Space</title>
+      <para>
+	Accesses to this space are provided through a set of functions
+	which allow 8-bit, 16-bit and 32-bit accesses; also
+	known as byte, word and long.  These functions are
+	<function>inb</function>, <function>inw</function>,
+	<function>inl</function>, <function>outb</function>,
+	<function>outw</function> and <function>outl</function>.
+      </para>
+
+      <para>
+	Some variants are provided for these functions.  Some devices
+	require that accesses to their ports are slowed down.  This
+	functionality is provided by appending a <function>_p</function>
+	to the end of the function.  There are also equivalents to memcpy.
+	The <function>ins</function> and <function>outs</function>
+	functions copy bytes, words or longs to the given port.
+      </para>
+    </sect1>
+
+  </chapter>
+
+  <chapter id="pubfunctions">
+     <title>Public Functions Provided</title>
+!Iarch/x86/include/asm/io.h
+!Elib/iomap.c
+  </chapter>
+
+</book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..910c923
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/drm.tmpl
@@ -0,0 +1,839 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+	"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
+
+<book id="drmDevelopersGuide">
+  <bookinfo>
+    <title>Linux DRM Developer's Guide</title>
+
+    <copyright>
+      <year>2008-2009</year>
+      <holder>
+	Intel Corporation (Jesse Barnes &lt;jesse.barnes@intel.com&gt;)
+      </holder>
+    </copyright>
+
+    <legalnotice>
+      <para>
+	The contents of this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+	General Public License version 2 (the "GPL") as distributed in
+	the kernel source COPYING file.
+      </para>
+    </legalnotice>
+  </bookinfo>
+
+<toc></toc>
+
+  <!-- Introduction -->
+
+  <chapter id="drmIntroduction">
+    <title>Introduction</title>
+    <para>
+      The Linux DRM layer contains code intended to support the needs
+      of complex graphics devices, usually containing programmable
+      pipelines well suited to 3D graphics acceleration.  Graphics
+      drivers in the kernel can make use of DRM functions to make
+      tasks like memory management, interrupt handling and DMA easier,
+      and provide a uniform interface to applications.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      A note on versions: this guide covers features found in the DRM
+      tree, including the TTM memory manager, output configuration and
+      mode setting, and the new vblank internals, in addition to all
+      the regular features found in current kernels.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      [Insert diagram of typical DRM stack here]
+    </para>
+  </chapter>
+
+  <!-- Internals -->
+
+  <chapter id="drmInternals">
+    <title>DRM Internals</title>
+    <para>
+      This chapter documents DRM internals relevant to driver authors
+      and developers working to add support for the latest features to
+      existing drivers.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      First, we'll go over some typical driver initialization
+      requirements, like setting up command buffers, creating an
+      initial output configuration, and initializing core services.
+      Subsequent sections will cover core internals in more detail,
+      providing implementation notes and examples.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      The DRM layer provides several services to graphics drivers,
+      many of them driven by the application interfaces it provides
+      through libdrm, the library that wraps most of the DRM ioctls.
+      These include vblank event handling, memory
+      management, output management, framebuffer management, command
+      submission &amp; fencing, suspend/resume support, and DMA
+      services.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      The core of every DRM driver is struct drm_device.  Drivers
+      will typically statically initialize a drm_device structure,
+      then pass it to drm_init() at load time.
+    </para>
+
+  <!-- Internals: driver init -->
+
+  <sect1>
+    <title>Driver initialization</title>
+    <para>
+      Before calling the DRM initialization routines, the driver must
+      first create and fill out a struct drm_device structure.
+    </para>
+    <programlisting>
+      static struct drm_driver driver = {
+	/* don't use mtrr's here, the Xserver or user space app should
+	 * deal with them for intel hardware.
+	 */
+	.driver_features =
+	    DRIVER_USE_AGP | DRIVER_REQUIRE_AGP |
+	    DRIVER_HAVE_IRQ | DRIVER_IRQ_SHARED | DRIVER_MODESET,
+	.load = i915_driver_load,
+	.unload = i915_driver_unload,
+	.firstopen = i915_driver_firstopen,
+	.lastclose = i915_driver_lastclose,
+	.preclose = i915_driver_preclose,
+	.save = i915_save,
+	.restore = i915_restore,
+	.device_is_agp = i915_driver_device_is_agp,
+	.get_vblank_counter = i915_get_vblank_counter,
+	.enable_vblank = i915_enable_vblank,
+	.disable_vblank = i915_disable_vblank,
+	.irq_preinstall = i915_driver_irq_preinstall,
+	.irq_postinstall = i915_driver_irq_postinstall,
+	.irq_uninstall = i915_driver_irq_uninstall,
+	.irq_handler = i915_driver_irq_handler,
+	.reclaim_buffers = drm_core_reclaim_buffers,
+	.get_map_ofs = drm_core_get_map_ofs,
+	.get_reg_ofs = drm_core_get_reg_ofs,
+	.fb_probe = intelfb_probe,
+	.fb_remove = intelfb_remove,
+	.fb_resize = intelfb_resize,
+	.master_create = i915_master_create,
+	.master_destroy = i915_master_destroy,
+#if defined(CONFIG_DEBUG_FS)
+	.debugfs_init = i915_debugfs_init,
+	.debugfs_cleanup = i915_debugfs_cleanup,
+#endif
+	.gem_init_object = i915_gem_init_object,
+	.gem_free_object = i915_gem_free_object,
+	.gem_vm_ops = &amp;i915_gem_vm_ops,
+	.ioctls = i915_ioctls,
+	.fops = {
+		.owner = THIS_MODULE,
+		.open = drm_open,
+		.release = drm_release,
+		.ioctl = drm_ioctl,
+		.mmap = drm_mmap,
+		.poll = drm_poll,
+		.fasync = drm_fasync,
+#ifdef CONFIG_COMPAT
+		.compat_ioctl = i915_compat_ioctl,
+#endif
+		},
+	.pci_driver = {
+		.name = DRIVER_NAME,
+		.id_table = pciidlist,
+		.probe = probe,
+		.remove = __devexit_p(drm_cleanup_pci),
+		},
+	.name = DRIVER_NAME,
+	.desc = DRIVER_DESC,
+	.date = DRIVER_DATE,
+	.major = DRIVER_MAJOR,
+	.minor = DRIVER_MINOR,
+	.patchlevel = DRIVER_PATCHLEVEL,
+      };
+    </programlisting>
+    <para>
+      In the example above, taken from the i915 DRM driver, the driver
+      sets several flags indicating what core features it supports.
+      We'll go over the individual callbacks in later sections.  Since
+      flags indicate which features your driver supports to the DRM
+      core, you need to set most of them prior to calling drm_init().  Some,
+      like DRIVER_MODESET can be set later based on user supplied parameters,
+      but that's the exception rather than the rule.
+    </para>
+    <variablelist>
+      <title>Driver flags</title>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term>DRIVER_USE_AGP</term>
+	<listitem><para>
+	    Driver uses AGP interface
+	</para></listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term>DRIVER_REQUIRE_AGP</term>
+	<listitem><para>
+	    Driver needs AGP interface to function.
+	</para></listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term>DRIVER_USE_MTRR</term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>
+	    Driver uses MTRR interface for mapping memory.  Deprecated.
+	  </para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term>DRIVER_PCI_DMA</term>
+	<listitem><para>
+	    Driver is capable of PCI DMA.  Deprecated.
+	</para></listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term>DRIVER_SG</term>
+	<listitem><para>
+	    Driver can perform scatter/gather DMA.  Deprecated.
+	</para></listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term>DRIVER_HAVE_DMA</term>
+	<listitem><para>Driver supports DMA.  Deprecated.</para></listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term>DRIVER_HAVE_IRQ</term><term>DRIVER_IRQ_SHARED</term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>
+	    DRIVER_HAVE_IRQ indicates whether the driver has a IRQ
+	    handler, DRIVER_IRQ_SHARED indicates whether the device &amp;
+	    handler support shared IRQs (note that this is required of
+	    PCI drivers).
+	  </para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term>DRIVER_DMA_QUEUE</term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>
+	    If the driver queues DMA requests and completes them
+	    asynchronously, this flag should be set.  Deprecated.
+	  </para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term>DRIVER_FB_DMA</term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>
+	    Driver supports DMA to/from the framebuffer.  Deprecated.
+	  </para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+	<term>DRIVER_MODESET</term>
+	<listitem>
+	  <para>
+	    Driver supports mode setting interfaces.
+	  </para>
+	</listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+    <para>
+      In this specific case, the driver requires AGP and supports
+      IRQs.  DMA, as we'll see, is handled by device specific ioctls
+      in this case.  It also supports the kernel mode setting APIs, though
+      unlike in the actual i915 driver source, this example unconditionally
+      exports KMS capability.
+    </para>
+  </sect1>
+
+  <!-- Internals: driver load -->
+
+  <sect1>
+    <title>Driver load</title>
+    <para>
+      In the previous section, we saw what a typical drm_driver
+      structure might look like.  One of the more important fields in
+      the structure is the hook for the load function.
+    </para>
+    <programlisting>
+      static struct drm_driver driver = {
+      	...
+      	.load = i915_driver_load,
+        ...
+      };
+    </programlisting>
+    <para>
+      The load function has many responsibilities: allocating a driver
+      private structure, specifying supported performance counters,
+      configuring the device (e.g. mapping registers &amp; command
+      buffers), initializing the memory manager, and setting up the
+      initial output configuration.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Note that the tasks performed at driver load time must not
+      conflict with DRM client requirements.  For instance, if user
+      level mode setting drivers are in use, it would be problematic
+      to perform output discovery &amp; configuration at load time.
+      Likewise, if pre-memory management aware user level drivers are
+      in use, memory management and command buffer setup may need to
+      be omitted.  These requirements are driver specific, and care
+      needs to be taken to keep both old and new applications and
+      libraries working.  The i915 driver supports the "modeset"
+      module parameter to control whether advanced features are
+      enabled at load time or in legacy fashion.  If compatibility is
+      a concern (e.g. with drivers converted over to the new interfaces
+      from the old ones), care must be taken to prevent incompatible
+      device initialization and control with the currently active
+      userspace drivers.
+    </para>
+
+    <sect2>
+      <title>Driver private &amp; performance counters</title>
+      <para>
+	The driver private hangs off the main drm_device structure and
+	can be used for tracking various device specific bits of
+	information, like register offsets, command buffer status,
+	register state for suspend/resume, etc.  At load time, a
+	driver can simply allocate one and set drm_device.dev_priv
+	appropriately; at unload the driver can free it and set
+	drm_device.dev_priv to NULL.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	The DRM supports several counters which can be used for rough
+	performance characterization.  Note that the DRM stat counter
+	system is not often used by applications, and supporting
+	additional counters is completely optional.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	These interfaces are deprecated and should not be used.  If performance
+	monitoring is desired, the developer should investigate and
+	potentially enhance the kernel perf and tracing infrastructure to export
+	GPU related performance information to performance monitoring
+	tools and applications.
+      </para>
+    </sect2>
+
+    <sect2>
+      <title>Configuring the device</title>
+      <para>
+	Obviously, device configuration will be device specific.
+	However, there are several common operations: finding a
+	device's PCI resources, mapping them, and potentially setting
+	up an IRQ handler.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	Finding &amp; mapping resources is fairly straightforward.  The
+	DRM wrapper functions, drm_get_resource_start() and
+	drm_get_resource_len() can be used to find BARs on the given
+	drm_device struct.  Once those values have been retrieved, the
+	driver load function can call drm_addmap() to create a new
+	mapping for the BAR in question.  Note you'll probably want a
+	drm_local_map_t in your driver private structure to track any
+	mappings you create.
+<!-- !Fdrivers/gpu/drm/drm_bufs.c drm_get_resource_* -->
+<!-- !Finclude/drm/drmP.h drm_local_map_t -->
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	if compatibility with other operating systems isn't a concern
+	(DRM drivers can run under various BSD variants and OpenSolaris),
+	native Linux calls can be used for the above, e.g. pci_resource_*
+	and iomap*/iounmap.  See the Linux device driver book for more
+	info.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	Once you have a register map, you can use the DRM_READn() and
+	DRM_WRITEn() macros to access the registers on your device, or
+	use driver specific versions to offset into your MMIO space
+	relative to a driver specific base pointer (see I915_READ for
+	example).
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	If your device supports interrupt generation, you may want to
+	setup an interrupt handler at driver load time as well.  This
+	is done using the drm_irq_install() function.  If your device
+	supports vertical blank interrupts, it should call
+	drm_vblank_init() to initialize the core vblank handling code before
+	enabling interrupts on your device.  This ensures the vblank related
+	structures are allocated and allows the core to handle vblank events.
+      </para>
+<!--!Fdrivers/char/drm/drm_irq.c drm_irq_install-->
+      <para>
+	Once your interrupt handler is registered (it'll use your
+	drm_driver.irq_handler as the actual interrupt handling
+	function), you can safely enable interrupts on your device,
+	assuming any other state your interrupt handler uses is also
+	initialized.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	Another task that may be necessary during configuration is
+	mapping the video BIOS.  On many devices, the VBIOS describes
+	device configuration, LCD panel timings (if any), and contains
+	flags indicating device state.  Mapping the BIOS can be done
+	using the pci_map_rom() call, a convenience function that
+	takes care of mapping the actual ROM, whether it has been
+	shadowed into memory (typically at address 0xc0000) or exists
+	on the PCI device in the ROM BAR.  Note that once you've
+	mapped the ROM and extracted any necessary information, be
+	sure to unmap it; on many devices the ROM address decoder is
+	shared with other BARs, so leaving it mapped can cause
+	undesired behavior like hangs or memory corruption.
+<!--!Fdrivers/pci/rom.c pci_map_rom-->
+      </para>
+    </sect2>
+
+    <sect2>
+      <title>Memory manager initialization</title>
+      <para>
+	In order to allocate command buffers, cursor memory, scanout
+	buffers, etc., as well as support the latest features provided
+	by packages like Mesa and the X.Org X server, your driver
+	should support a memory manager.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	If your driver supports memory management (it should!), you'll
+	need to set that up at load time as well.  How you initialize
+	it depends on which memory manager you're using, TTM or GEM.
+      </para>
+      <sect3>
+	<title>TTM initialization</title>
+	<para>
+	  TTM (for Translation Table Manager) manages video memory and
+	  aperture space for graphics devices. TTM supports both UMA devices
+	  and devices with dedicated video RAM (VRAM), i.e. most discrete
+	  graphics devices.  If your device has dedicated RAM, supporting
+	  TTM is desirable.  TTM also integrates tightly with your
+	  driver specific buffer execution function.  See the radeon
+	  driver for examples.
+	</para>
+	<para>
+	  The core TTM structure is the ttm_bo_driver struct.  It contains
+	  several fields with function pointers for initializing the TTM,
+	  allocating and freeing memory, waiting for command completion
+	  and fence synchronization, and memory migration.  See the
+	  radeon_ttm.c file for an example of usage.
+	</para>
+	<para>
+	  The ttm_global_reference structure is made up of several fields:
+	</para>
+	<programlisting>
+	  struct ttm_global_reference {
+	  	enum ttm_global_types global_type;
+	  	size_t size;
+	  	void *object;
+	  	int (*init) (struct ttm_global_reference *);
+	  	void (*release) (struct ttm_global_reference *);
+	  };
+	</programlisting>
+	<para>
+	  There should be one global reference structure for your memory
+	  manager as a whole, and there will be others for each object
+	  created by the memory manager at runtime.  Your global TTM should
+	  have a type of TTM_GLOBAL_TTM_MEM.  The size field for the global
+	  object should be sizeof(struct ttm_mem_global), and the init and
+	  release hooks should point at your driver specific init and
+	  release routines, which will probably eventually call
+	  ttm_mem_global_init and ttm_mem_global_release respectively.
+	</para>
+	<para>
+	  Once your global TTM accounting structure is set up and initialized
+	  (done by calling ttm_global_item_ref on the global object you
+	  just created), you'll need to create a buffer object TTM to
+	  provide a pool for buffer object allocation by clients and the
+	  kernel itself.  The type of this object should be TTM_GLOBAL_TTM_BO,
+	  and its size should be sizeof(struct ttm_bo_global).  Again,
+	  driver specific init and release functions can be provided,
+	  likely eventually calling ttm_bo_global_init and
+	  ttm_bo_global_release, respectively.  Also like the previous
+	  object, ttm_global_item_ref is used to create an initial reference
+	  count for the TTM, which will call your initialization function.
+	</para>
+      </sect3>
+      <sect3>
+	<title>GEM initialization</title>
+	<para>
+	  GEM is an alternative to TTM, designed specifically for UMA
+	  devices.  It has simpler initialization and execution requirements
+	  than TTM, but has no VRAM management capability.  Core GEM
+	  initialization is comprised of a basic drm_mm_init call to create
+	  a GTT DRM MM object, which provides an address space pool for
+	  object allocation.  In a KMS configuration, the driver will
+	  need to allocate and initialize a command ring buffer following
+	  basic GEM initialization.  Most UMA devices have a so-called
+	  "stolen" memory region, which provides space for the initial
+	  framebuffer and large, contiguous memory regions required by the
+	  device.  This space is not typically managed by GEM, and must
+	  be initialized separately into its own DRM MM object.
+	</para>
+	<para>
+	  Initialization will be driver specific, and will depend on
+	  the architecture of the device.  In the case of Intel
+	  integrated graphics chips like 965GM, GEM initialization can
+	  be done by calling the internal GEM init function,
+	  i915_gem_do_init().  Since the 965GM is a UMA device
+	  (i.e. it doesn't have dedicated VRAM), GEM will manage
+	  making regular RAM available for GPU operations.  Memory set
+	  aside by the BIOS (called "stolen" memory by the i915
+	  driver) will be managed by the DRM memrange allocator; the
+	  rest of the aperture will be managed by GEM.
+	  <programlisting>
+	    /* Basic memrange allocator for stolen space (aka vram) */
+	    drm_memrange_init(&amp;dev_priv->vram, 0, prealloc_size);
+	    /* Let GEM Manage from end of prealloc space to end of aperture */
+	    i915_gem_do_init(dev, prealloc_size, agp_size);
+	  </programlisting>
+<!--!Edrivers/char/drm/drm_memrange.c-->
+	</para>
+	<para>
+	  Once the memory manager has been set up, we can allocate the
+	  command buffer.  In the i915 case, this is also done with a
+	  GEM function, i915_gem_init_ringbuffer().
+	</para>
+      </sect3>
+    </sect2>
+
+    <sect2>
+      <title>Output configuration</title>
+      <para>
+	The final initialization task is output configuration.  This involves
+	finding and initializing the CRTCs, encoders and connectors
+	for your device, creating an initial configuration and
+	registering a framebuffer console driver.
+      </para>
+      <sect3>
+	<title>Output discovery and initialization</title>
+	<para>
+	  Several core functions exist to create CRTCs, encoders and
+	  connectors, namely drm_crtc_init(), drm_connector_init() and
+	  drm_encoder_init(), along with several "helper" functions to
+	  perform common tasks.
+	</para>
+	<para>
+	  Connectors should be registered with sysfs once they've been
+	  detected and initialized, using the
+	  drm_sysfs_connector_add() function.  Likewise, when they're
+	  removed from the system, they should be destroyed with
+	  drm_sysfs_connector_remove().
+	</para>
+	<programlisting>
+<![CDATA[
+void intel_crt_init(struct drm_device *dev)
+{
+	struct drm_connector *connector;
+	struct intel_output *intel_output;
+
+	intel_output = kzalloc(sizeof(struct intel_output), GFP_KERNEL);
+	if (!intel_output)
+		return;
+
+	connector = &intel_output->base;
+	drm_connector_init(dev, &intel_output->base,
+			   &intel_crt_connector_funcs, DRM_MODE_CONNECTOR_VGA);
+
+	drm_encoder_init(dev, &intel_output->enc, &intel_crt_enc_funcs,
+			 DRM_MODE_ENCODER_DAC);
+
+	drm_mode_connector_attach_encoder(&intel_output->base,
+					  &intel_output->enc);
+
+	/* Set up the DDC bus. */
+	intel_output->ddc_bus = intel_i2c_create(dev, GPIOA, "CRTDDC_A");
+	if (!intel_output->ddc_bus) {
+		dev_printk(KERN_ERR, &dev->pdev->dev, "DDC bus registration "
+			   "failed.\n");
+		return;
+	}
+
+	intel_output->type = INTEL_OUTPUT_ANALOG;
+	connector->interlace_allowed = 0;
+	connector->doublescan_allowed = 0;
+
+	drm_encoder_helper_add(&intel_output->enc, &intel_crt_helper_funcs);
+	drm_connector_helper_add(connector, &intel_crt_connector_helper_funcs);
+
+	drm_sysfs_connector_add(connector);
+}
+]]>
+	</programlisting>
+	<para>
+	  In the example above (again, taken from the i915 driver), a
+	  CRT connector and encoder combination is created.  A device
+	  specific i2c bus is also created, for fetching EDID data and
+	  performing monitor detection.  Once the process is complete,
+	  the new connector is registered with sysfs, to make its
+	  properties available to applications.
+	</para>
+	<sect4>
+	  <title>Helper functions and core functions</title>
+	  <para>
+	    Since many PC-class graphics devices have similar display output
+	    designs, the DRM provides a set of helper functions to make
+	    output management easier.  The core helper routines handle
+	    encoder re-routing and disabling of unused functions following
+	    mode set.  Using the helpers is optional, but recommended for
+	    devices with PC-style architectures (i.e. a set of display planes
+	    for feeding pixels to encoders which are in turn routed to
+	    connectors).  Devices with more complex requirements needing
+	    finer grained management can opt to use the core callbacks
+	    directly.
+	  </para>
+	  <para>
+	    [Insert typical diagram here.]  [Insert OMAP style config here.]
+	  </para>
+	</sect4>
+	<para>
+	  For each encoder, CRTC and connector, several functions must
+	  be provided, depending on the object type.  Encoder objects
+	  need to provide a DPMS (basically on/off) function, mode fixup
+	  (for converting requested modes into native hardware timings),
+	  and prepare, set and commit functions for use by the core DRM
+	  helper functions.  Connector helpers need to provide mode fetch and
+	  validity functions as well as an encoder matching function for
+	  returning an ideal encoder for a given connector.  The core
+	  connector functions include a DPMS callback, (deprecated)
+	  save/restore routines, detection, mode probing, property handling,
+	  and cleanup functions.
+	</para>
+<!--!Edrivers/char/drm/drm_crtc.h-->
+<!--!Edrivers/char/drm/drm_crtc.c-->
+<!--!Edrivers/char/drm/drm_crtc_helper.c-->
+      </sect3>
+    </sect2>
+  </sect1>
+
+  <!-- Internals: vblank handling -->
+
+  <sect1>
+    <title>VBlank event handling</title>
+    <para>
+      The DRM core exposes two vertical blank related ioctls:
+      DRM_IOCTL_WAIT_VBLANK and DRM_IOCTL_MODESET_CTL.
+<!--!Edrivers/char/drm/drm_irq.c-->
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      DRM_IOCTL_WAIT_VBLANK takes a struct drm_wait_vblank structure
+      as its argument, and is used to block or request a signal when a
+      specified vblank event occurs.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      DRM_IOCTL_MODESET_CTL should be called by application level
+      drivers before and after mode setting, since on many devices the
+      vertical blank counter will be reset at that time.  Internally,
+      the DRM snapshots the last vblank count when the ioctl is called
+      with the _DRM_PRE_MODESET command so that the counter won't go
+      backwards (which is dealt with when _DRM_POST_MODESET is used).
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      To support the functions above, the DRM core provides several
+      helper functions for tracking vertical blank counters, and
+      requires drivers to provide several callbacks:
+      get_vblank_counter(), enable_vblank() and disable_vblank().  The
+      core uses get_vblank_counter() to keep the counter accurate
+      across interrupt disable periods.  It should return the current
+      vertical blank event count, which is often tracked in a device
+      register.  The enable and disable vblank callbacks should enable
+      and disable vertical blank interrupts, respectively.  In the
+      absence of DRM clients waiting on vblank events, the core DRM
+      code will use the disable_vblank() function to disable
+      interrupts, which saves power.  They'll be re-enabled again when
+      a client calls the vblank wait ioctl above.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Devices that don't provide a count register can simply use an
+      internal atomic counter incremented on every vertical blank
+      interrupt, and can make their enable and disable vblank
+      functions into no-ops.
+    </para>
+  </sect1>
+
+  <sect1>
+    <title>Memory management</title>
+    <para>
+      The memory manager lies at the heart of many DRM operations, and
+      is also required to support advanced client features like OpenGL
+      pbuffers.  The DRM currently contains two memory managers, TTM
+      and GEM.
+    </para>
+
+    <sect2>
+      <title>The Translation Table Manager (TTM)</title>
+      <para>
+	TTM was developed by Tungsten Graphics, primarily by Thomas
+	Hellström, and is intended to be a flexible, high performance
+	graphics memory manager.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	Drivers wishing to support TTM must fill out a drm_bo_driver
+	structure.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	TTM design background and information belongs here.
+      </para>
+    </sect2>
+
+    <sect2>
+      <title>The Graphics Execution Manager (GEM)</title>
+      <para>
+	GEM is an Intel project, authored by Eric Anholt and Keith
+	Packard.  It provides simpler interfaces than TTM, and is well
+	suited for UMA devices.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	GEM-enabled drivers must provide gem_init_object() and
+	gem_free_object() callbacks to support the core memory
+	allocation routines.  They should also provide several driver
+	specific ioctls to support command execution, pinning, buffer
+	read &amp; write, mapping, and domain ownership transfers.
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	On a fundamental level, GEM involves several operations: memory
+	allocation and freeing, command execution, and aperture management
+	at command execution time.  Buffer object allocation is relatively
+	straightforward and largely provided by Linux's shmem layer, which
+	provides memory to back each object.  When mapped into the GTT
+	or used in a command buffer, the backing pages for an object are
+	flushed to memory and marked write combined so as to be coherent
+	with the GPU.  Likewise, when the GPU finishes rendering to an object,
+	if the CPU accesses it, it must be made coherent with the CPU's view
+	of memory, usually involving GPU cache flushing of various kinds.
+	This core CPU&lt;-&gt;GPU coherency management is provided by the GEM
+	set domain function, which evaluates an object's current domain and
+	performs any necessary flushing or synchronization to put the object
+	into the desired coherency domain (note that the object may be busy,
+	i.e. an active render target; in that case the set domain function
+	will block the client and wait for rendering to complete before
+	performing any necessary flushing operations).
+      </para>
+      <para>
+	Perhaps the most important GEM function is providing a command
+	execution interface to clients.  Client programs construct command
+	buffers containing references to previously allocated memory objects
+	and submit them to GEM.  At that point, GEM will take care to bind
+	all the objects into the GTT, execute the buffer, and provide
+	necessary synchronization between clients accessing the same buffers.
+	This often involves evicting some objects from the GTT and re-binding
+	others (a fairly expensive operation), and providing relocation
+	support which hides fixed GTT offsets from clients.  Clients must
+	take care not to submit command buffers that reference more objects
+	than can fit in the GTT or GEM will reject them and no rendering
+	will occur.  Similarly, if several objects in the buffer require
+	fence registers to be allocated for correct rendering (e.g. 2D blits
+	on pre-965 chips), care must be taken not to require more fence
+	registers than are available to the client.  Such resource management
+	should be abstracted from the client in libdrm.
+      </para>
+    </sect2>
+
+  </sect1>
+
+  <!-- Output management -->
+  <sect1>
+    <title>Output management</title>
+    <para>
+      At the core of the DRM output management code is a set of
+      structures representing CRTCs, encoders and connectors.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      A CRTC is an abstraction representing a part of the chip that
+      contains a pointer to a scanout buffer.  Therefore, the number
+      of CRTCs available determines how many independent scanout
+      buffers can be active at any given time.  The CRTC structure
+      contains several fields to support this: a pointer to some video
+      memory, a display mode, and an (x, y) offset into the video
+      memory to support panning or configurations where one piece of
+      video memory spans multiple CRTCs.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      An encoder takes pixel data from a CRTC and converts it to a
+      format suitable for any attached connectors.  On some devices,
+      it may be possible to have a CRTC send data to more than one
+      encoder.  In that case, both encoders would receive data from
+      the same scanout buffer, resulting in a "cloned" display
+      configuration across the connectors attached to each encoder.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      A connector is the final destination for pixel data on a device,
+      and usually connects directly to an external display device like
+      a monitor or laptop panel.  A connector can only be attached to
+      one encoder at a time.  The connector is also the structure
+      where information about the attached display is kept, so it
+      contains fields for display data, EDID data, DPMS &amp;
+      connection status, and information about modes supported on the
+      attached displays.
+    </para>
+<!--!Edrivers/char/drm/drm_crtc.c-->
+  </sect1>
+
+  <sect1>
+    <title>Framebuffer management</title>
+    <para>
+      In order to set a mode on a given CRTC, encoder and connector
+      configuration, clients need to provide a framebuffer object which
+      will provide a source of pixels for the CRTC to deliver to the encoder(s)
+      and ultimately the connector(s) in the configuration.  A framebuffer
+      is fundamentally a driver specific memory object, made into an opaque
+      handle by the DRM addfb function.  Once an fb has been created this
+      way it can be passed to the KMS mode setting routines for use in
+      a configuration.
+    </para>
+  </sect1>
+
+  <sect1>
+    <title>Command submission &amp; fencing</title>
+    <para>
+      This should cover a few device specific command submission
+      implementations.
+    </para>
+  </sect1>
+
+  <sect1>
+    <title>Suspend/resume</title>
+    <para>
+      The DRM core provides some suspend/resume code, but drivers
+      wanting full suspend/resume support should provide save() and
+      restore() functions.  These will be called at suspend,
+      hibernate, or resume time, and should perform any state save or
+      restore required by your device across suspend or hibernate
+      states.
+    </para>
+  </sect1>
+
+  <sect1>
+    <title>DMA services</title>
+    <para>
+      This should cover how DMA mapping etc. is supported by the core.
+      These functions are deprecated and should not be used.
+    </para>
+  </sect1>
+  </chapter>
+
+  <!-- External interfaces -->
+
+  <chapter id="drmExternals">
+    <title>Userland interfaces</title>
+    <para>
+      The DRM core exports several interfaces to applications,
+      generally intended to be used through corresponding libdrm
+      wrapper functions.  In addition, drivers export device specific
+      interfaces for use by userspace drivers &amp; device aware
+      applications through ioctls and sysfs files.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      External interfaces include: memory mapping, context management,
+      DMA operations, AGP management, vblank control, fence
+      management, memory management, and output management.
+    </para>
+    <para>
+      Cover generic ioctls and sysfs layout here.  Only need high
+      level info, since man pages will cover the rest.
+    </para>
+  </chapter>
+
+  <!-- API reference -->
+
+  <appendix id="drmDriverApi">
+    <title>DRM Driver API</title>
+    <para>
+      Include auto-generated API reference here (need to reference it
+      from paragraphs above too).
+    </para>
+  </appendix>
+
+</book>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/.gitignore b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/.gitignore
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7ec32e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/.gitignore
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+!*.xml
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/audio.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/audio.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eeb96b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/dvb/audio.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,1473 @@
+<title>DVB Audio Device</title>
+<para>The DVB audio device controls the MPEG2 audio decoder of the DVB hardware. It
+can be accessed through <emphasis role="tt">/dev/dvb/adapter0/audio0</emphasis>. Data types and and
+ioctl definitions can be accessed by including <emphasis role="tt">linux/dvb/video.h</emphasis> in your
+application.
+</para>
+<para>Please note that some DVB cards don&#8217;t have their own MPEG decoder, which results in
+the omission of the audio and video device.
+</para>
+
+<section id="audio_data_types">
+<title>Audio Data Types</title>
+<para>This section describes the structures, data types and defines used when talking to the
+audio device.
+</para>
+
+<section id="audio_stream_source_t">
+<title>audio_stream_source_t</title>
+<para>The audio stream source is set through the AUDIO_SELECT_SOURCE call and can take
+the following values, depending on whether we are replaying from an internal (demux) or
+external (user write) source.
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef enum {
+	 AUDIO_SOURCE_DEMUX,
+	 AUDIO_SOURCE_MEMORY
+ } audio_stream_source_t;
+</programlisting>
+<para>AUDIO_SOURCE_DEMUX selects the demultiplexer (fed either by the frontend or the
+DVR device) as the source of the video stream. If AUDIO_SOURCE_MEMORY
+is selected the stream comes from the application through the <emphasis role="tt">write()</emphasis> system
+call.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<section id="audio_play_state_t">
+<title>audio_play_state_t</title>
+<para>The following values can be returned by the AUDIO_GET_STATUS call representing the
+state of audio playback.
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef enum {
+	 AUDIO_STOPPED,
+	 AUDIO_PLAYING,
+	 AUDIO_PAUSED
+ } audio_play_state_t;
+</programlisting>
+
+</section>
+<section id="audio_channel_select_t">
+<title>audio_channel_select_t</title>
+<para>The audio channel selected via AUDIO_CHANNEL_SELECT is determined by the
+following values.
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef enum {
+	 AUDIO_STEREO,
+	 AUDIO_MONO_LEFT,
+	 AUDIO_MONO_RIGHT,
+ } audio_channel_select_t;
+</programlisting>
+
+</section>
+<section id="struct_audio_status">
+<title>struct audio_status</title>
+<para>The AUDIO_GET_STATUS call returns the following structure informing about various
+states of the playback operation.
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef struct audio_status {
+	 boolean AV_sync_state;
+	 boolean mute_state;
+	 audio_play_state_t play_state;
+	 audio_stream_source_t stream_source;
+	 audio_channel_select_t channel_select;
+	 boolean bypass_mode;
+ } audio_status_t;
+</programlisting>
+
+</section>
+<section id="struct_audio_mixer">
+<title>struct audio_mixer</title>
+<para>The following structure is used by the AUDIO_SET_MIXER call to set the audio
+volume.
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef struct audio_mixer {
+	 unsigned int volume_left;
+	 unsigned int volume_right;
+ } audio_mixer_t;
+</programlisting>
+
+</section>
+<section id="audio_encodings">
+<title>audio encodings</title>
+<para>A call to AUDIO_GET_CAPABILITIES returns an unsigned integer with the following
+bits set according to the hardwares capabilities.
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ #define AUDIO_CAP_DTS    1
+ #define AUDIO_CAP_LPCM   2
+ #define AUDIO_CAP_MP1    4
+ #define AUDIO_CAP_MP2    8
+ #define AUDIO_CAP_MP3   16
+ #define AUDIO_CAP_AAC   32
+ #define AUDIO_CAP_OGG   64
+ #define AUDIO_CAP_SDDS 128
+ #define AUDIO_CAP_AC3  256
+</programlisting>
+
+</section>
+<section id="struct_audio_karaoke">
+<title>struct audio_karaoke</title>
+<para>The ioctl AUDIO_SET_KARAOKE uses the following format:
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef
+ struct audio_karaoke{
+	 int vocal1;
+	 int vocal2;
+	 int melody;
+ } audio_karaoke_t;
+</programlisting>
+<para>If Vocal1 or Vocal2 are non-zero, they get mixed into left and right t at 70% each. If both,
+Vocal1 and Vocal2 are non-zero, Vocal1 gets mixed into the left channel and Vocal2 into the
+right channel at 100% each. Ff Melody is non-zero, the melody channel gets mixed into left
+and right.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<section id="audio_attributes">
+<title>audio attributes</title>
+<para>The following attributes can be set by a call to AUDIO_SET_ATTRIBUTES:
+</para>
+<programlisting>
+ typedef uint16_t audio_attributes_t;
+ /&#x22C6;   bits: descr. &#x22C6;/
+ /&#x22C6;   15-13 audio coding mode (0=ac3, 2=mpeg1, 3=mpeg2ext, 4=LPCM, 6=DTS, &#x22C6;/
+ /&#x22C6;   12    multichannel extension &#x22C6;/
+ /&#x22C6;   11-10 audio type (0=not spec, 1=language included) &#x22C6;/
+ /&#x22C6;    9- 8 audio application mode (0=not spec, 1=karaoke, 2=surround) &#x22C6;/
+ /&#x22C6;    7- 6 Quantization / DRC (mpeg audio: 1=DRC exists)(lpcm: 0=16bit,  &#x22C6;/
+ /&#x22C6;    5- 4 Sample frequency fs (0=48kHz, 1=96kHz) &#x22C6;/
+ /&#x22C6;    2- 0 number of audio channels (n+1 channels) &#x22C6;/
+</programlisting>
+ </section></section>
+<section id="audio_function_calls">
+<title>Audio Function Calls</title>
+
+
+<section id="audio_fopen">
+<title>open()</title>
+<para>DESCRIPTION
+</para>
+<informaltable><tgroup cols="1"><tbody><row><entry
+ align="char">
+<para>This system call opens a named audio device (e.g. /dev/dvb/adapter0/audio0)
+ for subsequent use. When an open() call has succeeded, the device will be ready
+ for use. The significance of blocking or non-blocking mode is described in the
+ documentation for functions where there is a difference. It does not affect the
+ semantics of the open() call itself. A device opened in blocking mode can later
+ be put into non-blocking mode (and vice versa) using the F_SETFL command
+ of the fcntl system call. This is a standard system call, documented in the Linux